Type Index
Resources in the Connexions Library

Below are groups and resources (books, articles, websites, etc.) related to this topic. Click on an item’s title to go its resource page with author, publisher, description/abstract and other details, a link to the full text if available, as well as links to related topics in the Subject Index. You can also browse the Title, Author, Subject, Chronological, Dewey, LoC, and Format indexes, or use the Search box on the left.
Particularly recommended items are flagged with a red logo:


  1. Abandon Affluence
    This work reviews the most recent evidence on major global problems, examining resource and energy scarcity, environmental destruction, Third World underdevelopment, international conflict, and the deteriorating quality of life. The author argues these problems are ultimately generated by the West's commitment to affluence and growth inherent in its economic system. Only fundamental social change, not technical solutions, can provide the solution.
  2. The ABC of Communism
    First Published: 1920
    Written as a commentary on the Bolshevik Party program, combining a vision of communist society with a program for practical action.
  3. The ABCs of Socialism 
    First Published: 2016
    A slim, accessible, inexpensive, irreverent introduction to socialism by the writers of Jacobin magazine.
  4. The ABCs of the Economic Crisis 
    What Working People Need to Know

    First Published: 2009
    Rich, powerful people created the economic crisis of 2008-09, while hundreds of millions of working people suffer the consequences -- lost homes, lost jobs, rising insecurity, and falling living standards. How could this happen?
  5. The Abolition of the State
    Anarchist & Marxist Perspectives

    First Published: 2007
    Both Anarchists and Marxists believe that it will be possible to do away with the state. But what do they mean by that? What is the state, after all? What institutions, if any, would be necessary to replace its functions? Would a transitional “dictatorship of the proletariat” be needed or will it be possible to immediately abolish the state? Does modern technology require a centralized institution such as the state? Throughout the history of revolutions, the people have created workplace councils and neighborhood assemblies--how could these replace the state?
  6. Aboriginal Ontario
    Historical Perspectives on the First Nations

    First Published: 1994
    Essays on the history of Ontario's native people.
  7. Aboriginal Self-Government in Canada
    Current Trends and Issues

    First Published: 1994
    Ideas for developing Aboriginal institutions to provide social programs including for indigenous people in cities.
  8. The Abortion Caravan: When Women Shut Down Government in the Battle for the Right to Choose
    Wells, Karin

    First Published: 2020
    In the spring of 1970, seventeen women set out from Vancouver in a big yellow convertible, a Volkswagen bus, and a pickup truck. They called it the Abortion Caravan. Three thousand miles later, they "occupied" the prime minister's front lawn in Ottawa, led a rally of 500 women on Parliament Hill, chained themselves to their chairs in the visitors' galleries, and shut down the House of Commons, the first and only time this had ever happened.
  9. Abortion Without Apology
    A Radical History for the 1990s

    First Published: 1990
  10. About Canada: Women's Rights
    First Published: 2015
    Introduces readers to some of the many women who changed Canada through their efforst to secure greater equality.
  11. About Looking
    First Published: 1980
    A collection of essays covering a wide range of topics from photographs and media, to zoos and forests, grouped around the theme of how people look at things.
  12. Absent Minds: Intellectuals in Britain
    First Published: 2006
    An argument against what Collini calls the 'declinist thesis', the belief that contemporary intellectual life is getting increasingly dumbed down and stagnant. Declinists, Collini suggests, are in denial of reality and ignorant of history. Collini also skewers those who, like Edward Said, represent themselves as 'outsiders' while basking in the glamour of in-group recognition.
  13. Absolutism and Revolution in Germany
    First Published: 1892   Published: 1910
  14. Abu Ghraib: The Politics of Torture
    First Published: 2004
    A series of essays on the Abu Ghraib prison and the political climate surrounding the Bush Administration's intervention into Iraq.
  15. Academic Freedom in Conflict
    The Struggle Over Free Speech Rights in the University

    First Published: 2014
    A look into the changing landscape of the academia, in which government, judges and major donors threaten academic freedom.
  16. Academic Freedom In English Canada
    A History

    First Published: 1999
  17. The Acadians of Nova Scotia Past and Present
    First Published: 1992
    A study of Acadian history from the earliest days of French settlement to present-day Acadian communities.
  18. Access Denied
    The Practice and Policy of Global Internet Filtering

    First Published: 2008
    Many countries around the world block or filter Internet content, denying access to information -- often about politics, but also relating to sexuality, culture, or religion -- that they deem too sensitive for ordinary citizens. Access Denied documents and analyzes Internet filtering practices in over three dozen countries.
  19. Access to Justice
    The Struggle for Human Rights in South East Asia

    This volume brings together the experiences and ideas of leading human rights campaigners from Indonesia, Thailand, the Philippines and Malaysia. They demonstrate the imaginative ways in which people are struggling to assert their human dignity in the face of authoritarian regimes wedded to keeping in power the narrow classes that benefit from their countries' continued subordination to the US dominated world economy.
  20. The Accessible Home
    First Published: 1986
  21. The Accumulation of Capital 
    First Published: 1913
    Rosa Luxemburg's analysis of the inherent contradictions of capitalist accumulation.
  22. The Accumulation of Capital An Anti-Critique
    The Accumulation of Capital, or What the Epigones Have Made of Marx's Theory

    First Published: 1915   Published: 1921
    Rosa Luxemburg's reply to the critics of her book The Accumulation of Capital. Originally written in 1915 while Luxemburg was interned in the women’s prison, Barnimstrasse, Berlin, and published after her death.
  23. The Accumulation of Capital An Anti-Critique and Imperialism and the Accumulation of Capital
    First Published: 1924   Published: 1972
    Rosa Luxemburg's response to the criticisms of her book 'The Accumulation of Capital'. This volume also includes Nikolai Bukharin's reply to Luxemburg, 'Imperialism and the Accumulation of Capital'.
  24. Acid Dreams
    The CIA, LSD, and the Sixties Rebellion

    First Published: 1985
  25. Acid Earth
    The Global Threat of Acid Pollution

    First Published: 1985
    This is the new, revised and updated version of McCormic's comprehensive book on the subject of acid rain and its effect on the environment.
  26. An Action a Day
    Keeps Global Capitalism Away

    First Published: 2004
  27. Active Partners
    Education and Local Development

    First Published: 1996
    Discusses the crucial role of schools as mediators between national and international trends and community initiatives towards sustainable development.
  28. Activism Under Attack
    First Published: 1989
    What does it say about democracy in Canada when people can be singled out, arrested, jailed, and kept out of a public place at the arbitrary whim of political organizers or police?
  29. Activism!
    Direct action, hacktivism and the future of society

    First Published: 2002
    Many schools of thought assert that Western culture has never been more politically apathetic. Tim Jordan's Activism! refutes this claim.Jordan shows how acts of civil disobedience have come to dominate the political landscape.
  30. The Activist Cookbook 
    A Hands-on Manual for Organizers, Artists and Educators who want to get their message across in powerful, creative ways

    First Published: 1997   Published: 1999
    Spicy recipes for fighting economic injustice.
  31. The Activist's Handbook: A Primer
    First Published: 2001
    A guide to activism and campaigning strategies.
  32. The Activist's Almanac
    The Concerned Citizen's Guide to the Leading Advocacy Organizations in America

    First Published: 1993
  33. The Activists' Handbook
    A Step-by-Step Guide to Participatory Democracy

    First Published: 2012
    A guide to grassroots activism.
  34. Adding Insult to Injury
    Debating Redistribution, Recognition, and Representation

    First Published: 2008
    This volume collects the responses of leading American social theorists to issues dealing with the rise of identity politics. Nancy Fraser's widely-cited work looks at ways to combine multiculturalism with a commitment to egalitarianism.
  35. Addresbuch Alternativer Projekte
    Over 500 pages (5" x 7 1/2), written mostly in German. An extensive European resource guide to alternative projects. Contains several indices including an index of the alternative press.
  36. Adventures in Marxism 
    First Published: 1999
    Marshall Berman explores and rejoices in the emancipatory potential of Marxism.
  37. Adventures of the Communist Manifesto
    Draper offers a comprehensive overview of the whole intellectual history of the Manifesto, combined with a new, strictly literal English-language translation. This translation is a major contribution, and the book as a whole is a gem.
  38. Adventures of the Dialectic
    First Published: 1955   Published: 1973
  39. Advocating for Palestine in Canada
    Histories, Movements, Action

    First Published: 2022
  40. Advokid
    First Published: 1988
  41. Affairs: The Secret Lives of Women
  42. Africa
    A Directory of Resources

    First Published: 1988
  43. Africa
    Problems in the Transition to Socialism

    First Published: 1989
    The obstacles and strategies in the transition from inherited colonial and capitalist economies toward socialism are the topics of this title. New information and political insights make this the first serious attempt to explore the important questions thrown up by the experiences of those African states that have tried to break with prevailing neo-colonial patterns.
  44. Africa
    What Can Be Done?

    Explores the concepts and strategies needed by radical forces in Africa if they are to play an effective role in lifting the continent out of economic stagnation and political repression. The author's investigations are grounded in the thinking of a new generation of African intellectuals. These scholars and political activists often disagree, but they are united in their belief that genuine independence can be guaranteed only if Africa takes a socialist path.
  45. Africa
    Perspectives on Peace and Development

    First Published: 1989
    The African continent is today riven by a variety of conflicts that threaten not only human rights and social order, but also prospects for development and even the sovereignty of African states, In this volume, leading African scholars to confront the issues that peace studies in an African context raise. Peace is considered in the light of continuing struggles for democracy and social rights.
  46. Africa in Crisis
    The Causes, The Cures of Environmental Bankruptcy

    Africa in Crisis looks at the causes of African famine and how it is a symbol of a much deeper crisis. African droughts and famines are not just the results of a lack of rain but the end result of a long deterioration in the ability of Africans to feed themselves caused by mistakes made by governments both inside and outside the continent.
  47. African American Folksong and American Cultural Politics: The Lawrence Gellert Story
    First Published: 2013
    Story of the collection of African American folk music compiled by Lawrence Gellert. Compiled between the World Wars, the recordings were adopted by the American Left as the voice of the American proletariat, or "songs of protest."
  48. African Canadians in Union Blue: Volunteering for the Cause in the Civil War
    First Published: 2014
    To Anderson Abbott, the American Civil War was "a war for humanity," a battle "between civilization and barbarism." It was also a struggle that the first Canadian-born black doctor in present-day Ontario felt compelled to join as a surgeon in the Union army.
  49. Africa's Refugee Crisis
    What's To Be Done?

    Renewed famine in Ethiopia and the Sahel, as well as the Continent's ongoing wars and political repression, have created the world's biggest refugee problem. This up-to-date [as of 1987] factual picture of the problem in Africa highlights three regions: the Horn, Southern Africa and East Africa. The authors examine both the internal causes, and the responsibility of the former colonial powers and the Super Powers.
  50. After Bennet
    A New Politics For British Columbia

    First Published: 1986
  51. After the Cataclysm
    Postwar Indochina & the Reconstruction of Imperial Ideology (The Political Economy of Human Rights)

    First Published: 1979
    A carefully dcoumented asessment of Western reporting on post-1975 Indochina.
  52. After the Crash
    The Emergence of the Rainbow Economy
  53. After the Green Revolution
    Sustainable Agriculture for Development

    First Published: 1991
  54. After the Last Sky
    Edward Said and Jean Mohr team up to examine places that Palestinians scattered around the world have lost, but which are still part of their collective memory.
  55. After the New Economy
    First Published: 2003
  56. After the Party
    Corruption and the ANC

    First Published: 2009
    Andrew Feinstein is a former member of the African National Congress, and a critic of corruption within the congress. In his analysis, Feinstein discusses things such as the repression of debate within the party, lack of investigations into arms deals, and a failure to criticize Mugabe's rule in Zimbabwe.
  57. After the Sands
    Energy and Ecological Security for Canadians

    First Published: 2015
    After the Sands outlines a vision and a road map to transitioning Canada to a low-carbon society. Despite its oil abundance, with no strategic reserves, Canada is woefully unprepared for the next global oil supply crisis. There's no good reason for Canadians to use much more oil per capita than people in other sparsely populated, northern countries like Norway, Finland and Sweden -- nations that use 27 to 39 percent less oil per person. In After the Sands, Alberta-based political economist Gordon Laxer proposes a bold strategy of deep conservation and a Canada-first perspective to ensure that all Canadians have sufficient energy at affordable prices.
  58. Against Capitalism
    The European Left on the March

    First Published: 2007
  59. Against His-story, Against Leviathan!
    First Published: 1983
    How Civilization encroached on free peoples. On every continent scribes, traders and kings promoted division of labour, professional armies, social discipline, nationalist, ethnic and class fervour.
  60. Against Our Better Judgement
    How the U.S. was used to create Israel

    First Published: 2014
    An account of how U.S. support enabled the creation of modern Israel, and of how U.S. politicians pushed this policy over the forceful objections of top diplomatic and military experts.
  61. Against Post-Modernism 
    A Marxist Critique

    First Published: 1982
    Callinocos argues that the relativism preached by post-modernists leaves us with no objective criteria by which to reject those who would falsify the past.
  62. Against the American Grain
    Essays on the Effects of Mass Culture

    First Published: 1962
    Critical essays on American culture.
  63. Against the Grain
    The Dilemma of Project Food Aid

    First Published: 1982
    Jackson and Eade critique food aid programs as ineffective and potentially damaging to developing nations. The authors argue for substantially reduced food aid programs and for their better administration.
  64. Against the Grain: The British far left from 1956
    First Published: 2014
    Against the Grain views the "far-left" as anything to the left of the British Labour Party. This includes the Communist Party of Great Britain (CPGB), Red Action, the Socialist Party (SP), the SWP, other left groupings and anarchist groups.
  65. Against the Market
    Political Economy, Market Socialism and the Marxist Critique

    First Published: 1993
  66. Against the Tide
    The Story of the Canadian Seaman's Union
  67. The Age of Acquiescence
    The Life and Death of American Resistance to Organized Wealth and Power

    First Published: 2015
    A groundbreaking investigation of how and why, from the 18th century to the present day, American resistance to our ruling elites has largely vanished.
  68. The Age of Aquiescenence
    The Life and Death of American Resistance to Organized Wealth and Power

    First Published: 2015
    A groundbreaking investigation of how and why, from the 18th century to the present day, American resistance to our ruling elites has vanished. From the American Revolution through the Civil Rights movement, Americans have long mobilized against political, social, and economic privilege. Hierarchies based on inheritance, wealth, and political preferment were treated as obnoxious and a threat to democracy. Mass movements envisioned a new world supplanting dog-eat-dog capitalism. But over the last half-century that political will and cultural imagination have vanished. Why? Fraser sets out to solve that mystery.
  69. The Age of Consent
    A Manifesto for a New World Order

    First Published: 2003
    A critique of the existing system of power and a proposal for international democracy.
  70. The Age of Empire 1875 - 1914
    First Published: 1987   Published: 1996
    Covers the rise of bourgeois society, the growth of free market capitalism and the expansion of European colonialism abroad.
  71. Age of Extremes 
    The Short Twentieth Century 1914 - 1991

    First Published: 1994   Published: 1997
    A overview of the history of the years 1914 - 1991.
  72. The Age of Imperialism
    The Economics of U.S. Foreign Policy

    First Published: 1966   Published: 1968
  73. The Age of Insecurity
    First Published: 1998
    Chronicles the rise and fall of the Britain's welfare state and attacks British Prime Minister Tony Blair's Labour Party for selling out to world capitalism and Europe.
  74. The Age of Outrage
    Values-based Action and the positive power of public protest

    First Published: 1997
    Based on direct experience and extensive research including law enforcement reports, public opinion surveys, and ongoing scanning and anaylysis of news and Internet sources, this book reveals the six key values-symbols that trigger public fear and create political and corporate change.
  75. The Age of Permanent Revolution
    A Trotsky Anthology

    First Published: 1964
    A collection of writings by Leon Trotsky.
  76. Age Shock
    How Finance is Failing Us

    First Published: 2006
    Blackburn examines the realities of an aging demographic in the midst of the disintegration, from both a monetary and social obligation perspective, of sound financial conditions for the elderly.
  77. Agenda for a New Economy
    From Phantom Wealth to Real Wealth - Second Edition

    First Published: 2009
    Korten offers in-depth advice on how to mount a grassroots campaign to bring about an economy based on locally owned, community oriented “living enterprises” whose success is measured as much by their positive impact on people and the environment as by their positive balance sheet.
  78. Agnes Macphail
    Champion of the Underdog

    First Published: 2000
  79. The Agony of the American Left
    First Published: 1969
    A series of essays analyzing the issues facing socialism in the United States.
  80. Agrarian Socialism
    The Cooperative Commonwealth in Saskatchewan: A Study in Political Sociology

    First Published: 1950   Published: 1968
    A study of the social background of the Cooperative Commonwealth Federation in Saskatchewan, which in 1944 became to first government with avowed socialist goals to be elected to office in Canada. The updated 1968 edition contains a new introduction and additional essays by five other scholars.
  81. Ah-Hah! 
    A New Approach to Popular Education

    First Published: 1983
    AH-HAH seminars are designed to organize groups of comman interests, especially workers, to come to a common understanding.
  82. AIDS:
    Trading Fears for Facts: A Guide for Teens

    First Published: 1989
  83. Aids Activist
    First Published: 2003
  84. Ain't Nobody's Business If You Do 
    The Absurdity of Consensual Crimes in a Free Society

    First Published: 1994
  85. The Alberta Environment Directory
    First Published: 1989
  86. Alberta Oil and the Declince of Democracy in Canada
    First Published: 2015
    If reliance on oil production undermines democratic participation and governance in Canada, then what does the Alberta case suggest for the future of democracy in other industrialized nations?
  87. Alex in Wonderland
    First Published: 1993
  88. The Algebra of Infinite Justice 
    First Published: 2001
    This book brings together all of Arundhati Roy's political writings so far.
  89. Alien Invasion
    How the Harris Tories Mismanaged Ontario

    First Published: 2001
    An examination of the devasting results of seven years of social and economic destruction inflicted the by the right-wing fanatics who ruled Ontario under the premiership of Mike Harris.
  90. Alienation 
    Marx's Conception of Man in Capitalist Society

    First Published: 1971
    Ollman reconstructs Marx's theory of alienation from its constituent parts and offers it as a vantage point from which to view the rest of Marxism. The book further contains a detailed examination of Marx's philosophy of internal relations, the much neglected logical foundation of his method, and provides a systematic account of Marx's conception of human nature.
  91. The All-American Skin Game
    First Published: 1995
    Crouch firmly believes that Blacks, having catalyzed the historical struggle of Americans to realize democratic ideals, have at least as much responsibility to maintain them as other groups, and he is most successful in enunciating the importance of democratic principles. For example, Crouch effectively takes apart Afrocentrism, arguing that its advocates not only rely on poor scholarship and dubious historical interpretation in linking Blacks directly to ancient Egyptian civilization, but that even if their arguments were all true, their work scants the very real and powerful history of Black Americans.
  92. All For One
    Arguments from the labour trial of the century on the real meaning of unionism

    First Published: 1985
    A trial which challenged the right of unions to exist in Canada.
  93. All That Is Solid Melts Into Air 
    The Experience of Modernity

    First Published: 1982   Published: 1988
    Berman examines the clash of classes, histories, and clutures in the modern world, and ponders our prospects for coming to terms with the relationship between a liberating social and philosophical idealism and a complex, bureaucratic materialism.
  94. All That Our Hands Have Done
    A Pictorial History of Hamilton Workers

    First Published: 1981
    The story of working people in Hamilton's steel industry.
  95. All That We Share 
    A Field Guide to the Commons

    First Published: 2010
    All That We Share: A Field Guide to the Commons is a wake-up call that will inspire you to see the world in a new way. As soon as you realize that some things belong to everyone -- water, for instance, or the Internet or human knowledge -- you become a commoner, part of a movement that's reshaping how we will solve the problems facing us in the twenty-first century.
  96. All the Livelong Day
    The Meaning and Demeaning of Routine Work, Revised and Updated Edition

    First Published: 1994
  97. All Things Censored
    First Published: 2003
    A collection of prison essays and radio talks by Mumia Abu-Jamal, who has been on death row since 1982.
  98. All Things in Common
    A Canadian Family and Its Island Utopia

    First Published: 2022
  99. Allow the Water
    First Published: 1996
    The author shares his Christian vision of radical social transformation to develop a society based on the gospels of Jesus. Included are the stories of famous others who have also gone through social transformation, such as Rosa Parks, Martin Luther King Jr., J.S. Woodsworth, Jim and Shirley Douglas and members of the White Rose Movement.
  100. L'alphabetisation a repenser
    First Published: 1980
  101. Altered Genes, Twisted Truth 
    How the Venture to Genetically Engineer Our Food Has Subverted Science, Corrupted Government, and Systematically Deceived the Public

    First Published: 2015
    Drucker elucidates the scientific facts about genetically engineered foods that the PR myths have been obscuring.
  102. Alternative Access Directory
    First Published: 1984
    1984 edition lists 1100 organizations in 32 categoriers such as Alternative Media, appropriate technology, educational resources, grants/fundraising handicapped, health care, human rights, networking, peace, personal & spiritual growth, self-publishing
  103. Alternative Americas
    An informal history by the grandmother of the counter-culture

    First Published: 1982
    A history of decentralist and co-operative alternatives in the United States, centering especially on the work of Ralph Borsodi.
  104. Alternative Dispute Resolution That Works!
    First Published: 1989
  105. Alternative Economic Indicators
    First Published: 1991
    Anderson outlines out a new conceptual framework for economics which gives attention to enviromentalism and social indicators as well as financial ones.
  106. An Alternative Federal Budget
    First Published: 1992
  107. Alternative Library Literature 1986-1987
    First Published: 1988
    An anthology of writings about alternative literature and sources and producers of alternative literature, as well as about libraries themselves, and about what is happening within libraries to make them more relevant and activist in their orientation.
  108. Alternative Library Literature 1988-1989
    First Published: 1990
  109. Alternative Materials in Libraries
    First Published: 1982
    Handbook with extensive bibliographies. What, where, how and why to buy Alternative and small press publications for libraries - also useful for individuals and bookstore.
  110. Alternative Media
    First Published: 2002
  111. The Alternative Movement, Press, and Literature of West Germany
    An Introduction with Lists of Alternative Serials, Publishers, Distributors, and Selection Tools

    First Published: 1988
  112. Alternative Press Annual 1983, The
    First Published: 1984
  113. Alternative Press Annual 1984, The
  114. Alternatives in Print
    Similar to Books in Print.
  115. Amadeo Bordiga and the Myth of Antonio Gramsci
    Chiaradia, John

    Looking at the conflicting roles of Amadeo Bordiga and Antonio Gramsci in the history of the Italian Communist Left in the years between 1912 and 1926.
  116. America Beyond Capitalism 
    Reclaiming Our Wealth, Our Liberty, and Our Democracy

    First Published: 2004   Published: 2006
    Alperovitz goes beyond the confines of orthodox thinking, imagines a new way of living together, and offers a set of practical ideas that promise a truly democratic society.
  117. America, God and the Bomb
    The Legacy of Ronald Reagan

    First Published: 1987
  118. The American Class System
    First Published: 1998
  119. American Communism and Soviet Russia
    The Formative Period

    First Published: 1960   Published: 1986
    A history of the formative peirod of the American Communist Party.
  120. The American Connection
    Volume 1: State Terror and Popular Resistance in El Salvador

    McClintock reveals the U.S. role in introducing new strategies of state terror and counter-insurgency in Central America since the 1960s. Against a backdrop of longstanding class and land ownership patterns the author shows how U.S. refusal to tolerate social reform and its support for brutal security apparatuses have led not only to the current wars in Central America, but inextricably involved the U.S.
  121. The American Connection
    Volume 2: State Terror and Popular Resistance in Guatemala

    The author who is now a senior researcher with Amnesty International spent several years unravelling the development of counter-insurgency forces and the role of the U.S. in creating them. This book details how the U.S. notion of counter-insurgency, when applied under highly authoritarian regimes, ultimately converts almost the entire civilian population into the enemy.
  122. The American Crucible 
    Slavery, Emancipation and Human Rights

    First Published: 2009
    Robin Blackburn, an acclaimed historian of slavery, discusses the emergence of anti-slavery ideas and the important events that paved the way for abolitionist movements.
  123. The American Deep State
    Wall Street, Big Oil, and the Attack on U.S. Democracy

    First Published: 2014
    Scott makes a compelling case for a hidden "deep state," a second order of government behind the public or constitutional state, that influences and often opposes official U.S. policies.
  124. American Dreamers
    How the Left Changed a Nation

    First Published: 2011
    History of the radical left in the United States from the abolitionists to anti-globalization activists. The author sees the left as historically championing a pluralist spirit that runs counter to the "born capitalist" American society.
  125. American Dreams: Lost and Found
    First Published: 1981
    Interviews with 100 Americans who relate their dreams, disappointments, aspirations and experiences.
  126. The American Empire and the Fourth World
    The Bowl With One Spoon, Part One

    First Published: 2003
    Hall presents a sweeping analysis of encounters between indigenous people and the European empires, national governments, and global corporations on the moving frontiers of globalization since Columbus "discovered America."
  127. American Extremes
    First Published: 1988
  128. American Fascists 
    The Christian Right and the War on America

    First Published: 2006
    Hedges examines the Christian Right's origins, its driving motivation and its dark ideological underpinnings, with interviews and coverage of events such as pro-life rallies and weeklong classes on conversion techniques. Hedges argues that the movement resembles the young fascist movements in Italiy and Germany in the 1920s and 1930s, movements that often masked the full extent of their drive for totalitarianism and were willing to make concessions until they achieved unrivaled power. He challenges the Christian Right's religious legitimacy and argues that at its core it is a mass movement fueled by unbridled nationalism and a hatred for the open society.
  129. American Folksong Woody Guthrie
    First Published: 1947   Published: 1961
  130. American Holocaust 
    Columbus and the Conquest of the New World

    First Published: 1992
    For four hundred years -- from the first Spanish assaults against the Arawak people of Hispaniola in the 1490s to the U.S. Army's massacre of Sioux Indians at Wounded Knee in the 1890s -- the indigenous inhabitants of North and South America endured an unending firestorm of violence. During that time the native population of the Western Hemisphere may have declined by as many as 100 million people.
  131. American Methods
    Torture and the Logic of Domination

    First Published: 2006
    A damning audit of the US record in underwriting human rights violations around the globe and at home, and about the centrality of rape, racism, and conquest to both the state and US national culture.
  132. American Negro Slavery (Third Edition)
    A Modern Reader

    First Published: 1968   Published: 1979
    Incorporating significant and at times controversial literature on questions about the institution of slavery and the social and cultural response of the slaves to their enslavement, this collection offers thirteen readings, eight of them new to this edition.
  133. American Nightmare: Facing the Challenge of Fascism
    First Published: 2018
    In this provocative collection of essays, Henry Giroux warns of the consequences of doing too little as Trump and the so-called alt-right relentlessly attack critics, journalists, and target the hard-earned civil rights of women, people of color, immigrants, the working class, and low-income Americans.
  134. The American Police State
    The Government Against The People

    First Published: 1978
    How the CIA, FBI, IRS, NSA and other agencies have spied on Americans during seven administrations.
  135. American Power and the New Mandarins 
    First Published: 1969
    Chomsky writes about American power and violence, especially in the context of the Vietnam war, and he focuses especially on the complicity of American intellectuals in supporting and enabling the American imperial project.
  136. The American Revolution 
    A People's History

    Roy explains how the American Revolution was far more complex in reality than the usual cliches (Give me liberty, or give me death etc..). This is a history of ordinary Americans and a society that became increasingly polarized between patriots and loyalists. He chronicles the devastating inpact of the civil war on women, slaves, Native Americans and the loyalists forced into the role of rebels against the new republic.
  137. The American Revolution
    Pages from a Negro Worker's Notebook

    First Published: 1963   Published: 2009
    Drawing on his own experience as a factory worker and radical militant, Boggs offers both a keen analysis of U.S. society and a passionate call for revolutionary struggle. He sees the growing trend toward automation, the decline of organized labour, the expansion of imperialism, and the deepening of racial strife as fundamentally rooted in the contradictions of U.S. capitalism. He concludes that the only way forward is a new American revolution.
  138. The American Socialist Movement: 1897-1912
    First Published: 1952
    A history of the American Socialist Party, which at its height had over 150,000 dues-paying members, published hundreds of newspapers, and won almost a million votes for its presidential candidate.
  139. American Socialists and Evolutionary Thought, 1870-1920
    First Published: 1993
    While Pittenger does not provide us with an explanation for the evolutionist degradation of socialism his book is a most insightful rediscovery of a forgotten chapter of U.S. socialism.
  140. American Taliban 
    How War, Sex, Sin, and Power Bind Jihadists and the Radical Right

    First Published: 2010
    America's main international enemy- Islamic radicalism - favors theocracy, curtails civil liberties, embraces torture, represses women, reviles homosexuality, subverts science and education, and reveres force over diplomacy. Markos Moulitsas shows how the American right shares those very same traits. He argues that our domestic jihadists are a greater threat to American democracy than any Islamic terrorist.
  141. American Uprising
    The Untold Story of America's Largest Slave Revolt

    First Published: 2011
    Historian Daniel Rasmussen reveals the long-forgotten history of America’s largest slave uprising, the New Orleans slave revolt of 1811, offering new insight into American expansionism, the path to Civil War, and the earliest grassroots push to overcome slavery.
  142. The American Way of Eating
    Undercover at Walmart, Applebee's, Farm Fields and the Dinner Table

    First Published: 2012
    Why do working Americans eat the way we do? And what can we do to change it? To find out, McMillan went undercover in three jobs that feed hte U.S., living and eating off her wages in each. Reporting from California fields, a Walmart produce aisle outside of Detroit, and the kitchen of a New York City Applebee’s, McMillan examines the reality of the American food industry.
  143. America's Deadliest Export: Democracy 
    The Truth About US Foreign Policy and Everything Else

    First Published: 2013
    Since World War II, the world has believed that US foreign policy means well, and that America’s motives in spreading democracy are honorable, even noble. William Blum, a leading non-mainstream chronicler of American foreign policy, argues that nothing could be further from the truth. Moreover, unless this fallacy is unlearned, and until people understand fully the worldwide suffering American policy has caused, we will never be able to stop the monster.
  144. America's Kingdom
    Mythmaking on the Saudi Oil Frontier

    First Published: 2009
    An account of Aramco as a microcosm of the colonial order. America's Kingdom debunks the many myths that now surround the United States's special relationship with Saudi Arabia, also known as "the deal": oil for security.
  145. America's Social Arsonist
    Fred Ross and Grassroots Organizing in the Twentieth Century

    First Published: 2016
    Gabriel Thompson provides a full picture of Fred Ross,this complicated and driven man, recovering a forgotten chapter of American history and providing vital lessons for organizers today.
  146. Amilcar Cabral: Revolutionary Leadership and People's War
    First Published: 1983
  147. Amiri Baraka and the Congress of African People
    History and Memory

    First Published: 2015
    This study of the Congress of African People (CAP) combines historical research and analysis with the author's first-hand experience with the organization, providing the first historical narrative of a consequential player in the Black Power Movement.
  148. The Amistad Rebellion
    An Atlantic Odyssey of Slavery and Freedom

    First Published: 2012
    An account of the Amistad slave ship rebellion told for the first time from the slaves' perspective.
  149. Amnesty International Letter-Writing Guide and Handbook
    First Published: 1977
    A handbook on how to write letters for Amnesty International.
  150. Among the Dead Cities
    Is the Targeting of Civilians in War Ever Justified?

    First Published: 2011
    The author looks at the bombings of German and Japanese civilians during WWII, and asks whether they were justified or a crime against humanity.
  151. The Amoral Elephant
    Globalization and the Struggle for Social Justice in the Twenty-First Century

    Tabb describes how international institutions, most importantly the International Monetary Fund and the WTO have focused on neoliberal goals to erode the welfare state and shift wealth from the poor to the rich.
  152. An Account to Settle
    First Published: 1979
  153. Anarchism
    First Published: 1965   Published: 1970
    Guerin sets out to describe the main themes of anarchist thought.
  154. Anarchism
    First Published: 1962
    Woodcock presents anarchism as a political philosophy, a system of social thought which aims at fundamental changes in the structure of society and particularly at the replacement of authoritraian states by co-operation between free individuals.
  155. Anarchism
    A Documentary History of Libertarian Ideas
  156. Anarchism and Anarcho-Syndicalism
  157. Anarchism and Ecology
    First Published: 1997
    This book outlines the history of our slow alienation from environment, and proposes some visionary and yet practical solutions to the global ecological crisis.
  158. Anarchism and Other Essays
    First Published: 1910
  159. Anarchism & Socialism
    Reformism or Revolution?

    First Published: 2010
    In these essays grouped around common themes, Wayne Price draws on decades of extensive practical experience in antiwar and student movements, marxist tendency groups and affinity-based anarchist organizations, to make an insightful case for "pro-organizational," class-struggle anarchism.
  160. The Anarchist Collectives
    Workers' Self-Management in the Spanish Revolution 1936-1939

    First Published: 1974
    Examines the experiments in workers' self-management, both urban and rural, which took place in Spain during the revolution and Civil War.
  161. The Anarchist Papers 3
    First Published: 1990
    A collection of essays about the history of anarchism.
  162. The Anarchists
    First Published: 1964
    From Diderot to Camus, from Thoreau to Vanzetti, a ringing roll-call of the great non-conformists and dissenters.
  163. The Anarchists
    The men who shocked an era

    First Published: 1971
    The history and ideology of anarchism.
  164. The Anarchists' Convention and other stories
    First Published: 1979   Published: 2005
    A collection of short stories.
  165. The Anarchists in the Russian Revolution
    Documents of revolution

    First Published: 1973
    A selection of articles, manifestos, speeches, resolutions, letter, diaries, poems, and songs which seek to capture the spirit of the anarchist movement in Rissia.
  166. Anarchists in the Spanish Civil War Volume 1
    First Published: 1999
    The Anarchists in the Spanish Civil War is the first study to present a total, comprehensive view of the anarchists' role in Spain from 1936 to 1939, both during the conflict and in their unique social and economic experiments behind the lines.
  167. Anarchists in the Spanish civil war Volume 2
    First Published: 1999
    The Anarchists in the Spanish Civil War is the first study to present a total, comprehensive view of the anarchists' role in Spain from 1936 to 1939, both during the conflict and in their unique social and economic experiments behind the lines.
  168. Anarchists In The Spanish Revolution
    First Published: 1990
    A history of the anarchist movement in Spain from the late 1800s up to and through the Spanish Civil war, written by an anarchist who lived through the war.
  169. Anarchy!
    An Anthology of Emma Goldman's "Mother Earth"

    First Published: 2001
    A collection of articles from 'Mother Earth', as an introduction to different anarchist points of view.
  170. Anarchy and Art
    From the Paris Commune to the Fall of the Berlin Wall

    First Published: 2007
  171. Anarchy in Action
    First Published: 1982
    With chapters on the family, topless federations, schools, housing, crime, employment, welfare, deviancy, planning, and more, this is probably the best practical example of anarchist ideas in action.
  172. The Anatomy of a Party
    The National CCF 1932-1961

    First Published: 1961
    A history of the Co-operative Commonwealth Federation focusing on the relationship between the CCF as a movement and as a political party.
  173. Anatomy of Big Business
  174. Anatomy of Censorship
    Why the Censors have it Wrong

    First Published: 1997
    Bringing together diverse disciplines such as literary and legal history, modern psychology and contemporary feminism, Anatomy of Censorship sorts out the many confusing explanations and often misleading justifications for censorship to reveal the underlying conditions and motivations that lead to the suppression of various forms of communication.
  175. The Anatomy of Judgment
    First Published: 1990
    Tracing the emergence of science and the social institutions that govern it, The Anatomy of Judgment is an odyssey into what human thinking or judgment mean.
  176. The Anatomy of Racism
    Canadian Dimensions

    First Published: 1974
    Militant Native protests, racist responses to third world immigration, relations between French and English are discussed in the context of racial scapegoating in a time of economic recession, and the prevalence of prejudice and discrimination in Canada.
  177. ...And Red Is The Colour Of Our Flag (Selected Chapters)
  178. ..."And The Last Shall Be First"
    Native Policy in an Era of Cutbacks

    First Published: 1991
  179. Die "andere" Arbeiterbewegung und die Entwicklung der kapitalistischen Repression von 1880 bis zur Gegenwart
    Ein Beitrag zum Neuverständnis d. Klassengeschichte in Deutschland. Mit ausführl. Dokumentation zu Aufstandsbekämpfung, Werkschutz u.a.

    First Published: 1976
  180. Angels Don't Play This HAARP
    First Published: 1995
  181. Angels of the Workplace
    Women and the Construction of Gender Relations in the Canadian Clothing Industry, 1890-1940

    First Published: 1997
    Examines how the intricate weaving together of the meanings of class, gender, ethnicity, family, and the workplace created a job ghetto for women. Detailing the disparities between men and women in terms of wages and representation, this book is the definitive history of discrimination against women in Canada's clothing industry.
  182. Anger, Power, Violence, and Drugs
    Breaking the Connections

    Contains 41 exercises to help clients: Understand the connections between anger, violence, power, and drugs; eliminate violence in their reponses to others; identify and express their anger without violence.
  183. Anglophobie: Made in Quebec
    First Published: 1991
    Johnson, an Ottawa-based columnist for the Montreal Gazzette, argues in this work that French Quebec's literary and intellectual traditions were characterized by anglophobia, a fear and mistrust of Engish-speaking people, which still lies at the root of the separatist movement.
  184. Animal Farm
    First Published: 1945
    George Orwell's satire on the decline of the Russian Revolution and its transformation into Stalinism.
  185. Another Politics: Talking Across Today's Transformative Movements.
    First Published: 2014
    Dixon examines the trajectory of efforts that contributed to the radicalism of Occupy Wall Street and other recent movement upsurges. He presents the histories and principles that shape many contemporary struggles.
  186. Another Way of Telling
    First Published: 1982   Published: 1995
    Everyone in the world is familiar with photographs. And yet what is a photograph? What do photographs mean? How can they be used?
  187. Another World is Possible 
    Globalization and Anti-capitalism

    First Published: 2002   Published: 2006
    A call-to-arms for progressive activists. McNally argues that capitalism is synonymous with imperialism and fundamentally incompatible with democracy.
  188. Another world is possible if... 
    First Published: 2004
    Susan George suggests that we can create a new and better world -- if we act together to bring about changes. She discusses the ifs and hows.
  189. An Anti-Capitalist Manifesto 
    First Published: 2003
    An extended argument about what the anti-capitalist movement should stand for.
  190. Anti-Duhring
    Herr Eugen Duhring's Revolution in Science

    First Published: 1878
  191. An Anti-Intervention Handbook
    Canadians and the Crisis in Central America

    First Published: 1985
  192. The Anti-Capitalist Dictionary
    Movements, Histories and Motivations

    First Published: 2006
    This dictionary is an alternative and a counter-balance to the many political dictionaries that ignore or marginalize the history and influence of anti-capitalist movements.
  193. The Anti-Psychiatry Bibliography and Resource Guide
    First Published: 1979
  194. Anti-Semite and Jew
    First Published: 1946   Published: 1965
  195. Antonio Gramsci
    Towards an Intellectual Biography

    This biography lifts the study of Gramsci out of the sterile search for orthodoxy or heresy and instead examines Gramsci's personality in its full moral and intellectual complexity. Davidson has succeeded in integrating the circumstances of Gramsci's life: the childhood in Sardinia, the politics of the Italian left in the 1920s, the years of exile and prison - with his developing political and philosophical ideas.
  196. Antonio Gramsci's Prison Notebooks
    1929 - 1935
  197. Antonio Maceo
    The "Bronze Titan" of Cuba's Struggle for Independence

    A powerful portrait of Maceo, committed anti-imperialist and heroic independence fighter.
  198. Ants Among Elephants: An Untouchable Family and the Making of Modern India
    First Published: 2017
    A story of the caste system in India told through the autobiography of an untouchable woman.
  199. Apartheid: The Facts
    A comprehensive handbook on the current situation in South Africa, bringing together detailed, up-to-date information in an easily accessible form, with the use of numerous maps, graphs, diagrams and photographs. The areas covered are: the historical background; segregation and inequality; education, information, culture and belief; economic exploitation; political structures; repression; armed forces; resistance and the liberation struggle.
  200. Apartheid Media
    Disinformation and Dissent in South Africa

    First Published: 1989
    A riveting expose of the media and its anti-apartheid struggle in South Africa as well as the intimate face of a universal war between disinformation and dissent, propaganda and truth, state control and individual rights. Through telling annecdote and cross-cultural analysis, Phelan repeatedly demonstrates that the white South African regime's downward spiral into despotism is a cautionary tale for the United States.
  201. Apartheid, Militarism and the U.S. Southeast
    First Published: 1990
    This is an easy to understand economic report on the joint relation between U.S. policies in Africa and jobs, income and investment in the U. S. Southeast. Seidman examines how the daily realities of life are shaped by the American support of apartheid.
  202. Apartheid: The Story of a Dispossessed People
    First Published: 1986
    This is a moving and informative piece of work on South Africa. The authoR rejects the 'empty land' theory when the colonists settled in. He proves irrefutably that the history of Azania does not begin in 1652, as some western historians would like to believe. The author clarifies the polticial confusion about 'apartheid' in South Africa and explains why liberation which is long overdue has been delayed, and shows how the Azanian struggle is socialist in content.
  203. Apartheid's Violence Against Children
    First Published: 1987
    This text is the General Working Document of the International Conference on Children, Repression and the Law in Apartheid South Africa, held in Harare, 24-27 September 1987. It shows how apartheid affects the lives of black children in South Africa and the violent means by which the apartheid regime attacks them when they seek to change the conditions under which they live and to join the struggle for liberation.
  204. The Approaching Storm
    One Woman's Story of Germany 1934-1938

    First Published: 1939   Published: 1988
    Nora Waln, a Quaker journalist, chronicles her experience living in Germany during the rise of the Third Reich. During those four years, she took covert notes, bearing witness to the rise of Hitler.
  205. Architecture for People
    First Published: 1980
    A book of possible solutions for the problems of modern architecture.
  206. Archive That, Comrade!
    Left Legacies and the Counter Culture of Remembrance

    First Published: 2018
    Archive That, Comrade! explores issues of archival theory and practice that arise for any project aspiring to provide an open-access platform for political dialogue and democratic debate.
  207. The Arctic
    Choice for Peace and Security

    First Published: 1989
  208. Arctic Circle
    First Published: 1991
  209. Arctic Wars, Animal Rights, Endangered People
  210. Argentina: From Anarchism to Peronism
    Workers, Unions and Politics 1855-1985

    This book by three Argentinian authors traces the history of what is Latin America's oldest and largest working class. Its mid-19th century origins in migration from overseas and internal proletarianization are traced. The authors relate the history of Argentinian workers' clashes with both the state and employers and the preponderant influence that anarchists and syndicalists had over the labour movement in the early 20th century.
  211. Arm the Sprit
    A Women's Journey Underground and Back
  212. The Armageddon Factor: The rise of Christian Nationalism in Canada
    First Published: 2010
  213. Arms Canada
    The Deadly Business of Military Exports

    First Published: 1987
    Regeher explores the secretive world of Canadian arms manufacture and debunks many of the myths aboutf the benefits of arms sales.
  214. The Arms Trade Revealed
    A Guide for Investigators and Activists

    First Published: 1998
    This is a guide for researchers and activists interested in learning more about the US arms export and trade programs; US policy making, campaign strategies and research techniques.
  215. An Army of Amateurs
    The Story of the SOE Resistance Movement in France

    First Published: 1961
    A first-hand account of the resistance in Nazi-occupied France.
  216. Art and Sexual Politics
    Why Have There No Great Women Artists?

    First Published: 1973
    Examines cultural and ideological biases about female artists
  217. The Art of Cause Marketing
    How to use advertising to change personal behavior and public policy

    First Published: 2000
    How to craft a powerful public service campaign
  218. The Art of Loving
    First Published: 1956   Published: 1963
    Love, according to Erich Fromm, is the only satisfactory answer to the problem of human existence.
  219. The Art of Negotiating
    Psychological Strategies for Gaining Advantageous Bargains

    First Published: 1968
    Negotiation cannot be considered a game accord to Nierenberg; everyone must win. If participants were to try to co-operate instead of compete, they would be more likely to reach a lasting, mutually beneficial solution.
  220. The Art of the Possible
    A Handbook for Political Activism

    First Published: 2007
  221. Art and Pornography
    First Published: 1969
  222. As Long as Grass Grows
    The Indigenous Struggle for Environmental Justice, from Colonization to Standing Rock

    First Published: 2019
    A call to action on behalf of indigenous environmental justice that is deeply grounded in the histories and legacies of settler colonialism and the nonnative environmental movement. Understanding this past, the author believes, is fundamental to reshaping the future.
  223. Ashbridge's Bay
    An Anthology of Writings by Those Who Knew and Loved Ashbridge's Bay

    First Published: 1998
    The story of a great freshwater marsh destroyed by urbanization.
  224. Asia and Pacific
    A Directory of Resources

    First Published: 1986
  225. Asia: Militarisation and Regional Conflict
    First Published: 1989
    Asia is a region where both superpowers have intervened on land and stationed increasing naval forces. The continent has also witnessed numerous inter-state wars. In this book, scholars from the region describe and try to understand these tensions, and also pose alternative options for peace. They examine the militarisation of south-east Asia, the Pacific Islands and Japan; regional security issues; and specific conflicts such as the Iran-Iraq war.
  226. Asia's Unknown Uprisings Volume 2
    People Power in the Philippines, Burma, Tibet, China, Taiwan, Bangladesh, Nepal, Thailand, and Indonesia, 1947-2009

    First Published: 2013
    A detailed history of uprisings in the Philippines, Burma, Tibet, China, Taiwan, Bangladesh, Nepal, Thailand, and Indonesia, which place them in a global context.
  227. Asking The Earth
    The Spread of Unsustainable Development

    First Published: 1992
    Periera and Seabrock, using examples from India, argue that Western colonialism destroyed sustainable development in the Third World.
  228. Asper Nation
    Canada's Most Dangerous Media Company

    Mark Edge, the former Vancouver Province reporter, provides a detailed and albeit partisan history of Izzy Asper and his rise as a media mogul. Edge looks at the CanWest empire: it's legacy of big ownership, cross-media dominance of news markets and an agenda that includes tax reduction, smaller government and uncritical support for Isreal and the United States. He argues that the concentration of media in the hands of one company jeopardises journalistic freedom and he documents the firings of journalists and editors, byline strikes and resignations of angry writers who did not toe the Asper line. Although he is primarily concerned with CanWest the other media giants who are engaged in similar but less successful attempts to dominate the news markets are not let off the hook. Edge makes a persuasive argument for reform in media ownership.
  229. Assata
    An Autobiography

    First Published: 1989
    On May 2, 1973, Black Panther Assata Shakur, aka Joanne Chesimard, lay in the hospital, close to death, handcuffed to her bed while local, state and federal police attempted to question her about the shootout on the New Jersey Turnpike that claimed the life of a white state trooper. Long a target of an FBI campaign to harass Black nationalist organizations she was incarcerated for four years prior to her conviction on flimsy evidence in 1977.
  230. Assuming Boycott
    Resistance, Agency, and Cultural Production

    First Published: 2017
    A collection of essays and seminars that looks at the history of boycott and divestment within activism. Examines a variety of cultural and academic boycotts around the world.
  231. Astrology
    True or False?

    First Published: 1988
  232. At the Nuclear Precipice
    Catastrophe or Transformation?

    First Published: 2008
    This book explores the present nuclear predicament, and how to step away from the precipice. It examines the intersections between international law and national policies; and between nuclear proliferation, nuclear terrorism and nuclear disarmament.
  233. The AT Reader
    Theory and Practice in Appropriate Technology

    First Published: 1985
    An introduction to appropriate technology, both as an explanation of the concerpt and extensive examples and applications.
  234. At the Cutting Edge
    The Fight for Canada's Forests

    First Published: 1998
    Exposes the overexploitation of Canada's forests and suggests measures to create a sustainable industry.
  235. At the Lenin Shipyards
    Poland and the Rise of the Solidarity Trade Union

    First Published: 1981
    A first-hand account of the rise of the Solidarity trade union in Poland.
  236. At the Water's Edge
    Nature Study in Lakes, Streams, and Ponds

    First Published: 1989
    A first-rate nature book that guides the reader out into the world of ponds, stream, brooks, rills, and lakes.
  237. At Twilight in the Country
    Memoirs of a Canadian Nationalist

    First Published: 1996
  238. At War With Asia
    Essays on Indochina

    First Published: 1970
    Noam Chomsky examines the many effects of America's war in Indochina and tries to answer the questions that underlie this conflict.
  239. At Work In the Fields of the Bomb
    First Published: 1987
    A collection of photographs, interviews and comments aimed at making the secretive nuclear arms industry visible to the general public.
  240. Atlas of Great Lakes Indian History 
    First Published: 1987
    Focuses on the Great Lakes Region, in both Canada and the United States.
  241. An Atlas of Rural Protest In Britain 1548-1900
    First Published: 1983
    This volume surveys, compares, and contrasts a range of rural riots in Britain, including land protests, food riots, turnpike disturbances, militia protests, and protests by agricultural labourers. The volume includes seventy-maps which together demonstrate the shifting geography of protest, illustrating how the distribution of protest changed over time and how certain forms of protest changed as Britain developed from a feudal to a capitalist society.
  242. Atomic Diplomacy: Hiroshima and Potsdam
    The Use of Atomic Bomb and the American Confrontation With Soviet Power

    First Published: 1965   Published: 1994
    Alperovitz argues that the use of atomic weapons on Hiroshima and Nagasai were not necessary to bring about Japan's surrender in the Second World War, and that the U.S. leadership was well aware of this fact. The decision to use nuclear weapons was predicated, says Alperovitz, on a desire to test the weapons on actual cities, as well as a wish to use them to intimidate the Soviet Union.
  243. The Authoritarian Personality
    Studies in prejudice

    First Published: 1950   Published: 1967
  244. Authority
    First Published: 1993
    Social philospher Richard Sennett has written a book that looks at the cycles of rebellion and surrender both in our public and our private lives. He examines the structures of power and the notion of an "authority crisis". He believes the push and pull between management and labour is inevitable and enduring. He feels that for people to become free we need to give up our false notions of autonomy (the worker) and also the equally false notion of benevolence (the manager). By doing so we will make authority visible and make it the first step toward freedom.
  245. The Autobiography of a Sexually Emancipated Communist Woman 
    First Published: 1926   Published: 1971
    This is the first time that the complete autobiography which Alexandra Kollontai has been published. Written in 1926 under the pressure of the gradually sharpening Stalinist control, readers must realise the extent and intensity of corrections in which Kollontai was forced to make.
  246. The Autobiography of Bertrand Russell - Volume I
  247. The Autobiography of Bertrand Russell - Volume II
  248. The Autobiography of Bertrand Russell - Volume III
  249. The Autobiography of Malcolm X 
    First Published: 1964   Published: 1965
    The personal story of the man who become the most dynamic leader of the Black Revolution in the United States, completed shortly before his assassination.
  250. The Autobiography of Mother Jones
    First Published: 1925
    In spite of oppressors, in spite of false leaders, in spite of labor's own lack of understanding of its needs, the cause of the worker continues onward.
  251. The Autobiography of Rederico Sanchez
    And the Communist Underground in Spean

    First Published: 1980
  252. Autonomous Media
    Activating Resistance & Dissent

    First Published: 2005
    Essays written by media activists examining the efforts of communities and social movements to appropriate media technologies.
  253. Autonomous Struggles and the Capitalist Crisis
    A Workers' Autonomy Pamphlet

    First Published: 1974
    A Canadian pamphlet with English translations of three articles originating with the Italian autonomist Marxist organization Lotta Continua.
  254. Back in Time My Life, My Fate, My Epoch
    The Memoirs of Nadezhda A. Joffe

    The author of these memoirs is the daughter of the well-known Bolshevik, Adolf Abramovich Joffe, a good friend of both Lenin and Trotsky.
  255. Bad Attitude/s On Trial
    Pornography, Feminism, and the Butler Decision

    First Published: 1997
    This work, wrtten by four Canadian feminist university professors, analyzes law and pornography.
  256. Bad Marxism
    Capitalism and Cultural Studies

    First Published: 2004
    Cultural Studies commonly claims to be a radical discipline. This book thinks that's a bad assessment. After an introduction critiquing the so-called 'Marxism' of the academy, Hutnyk provides detailed critical analyses of the approaches and theorists of cultural studies.
  257. The Bad Trip
    The Untold Story of the Spadina Expressway

    First Published: 1970
  258. Badass Teachers Unite!
    Reflections on Education, History, and Youth Activism

    First Published: 2014
    Mark Naison exposes how dominant education Reform policies destabalize low income communities.
  259. Badass Teachers Unite! Reflections on Education, History, and Youth Activism
    First Published: 2014
    Collection of essays on education and youth activism draws from Naison's research on Bronx History and his experiences defending teachers and students from school reform policies which undermine their power and creativity. Naison's focus is identifying teaching and organizing strategies that have worked effectively in New York, and could be implemented in impoverished communities elsewhere.
  260. Bait and Switch
    The (Futile) pursuit of the American Dream

    First Published: 2005
  261. Bakunin
    The Philosophy of Freedom

    First Published: 1993
    An attempt to portray Bakunin's political theories in a coherent manner.
  262. Bakunin on Anarchy
    First Published: 1971
    An anthology of Bakunin's writings.
  263. The Baltic Revolution
    Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania and the Path to Independence

    First Published: 1993
    A history of Estonian, Latvia and Lithuania, from their "creation" in the 19th century, to their successful runs for independence in 1990.
  264. Bank Heist
    How Our Financial Giants Are Costing You Money

    First Published: 1997
  265. Banned Books
    Informal Notes on Some Books Banned for Various Reasons

    First Published: 1970
  266. Banned in the Media
    A reference guide to censorship in the press, motion pictures, broadcasting, and the Internet

    First Published: 1998
    From colonial times to the present, the media in America has been subject to censorship challenges and regulations. This comprehensive reference guide to media censorship provides in-depth coverage of each media format -- newspapers, magazines, motion pictures, radio, television, and the Internet -- all of which have been, and continue to be, battlegrounds for First Amendment issues. Each media format is examined in-depth, from its origins and history through its modern development, and features discussion of landmark incidents and cases. Foerstel, author of Banned in the U.S.A., the acclaimed reference guide to book censorship in schools and public libraries, offers a brief history of media censorship, examines in-depth the drama of seven landmark incidents, and includes 31 relevant court cases. Complementing the volume are personal interviews with prominent victims of media censorship, who give human voice to the struggle of the media to remain free, and an examination of censorship of the student press.
  267. The Barefoot Channel
    Community Television as a Tool for Social Change

    First Published: 1990
    How you or you group can use local community TV station to get your message out.
  268. Barefoot Gen
    A Cartoon Story of Hiroshima

    First Published: 1989
    Barefoot Gen is the powerful, tragic story of the bombing of Hiroshima seen through the eyes of a young boy - the artist himself - growing up in a peace-loving Japanese family. It is a graphic 'lest we forget' depiction of nuclear devastation and a troubling index of certain kinds of urban ruin even before the bombs fall.
  269. Barefoot Gen The Day After
    A Cartoon Story of Hiroshima

    First Published: 1989
    The acclaimed Barefoot Gen story picks up the day after the bombing of Hiroshima as the Gen family encounters the effects of the bomb, hunger, the hardened hearts of those more fortunate than themselves, and new ethical dilemmas. What is to become of them with their city burned to ashes but their trials just begun?
  270. The Barefoot Guide to Working with Organisations and Social Change
    First Published: 2009
    A partical, do-it-yourself guide for leaders and facilitators wanting to help organisations to function and to develop in more health, human and effective ways as they strive to make their contributions to a more humane society.
  271. The Barnyard Epithet and Other Obscenities
    First Published: 1970
  272. The Barter Book
    Consumers Guide to Living Well Without Using Money

    First Published: 1979
  273. Base Nation: How U.S. Military Bases Abroad Harm America and the World (American Empire Project)
    First Published: 2015
    Examination of the perils of American military bases overseas.
  274. Basic and Surplus Repression in Psychoanalytic Theory
    Freud, Reich and Marcuse

    First Published: 1977
  275. Basta! No Mandate for War
    A Pledge of Resistance Handbook

    More than 65,000 Americans have now pledged to protest any escalation in U.S. foreign and/or military intervention in Central America. This handbook offers a brief guide to the situation in Nicaragua and El Salvador, information about the Pledge of Resistance campaign, selections on nonviolent resistance, and preparation and training materials for nonviolent action. Includes agenda, resources, and checklists for planning and working locally.
  276. Basta!
    Land and the Zapatista Rebellion in Chiapas

    First Published: 1999   Published: 2005
    Examining the roles played by Catholic and Protestant clergy, revolutionary and peasant movements, the oil boom and the debt crisis, NAFTA and the free trade era, and finally the growing global justice movement, the authors provide a rich context for understanding the uprising and the subsequent history of the Zapatistas and rural Chiapas, up to the present day.
  277. The Battle for Justice in Palestine
    First Published: 2014
    Ali Abunimah takes a comprehensive look at the shifting tides of the politics of Palestine and the Israelis in a neoliberal world?and makes a compelling and surprising case for why the Palestine solidarity movement just might win. He provides an effective strategy for advancing the struggle for a just, single-state solution in Palestine.
  278. The Battle of Seattle
    The new challenge to capitalist globalization

    First Published: 2002
  279. Battlefield America: The War on the American People
    First Published: 2015
    Police forces across the United States have been transformed into extensions of the military. Towns and cities have become battlefields, and the American people are now the enemy combatants to be spied on, tracked, frisked, and searched. For those who resist, the consequences can be a one-way trip to jail, or even death. Battlefield America: The War on the American People is constitutional attorney John W. Whitehead's terrifying portrait of a nation at war with itself. In exchange for safe schools and lower crime rates, we have opened the doors to militarized police, zero tolerance policies in schools, and SWAT team raids.
  280. BB BG or DD
    Who Should Shape Society: World Power Politics of the 20th Century - and their lessons
  281. BDS: Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions 
    The Global Struggle for Palestinian Rights

    First Published: 2011
    The case for a rights-based BDS campaign against Israeli occupation and apartheid.
  282. Bearing Witness, Building Bridges
    Interviews with North Americans Living and Working in Nicaragua

    Contains thought-provoking discussions with 17 North Americans who lived in Nicaragua before the revolution and stayed or who have gone to live and work in Nicaragua since. This book probes the motivations and backgrounds which have enabled these North Americans to change their lives and work hand-in-hand with the struggling people of Central America.
  283. Beautiful Rising
    Creative Resistance from the Global South

    First Published: 2017
    Follow up to 'Beautiful Trouble: A Toolbox for Revolution', Beautiful Rising showcases some of the most innovative tactics used in struggles against autocracy and austerity across the Global South.
  284. Beautiful Trouble - Pocket Edition
    A Toolbox for Revolution

    First Published: 2014
    Ideas for organizers.
  285. The Beauty Myth
    How Images of Beauty are Used Against Women

    First Published: 1990
    Writer and Journalist Naomi Wolf calls the current all pervasive need for women to attain an intangible physical beauty ideal the "beauty myth". It is calculated to disenpower women and is a complex pervasive backlash againts feminism. Women are seduced by the beauty myth because it holds promise of power. Women will remain tied to this myth until they realize that power may be revoked as easily as granted. The beauty myth was created to hold women's progress back not to liberate it.
  286. A Beauty That Hurts
    Life and Death in Guatemala

    First Published: 2000
    The story of Guatemala in the modern period. Revised and expanded second edition.
  287. Becoming Whole
    Ending the Cycle of Violence

    Contains 61 excersises to help clients develop alternatives to violence; learn ways they can model alternatives to violence for their children and other young people; establish relationships with other men.
  288. Before Color Prejudice
    The Ancient View of Blacks

    First Published: 1991
    The book examines the relationship between Mediterranean whites and African blacks in antiquity and the absence of colour prejudice, and why those attitudes have shifted in post antiquity.
  289. Before Color Prejudice: The Ancient Views of Blacks
    First Published: 1991
    In this richly-illustrated account of black-white contacts from the Pharaohs to the Caesars, Frank M. Snowden demonstrates that the ancients did not discriminate against blacks because of their colour. For three thousand years Mediterranean whites intermittently came in contact with African blacks in commerce and war, and left a record of these encounters in art and in written documents. The blacks -- most commonly known as Kushites, Ethiopians, or Nubians -- were redoubtable warriors and commanded the respect of their white adversaries. The overall view of blacks was highly favourable. In science, philosophy, and religion colour was not the basis of theories concerning inferior peoples.
  290. Before Ontario
    The Archaeology of a Province

    First Published: 2013
    An accessible introduction to Ontario's Aboriginal past, from the province's leading archaelogists, before Ontario bridges the gap between the modern world and a past that can seem distant and unfamiliar, but is not beyond our reach.
  291. Before the parade
    A History of Halifax's Gay, Lesbian, and Bisexual Communities, 1972-1984

    First Published: 2016
    Halifax's first generation of gay and lesbian elders forged a rainbow path that LGBTQIA and Two-Spirited activists continue to march down today.
  292. Begin at Start
    Some Thoughts on Personal Liberation and World Change

    First Published: 1972
    Sue Negrin talks about her experiences in the hip, free school, mysticism, New Left, feminist and gay movements; how she sees them shedding old skins and coming together in a new way.
  293. Behemoth
    The Structure and Practice of National Socialism 1933-1944

    First Published: 1942   Published: 1966
    A study of the structure of German Nazism.
  294. Behind Closed Doors 
    How The Rich Won Control of Canada's Tax System... And Ended Up Richer

    First Published: 1987
    A stinging indictment of Canada's tax system and the people who shape it.
  295. Behind The Lines - Hanoi
    December23 - January 7

    First Published: 1967
  296. Behind the Silicon Curtain
    First Published: 1990
  297. Being Pregnant
    Conversations with Women

    First Published: 1987
  298. Le Berdache
    First Published: 1981
  299. Berkeley at War: The 1960s
    First Published: 1989
  300. The Berkeley Student Revolt
    Facts and Interpretations

    First Published: 1965
    An anthology of writings on the Berkely student revolt of 1964.
  301. Berkeley: The New Student Revolt
    First Published: 1965
    This story of the “free speech” uprising on the Berkeley campus of the University of California was begun in the conviction that an extraordinary event, in an historical sense, had taken place before our startled citizenry; and that it should be described for history as it was.
  302. Bertolt Brecht: His Life, His Art, His Times
  303. Bertrand Russell and Industrial Democracy
    First Published: 1970
  304. The Best Democracy Money Can Buy (Expanded Election Edition)
    The Truth about Corporate Cons, Globalizaton, and High-Finance Fraudsters

    First Published: 2002   Published: 2004
    Included here are Palast's exposé on Jeb Bush and Katherine Harris's stealing of the presidential election in Florida, and stories on George W. Bush's payoffs to corporate cronies, the payola behind Hillary Clinton, and the faux energy crisis. Also included in this volume are new and previously unpublished material, television transcripts, photographs, and letters.
  305. The Best of Abbie Hoffman
    First Published: 1989
    Selections from Revolution for the Hell of It, Woodstock Nation, and Steal this Book. Also includes new writings not published previously in book form.
  306. The Best of Enemies: Race and Redemption in the New South
    First Published: 2007
    The story of how C.P. Ellis, a member of the Ku Klux Klan, and Ann Atwater, an African American civil rights activist, overcame racial divisions to forge a strong friendship.
  307. The Best of The Nation
    Selections from the Independent Magazine of Politics and Culture

    First Published: 2000
    An anthology of articles from The Nation.
  308. Bethune in Spain
    First Published: 2014
    After getting divorced, being diagnosed with tuberculosis, and failing to introduce medicare to Canada, Norman Bethune left this country. In 1935, the Spanish Civil War began, and Bethune, who supported the Rupublican government during the war, was determined to offer his medical services. He went on to become recognized internationally as a surgeon and for creating and operating a mobile blood transfusion unit.
  309. The Betrayal of Marx 
    First Published: 1975
    The public has too long been fed the view that figures such as Lenin and Stalin are genuine followers of Marx, simply because they have claimed that distinction. Nothing justifies the deeds of a perverse 'Marxism' (e.g. that of Stalin); a proper understanding of Marxist humanism, and its betrayal, in contrast, enables us to raise afresh the question of means and to reevaluate the relevant historical, economic, and political facts.
  310. Betrayal of Trust
    The Collapse of Global Public Health

    First Published: 2000
    The story of recent failings of public health systems across the globe.
  311. Better Together
    Restoring the American Community

    First Published: 2003
  312. Between Labor and Capital
    The Professional/Managerial Class

    First Published: 1978
    Essays on those between the working class and the capitalist class: technicians, managers, administrators, professionals, service workers, sicentists.
  313. Between the Lines
    How to Detect Bias and Propaganda in the News and Everyday Life

    First Published: 1981
    An exploration of medthods of "dec-doing" our daily newspapers and radio/TV news. Examines our predominant sources of information (mass media) and indicates the existence of many alternative sources of informaiton.
  314. Between the Lines
    Readings on Israel, the Palestinians and the U.S. "War on Terror"

    First Published: 2007
    A collection of essays that addresses the situation of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the need for changes. It provides the background of the conflict and an analysis of the resistance and repression that have intensified due to post 9/11.
  315. Beyond a Boundary 
    First Published: 1963   Published: 1983
    Part memoir of a boyhood in a black colony (by one of the founders of African nationalism), part passionate celebration of the game of cricket, this book raises serious questions about race, class, politics, and the realities of colonial oppression.
  316. Beyond Banksters
    Resisting the New Feudalism

    First Published: 2016
    Beyond Banksters explores how the powers of the Bank of Canada were appropriated in the 1970s, resulting in billions of dollars in public debt. From Milton Friedman to Justin Trudeau's Canada Infrastructure Bank, from BlackRock to crappy trade deals to Bilderberg, Nelson exposes the major players privatizing the world and creating a new state of feudalism. Icelanders resisted. Nelson says Canada must too.
  317. Beyond Beef
    The Rise and Fall of the Cattle Culture

    First Published: 1993
    By consuming thousands of acres of North American grain, "cattle production and beef consumption now rank among the gravest threats to the future well-being of the Earth".
  318. Beyond Black and White
    Transforming African-American Politics

    First Published: 1995   Published: 2009
    Marable argues for a new "transformationalist" approach in which there is an emergence of a new black cultural identity which also includes all the poor and exploited in united struggle against oppression.
  319. Beyond Brundtland
    Green Development in the 1990s

    First Published: 1990
  320. Beyond Capital
    First Published: 1996
    Addresses the need for a new socialist theory of transition after the collapse of the Soviet Union and its apparent triumph of capitalism. Beyond Capital examines the European-based conceptual framework of socialist theory in an effort to restate Marx's philosophy into a new social metabolic system.
  321. Beyond Capital (Second Edition)
    Marx's Political Economy of the Working Class

    First Published: 1992   Published: 2003
    A completely reworked edition of his work, Michael Lebowitz's Beyond Capital explores one of the great debates among Marx scholars, that of the implications of Marx's uncompleted works. Lebowitz focuses on the side of the workers, which, he argues, was not developed in Marx's Das Kapital and which was to be the subject of Marx's intended book on wage-labour. Beyond Capital argues that Marx's political economy of the working class and the way in which human beings produce themselves through their struggles are central for going beyond capital.
  322. Beyond Chutzpah 
    On the Misuse of Anti-Semitism and the Abuse of History

    First Published: 2005
    A meticulously researched expose of the corruption of scholarship on the Israel-Palestine conflict. Bringing to bear the latest findings on the conflict and recasting the scholarly debate, Finkelstein points to a consensus among historians and human rights organizations on the factual record. Why, then, does so much controversy swirl around the conflict? Finkelstein's answer, copiously documented, is that apologists for Israel contrive controversy. Whenever Israel comes under international pressure, another media campaign alleging a global outbreak of anti-Semitism is mounted.
  323. Beyond Growth
    The Economics of Sustainable Development

    First Published: 1996
  324. Beyond Homelessness
    Christian Faith in a Culture of Displacement

    First Published: 2008
    Beyond Homelessness looks at the socioeconomic, ecological and spiritual dimensions of homelessness. Going further than seeing housing as being bricks and mortar the authors see it as a search for belonging, identity and security. They argue that if we see the world as holy instead of earth as home and we understand the Gospels, faith will heal the disharmony in which we have mired ourselves.
  325. Beyond Hypocrisy 
    Decoding the News in an Age of Propaganda

    First Published: 1992   Published: 1999
    Edward Herman's book should be required reading for all news rooms and journalism students. In this book he examines through essays, cartoons and a dictionary of "doublespeak" the terms used in the language of U.S. government policy. He highlights the deception and moral hypocrisy and the media's all too willing role to propagate it: whether it be the invasion of Kuwait by Iraq (aggression) or the American invasion of Grenada (justifiable) . One of the most important aspects of doublespeak is the ability to "use lies to choose and shape facts selectively". Another lesson of this book is the governments' mastery of propaganda and manufacture of new foes and the media's failure to question the basis in reality of these supposed threats.
  326. Beyond Interdependence
    The Meshing of the World's Economy and the Earth's Ecology

    First Published: 1992
  327. Beyond Poverty and Affluence
    Towards a Canadian Economy of Care

    First Published: 1995
    By studying societal realities such as poverty, pollution, environmental degradation and losses from quality and quantity of work, Goudzwaad and de Lange believe that a new economic practice is needed for Canadian economic recovery.
  328. Beyond Social Democracy 
    The City and Urban Socialism
  329. Beyond Sovereignty
    Issues for a Global Agenda (2nd Edition)

    First Published: 2003
    Discussion of the increasingly transnational structure of power in today's world and proposals forabandoning nation-state sovereignty for more integrated, cooperative rule between different types of governance bodies.
  330. Beyond the Abdication of Power
    First Published: 1978
    Presents an argument against the views expressed by Kokopeli and Lakey in Leadership For Change. Raises thought provoking issues it raises and demonstrates situations and assumptions under which consensus is not appropriate.
  331. Beyond the Blue Box
    First Published: 1990
  332. Beyond the Echo Chamber
    Reshaping Politics Through Networked Progressive Media

    First Published: 2010
    According to the authors, a new breed of networked progressive media are informing and engaging millions. By harnessing a participatory media environment, they have succeeded in influencing political campaigns, public debates, and policymaking.
  333. Beyond the Fragments 
    Feminism and the Making of Socialism

    First Published: 1979   Published: 1980
    A call for various fractions of the left to unite and work for a socialism through grass-roots activism.
  334. Beyond the Hoax 
    Science, Philosphy and Culture

    First Published: 2008
    Exposes the faulty thinking and outright nonsense of the postmodernist critique of science, which asserts that facts, truth, evidence, even reality itself are all merely social constructs.
  335. Beyond the Limits
    Confronting Global Collapse, Envisioning a Sustainable Future

    First Published: 1992
  336. Beyond the Politics of Place: New Directions in Community Organizing
    First Published: 1997
    A look at community organizing and its evolution with a focus on groups comprised of people of colour.
  337. Beyond the Profits System
    Possibilities for a Post-Capitalist Era

    First Published: 2010
    Shutt offers an analysis of the collapse of the capitalist system by determining factors inhibiting its revival and goes on to offering an alternative to the current system.
  338. Beyond the War on Drugs
    Overcoming a Failed Public Policy

    First Published: 1990
    Beyond the War on Drugs argues persuasively for a fundamental reassessment of drug control policy. The thrust of the book is simply that the 'war on drugs' cannot be won by trying to dry up the source, since there will always be demand to create supply.
  339. Bhopal: The Inside Story 
    Carbide Workers Speak Out on the World's Worst Industrial Disaster

    First Published: 1994
    An account of the disaster in Bhopal, India.
  340. Bi Any Other Name 
    Bisexual People Speak Out

    First Published: 1991
    A collection of essays by 75 authors on bisexual identity.
  341. Bias in Newfoundland Textbooks
    First Published: 1977
    A review of the bias present in Newfoundland public school textbooks.
  342. Biased Analogies
    First Published: 1987
  343. Bibliographie de la Critique Quebecoise et Canadienne-Franchise dans les Revues Canadiannes (1974-1978)
    First Published: 1988
  344. Bibliography on World Conflict and Peace
    Second edition

    First Published: 1979
    Peace research/educational resources. While the work of the international peace research community is well represented here, the majority of the books listed have been published in North America. Categoriescover scholarly works, journalistic writings, ad
  345. Big Business and Hitler
    First Published: 2017
    This book discusses the multiple multinationals doing business with Germany during the Second World War, including American companies such as General Motors, IBM, Standard Oil and Ford, which may explain America's late entry into the war and Hitler's support from powerful businesses despite the horrendous actions of the Nazis'.
  346. Big Farms Make Big Flu 
    Dispatches on Influenza, Agribusiness, and the Nature of Science

    First Published: 2016
    An examination of the relationships between infectious disease, agriculture, economics, and the nature of science.
  347. The Big Nickel
    Inco at home and abroad

    First Published: 1977
    An account of the economic power of the world's largest producer of nickel, how it operates in Canada and the Third World, and its human consequences. The Big Nickel also looks at the resistance to the corporation, and the union-busting, attacks by company goons, and successful organizing drives.
  348. The Big Picture
    Understanding Media Through Political Economy

    First Published: 2003
    Examines the nature of contemporary journalism, the role of the media system in the process of globalization, and the workings of new communication technologies, including the Internet.
  349. The Big Sell
    First Published: 1963
  350. Big Sister
    How Extreme Feminism has Betrayed the Fight for Sexual Equality

    "Some man did this to you didn't he?" That is Neil Boyd's complaint with radical feminism-that it blames men for everything. In doing so he believes that this small group who are now in powerful positions as lawyers, politicians and policy makers has undermined judicial due process and free expression. His utlmate aim the in the book is to rescue feminism from those who have hijacked it and to promote a feminism that is more inclusive. Whith his sardonic wit this book makes for a very enjoyable read.
  351. The Big Thirst
    The Secret Life and Turbulent Future of Water

    First Published: 2011
    A journalistic account of the secret life of water.
  352. Bil'in and the Nonviolent Resistance
    First Published: 2016
    Tells how the farming village in Bil'in, located in Palestine's West Bank, has been facing its occupier, Israel, head-on. Side by side with Israeli and civil rights activists the world over, the people of Bil'in and their protests have been standing against the injustices imposed by the Israeli Occupation Forces (IOF) since 2004. That was when the IOF's raids began to uproot the village's ancient olive trees and confiscate its farmlands, the main sources of its livelihood. All of it to build their separation wall and illegal settlements.
  353. Billion $$$ High
    First Published: 1991
  354. Biopiracy 
    The plunder of nature and knowledge

    First Published: 1997   Published: 1998
    Internationally renowned Third World environmentalist Vandana Shiva exposes the latest frontier of the North's ongoing assault against the South's biological and other resources.
  355. Bisexuality
    A Study

    First Published: 1977   Published: 1979
  356. Bitter Fruit
    The untold story of the American coup in Guatemala

    First Published: 1983   Published: 1990
    A history which reads like a thriller, detailing the dirty tricks, the manipulation of public opinion, and the corrupt foreign policy which characterized U.S. involvement in Guatemala. They show that this covert action became a blueprint for later incursions by the U.S. into Central America.
  357. Bitterly Divided 
    The South's Inner Civil War

    First Published: 2008
    Historian David Williams lays bare the myth of a united confederacy, revealing that the South was in fact fighting two civil wars — an external one that we know so much about and an internal one about which there is scant literature and virtually no public awareness.
  358. Black against Empire
    The History and Politics of the Black Panther Party

    First Published: 2013
    Overview and analysis of the history and politics of the Black Panther Party.
  359. Black against Empire
    The History and Politics of the Black Panther Party

    First Published: 2013
    Black against Empire is the first comprehensive overview and analysis of the history and politics of the Black Panther Party.
  360. The Black Atlantic
    Modernity and Double-Consciousness

    First Published: 1995
    Paul Gilroy explains that there exists a black Atlantic culture whose themes and techniques transcend ethnicity and nationality. The book challenges the practices and assumptions of cultural studies and enriches our understanding of modernism.
  361. The Black Book of Canadian Foreign Policy
    First Published: 2008
    A look at the darker side of Canada's foreign policy record.
  362. Black Canadians
    A Long Line of Fighters

    First Published: 1975
    Discusses the roles played by black Canadians in history.
  363. Black Coal Miners in America
    Race, Class, and Community Conflict, 1780-1980

    First Published: 1987
    From the early day of mining in colonial Virginia and Maryland up to the time of World War II, blacks were an important part of the labour force in the coal industry. Yet in this, as in other enterprises, their role has heretofore been largely ignored. Roland L. Lewis redresses the balance in this comprehensive history of black coal miners in America.
  364. The Black Jacobins 
    Toussaint L'Ouverture and the San Domingo Revolution

    First Published: 1938   Published: 1963
    An account of the Haitian Revolution of 1791-1803.
  365. Black Leadership
    First Published: 1996
    A discussion on leadership with a focus on how to lead mass movements concerned with democracy.
  366. Black Like Me
    First Published: 1960
  367. Black Man's Burden
    The White Man in Africa from the Fifteenth Century to World War I

    Since it was first published in 1920, The Black Man's Burden has been widely recognized as a prime source of education and influence in the field of African history.
  368. Black Mountain: An Exploration in Community
    First Published: 1973
    A history of Black Mountain College (1933-57), an experimental school which pioneered many educational, cultural, and artistic innovations.
  369. Black Ops Advertising
    Native Ads, Content Marketing, and the Covert World of the Digital Sell

    First Published: 2016
    Black Ops Advertising dissects this rapid rise of "sponsored content," a strategy whereby advertisers have become publishers and publishers create advertising -- all under the guise of unbiased information. Covert selling, mostly in the form of native advertising and content marketing, has so blurred the lines between editorial content and marketing message that it is next to impossible to tell real news from paid endorsements. In the 21st century, instead of telling us to buy, buy, BUY, marketers "engage" with us so that we share, share, SHARE -- the ultimate subtle sell.
  370. Black Reconstruction 
    An essay toward a history of the part which black folk played in the attempt to reconstruct democracy in America, 1860-1880

    First Published: 1935
    On the role of black Americans during reconstruction.
  371. The Black War
    Fear, Sex and Resistance in Tasmania

    First Published: 2014
    Clements' book presents the Black War as a horrifying and brutal guerrilla war of attrition. It not only led to the virtual extermination of the Tasmanian Aborigines, it also took many hundred colonial lives and impacted on every colonial family in Tasmania. Yet unlike the first world war, it is barely recognised today as a major event in Australian history.
  372. Black and White
    Images from the Archives of Liberation News Service Photographer Howard Epstein, 1968-1974

    First Published: 2017
    Black and White is a book of 32 evocative images of political conflict and confrontations in the streets taken by Howard Epstein when he was a photographer for Liberation News Service.
  373. The Blackest Streets
    The Life and Death of a Victorian Slum

    First Published: 2008
  374. Blacklist
    An Anti-Authoritarian Directory

    First Published: 1983
  375. Blacklisted
    The Secret War between Big Business and Union Activists

    First Published: 2015
    Story of the illegal strategies that transnational construction companies resorted to in their attempt to keep union activists away from their places of work.
  376. Blacks in Canada
  377. Blackwater
    The rise of the world's most powerful mercenary army
  378. Blaming Others
    Prejudice, Race and Worldwide AIDS

    First Published: 1988
  379. Blaming The Victims 
    Spurious Scholarship And The Palestinian Question

    First Published: 2001
    Demonstrates with cold precision how the consistent denial of truth about the Palestinians by governments and the media in the West has led to the current impasse in Middle East politics. Controversial, forceful, and 'above all' honest, it attempts to redress a sustained crime against historical truth in order to make a more rational political future in Palestine possible. Searing essays from Noam Chomsky, Norman Finkelstein, Peretz Kidron, G. W. Bowerstock, Ibrahim and Janet L. Abu-Lughod, Mumammad Hallaj, Elia Zureik, and Rashid Khalidi.
  380. A Blaze in a Desert: Selected Poems
    First Published: 2017
    Like Serge's extraordinary novels, A Blaze in a Desert: Selected Poems bears witness to decades of revolutionary upheavals in Europe and the advent of totalitarian rule; many of the poems were written during the "immense shipwreck" of Stalin's ascendancy.
  381. Blindspots in The News
    First Published: 1995
    The filters that determine what gets into the "news" and what doesn't.
  382. Blocking Public Participation
    The Use of Strategic Litigation to Silence Political Expression

    First Published: 2014
    Examines the different types of litigation and causes of action that frequently form the basis of SLAPPs (Strategic Litigation Against Public Participation), and how these lawsuits transform political disputes into legal cases, thereby blocking political engagement.
  383. Blood and Belonging
    Journey into the New Nationalism

    First Published: 1993   Published: 1994
    Essays on nationalism in Serbia, Croatia, Germany, Ukraine, Quebec, Kurdistan, and Northern Ireland.
  384. Blood on the Border: A Memoir of the Contra War
    First Published: 2016
    Seamlessly blending the personal and the political, Blood on the Border is Dunbar-Ortiz's firsthand account of the decade-long dirty war pursued by the Contras and the United States against the people of Nicaragua.
  385. Blood on the Marias
    The Baker Massacre

    First Published: 2016
    An in-depth depiction of the 1870 Baker Massacre in a small Piegan town by the Euro-American Major Eugene Baker who attacked the wrong town killing 173 innocent citizens.
  386. Blood on the River
    A Chronicle of Mutiny and Freedom on the Wild Coast

    An account of the Berbice Revolt of 1763-64 in what was then Dutch Guyana.
  387. Blood on Their Banner
    Nationalist Struggles in the South Pacific

    First Published: 1990
    An expose of the political policies of France, Indonesia and the United States and how they pose the greatest threat to the stability of the region.
  388. Blood Relations
    Animals, Humans, and Politics

    First Published: 2000
    Explores the world of the Canadian animal rights movement.
  389. Blue Gold 
    The battle against corporate theft of the world's water

    First Published: 2002   Published: 2003
    International tensions around water are rising in many of the world's most volatile regions.This book exposes the enormity of the problem, the dangers of the proposed solution and the alternative, which is to recognize access to water as a fundamental human right, not dependent on ability to pay.
  390. Blueprint for a Green Economy
    First Published: 1989
    A set of practical proposals for financing a sustainable environment.
  391. BOA
    First Published: 1989
  392. Bodian's Publishing Desk Reference
    A Comprehensive Dictionary of Practices and Techniques for Book and Journal Marketing and Bookselling

    First Published: 1988
  393. Body Art
    First Published: 1990
  394. The Body Hunters
    Testing New Drugs on the World's Poorest Patients

    This is a review on the rise of drug companies as well as the difficulties of medical research ethics. Shaw states that companies make more money developing drugs to treat American heatburn than malaria drugs. Attempts to expose drug companies have failed because of litigation. There is no mention of where and what pharmaceuticals test on the "poorest patients". Her recommendation is that medicines should be regarded as "social goods" and as such.
  395. Body Invaders
    Panic Sex in America

    First Published: 1987
  396. Body of Secrets 
    Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National Security Agency

    First Published: 2001
    The National Security Agency (NSA) is the largest intelligence gathering agency in the world. James Banford in his sequel to "The Puzzle Palace" draws on newly released government documents and interviews with past and present personel to give a detailed picture of the agency. Tracing its origins from the Truman admisnistration and using examples from modern day incidents (Gary Powers, the Pueblo, the Israeli attack on a U.S. surveillance ship and many more) he provides us with an overview of the murky and dangerous world of intelligence operations.
  397. Bold Scientists
    Dispatches from the Battle for Honest Science

    First Published: 2014
    Accounts of scientists working in the public interest despite powerful opposition.
  398. The Bolshevik Revolution 1917 - 1923 - Volume One
    A History of Soviet Russia

    First Published: 1950   Published: 1969
    The first volume of E.H. Carr's eight-volume history of Soviet Russia,, containing an analysis of those events and controversies in Bolshevik history between 1898 and 1917 which influenced the nature and course of the Revolution itself.
  399. The Bolshevik Revolution 1917 - 1923 - Volume Two
    A history of Soviet Russia

    First Published: 1952   Published: 1966
  400. The Bolshevik Revolution 1917 - 1923 - Voume Three
    Volume 3

    First Published: 1953   Published: 1971
  401. Bolshevik Women
    First Published: 1997
    A history of the contributions of women to the Soviet Communist Party before 1921 in Russia.
  402. The Bolsheviks Come to Power
    The Revolution of 1917 in Petrograd

    First Published: 2009
    An account of how the Bolshevik revolution triumphed.
  403. The Bolsheviks in Power
    The First Year of Soviet Rule in Petrograd

    First Published: 2007
  404. The Bolsheviks and Workers' Control 
    The State and Counter-Revolution

    First Published: 1970
    A pamphlet exposing the struggle that took place over the running of workplaces in the immediate aftermath of the Russian Revolution. In doing so not only does it demolish the romantic Leninist "history" of the relationship between the working class and their party during these years (1917-21) but it also provides a backbone to understanding why the Russian revolution failed in the way it did. From this understanding flows alternative possibilities of revolutionary organization.
  405. The Bonobo Way
    The Evolution of Peace through Pleasure

    First Published: 2014
    Author Susan Block writes: "The most revolutionary way bonobos use sex is for conflict resolution. It’s the main reason why these apes are my heroes."
  406. Book Marketing Opportunities: A Directory
    A Directory of Book Wholesalers, Distributors, Chain Stores, Catalogs, Book Clubs, Mailing Lists, Marketing Services, Reviewers, etc.

    First Published: 1988
  407. The Book of Fax
    An Impartial Guide to Buying and Using Facsimile Machines

    First Published: 1988
  408. Book Publishing Resource Guide
    First Published: 1990
  409. Books for Burning
    Between Civil War and Democracy in 1970s Italy

    First Published: 2005
  410. Border Vigils
    Keeping Migrants Out of the Rich World

    First Published: 2012
    A look at immigration controversies, focusing on the migrants' circumstances.
  411. Bordering On Aggression
    Evidence of U.S. Military Preparations Against Canada

    First Published: 1993
  412. Boreal Forests in Crisis
    First Published: 1991   Published: 1992
    Canada's assault on the Boreal forest rivals Brazil's exploitation of the Amazon. In both countries governments and multinational corporations are scheming to clear-cut forests for short-term profit. They treat rivers as sewers, poison the fish and drive aboriginal peoples from their ancestral lands.
  413. Bound By Power
    Intended Consequences

    These essays focus on how power and ideology work within society. Interviews are with Noam Chomsky, Linda McQuaig, Robert Bertuzzi and others. They speak to the issues of the understanding of power and political dissent, the repression of dissent in post 9/11 media coverage and the war on terror.
  414. Bound for Glory
    First Published: 1943   Published: 1970
    The autobiography of folk singer Woody Guthrie.
  415. Boundaries of Home
    Mapping for Local Empowerment

    First Published: 1993
  416. Bourgeois influences on anarchism
    Text by Italian anarchist communist Luigi Fabbri written around the time of the First World War, addressing problems arising from the stereotyping of anarchism in popular culture and the negative effect this had on actual anarchist movement.
  417. Bowling Alone
    The Collapse and Revival of American Community

    First Published: 2000
    Bowling Alone documents the rise and fall of community activity in the twentieth century in the United States and the social changes this reflects. It offers all the evidence, the confirmatory and the contradictory, to give a complete look at trends of community involvement and how increased social capital can benefit everybody.
  418. Boxcar Bertha: An Autobiography
    First Published: 1989
    Memoirs of a woman who lived as a hobo and anarchist.
  419. The Boy Who Could Change the World
    The Writings of Aaron Schwartz

    First Published: 2016
    In his too-short life, Aaron Swartz reshaped the Internet, questioned our assumptions about intellectual property, and touched all of us in ways that we may not even realize. His tragic suicide in 2013 at the age of twenty-six after being aggressively prosecuted for copyright infringement shocked the nation and the world.
  420. The Brain That Changes Itself
    Stories of Personal Triumph from the Frontiers of Brain Science

    First Published: 2007
    Doidge explains neuroplasticity and shows that the brain is not a collection of specialized parts but a dynamic organ and can rewire and rearrange itself as the need arises.
  421. The Brave Cowboy: An Old Tale in a New Time
    First Published: 1956   Published: 1992
    Jack Burns has a steadfast refusal to accept the what he perceives as the tyranny of the twentieth century world he lives in. As he gets in trouble with the law, he finds himself running away from the authorities.
  422. Brazil: The People and The Power
    The Pelican Latin American Library

    First Published: 1969   Published: 1972
    A study of the economy and recent political developments of Brazil. A lengthy chapter on the Brazilian economy is interesting as an example of the impact of imperialism on a 'Third World' nation.
  423. Bread and Wine
    First Published: 1937   Published: 2005
    One of the 20th century's essential novels depicting Fascism's rise in Italy. Set and written in Fascist Italy, this book exposes that regime's use of brute force for the body and lies for the mind. Through the story of the once-exiled Pietro Spina, Italy comes alive with priests and peasants, students and revolutionaries, all on the brink of war.
  424. The Breakdown of Nations
    First Published: 1957
    Kohr maintains that throughout history, people who have lived in small states are happier, more peaceful, more creative and more prosperous. He argues that virtually all our political and social problems would be greatly diminished if the world's major countries were to dissolve back into the small states from which they sprang.
  425. Breaking Ranks
    First Published: 1989
    The riveting inside account of men who have emerged from fulfilling, respected, and often lucrative and influential jobs in the military-industrial complex to work for peace. Based on extensive interviews, Breaking Ranks attempts to trace the fascinating, often mysterious and convoluted routes these people take from one world to another. Their inspiring journeys push us along our own.
  426. Breaking the Bonds
    The Realities of Sexually Open Relationships

    First Published: 1982
    An examination of the lives of (American) people involved in socially and/or sexually open relationships.
  427. Breaking the Canadian Formula
    The Making of the Energy and Chemical Workers Union

    First Published: 1990
  428. Breaking the Spell: A History of Anarchist Filmmakers, Videotape Guerillas, and Digital Ninjas
    First Published: 2017
    Breaking the Spell offers the first full-length study that charts the historical trajectory of anarchist-inflected video activism from the late 1960s to the present. Video plays an increasingly important role among activists in the growing global resistance against neoliberal capitalism.
  429. Breaking Up Ontario Hydro's Monopoly
    First Published: 1983
  430. Breaking up Ontario's Hydro Monopoly
    First Published: 1984
  431. Bridges of Power
    Women's Multicultual Alliances

    First Published: 1990
    Exploring the cultural sources of women's leadership this book views the processes and results that are possible when women come together to overcome not only gender based inequality but oppression based on race and class.
  432. Bridging the Class Divide and Other Lessons for Grassroots Organizing
    First Published: 1996   Published: 1997
    A guide to grassroots organizing with a focus on bridging the gap between middle class organizers and affected members of lower class communities.
  433. Briefe aus dem Gefangnis
    First Published: 1946
  434. Bright-sided
    How the Relentless Promotion of Positive Thinking Has Undermined America

    First Published: 2009
    Ehrenreich traces the strange career of Americans' sunny outlook from its origins as a marginal nineteenth-century healing technique to its enshrinement as a dominant, almost mandatory, cultural attitude.
  435. Bringing the Economy Home from the Market
  436. Brink of Reality
    New Canadian Documentary Film and Video

    First Published: 1983
    From angles both practical and philosophical, Peter Steven examines the business of making documentaries in Canada and reaching audiences with them.
  437. Britain and Nigeria
    Exploitation or Development?

    First Published: 1989
    Some of Nigeria's most prominent progressive historians have combined to write a coherent and organized account of the economic relationship foisted on Nigeria by the British colonial occupation. The authors stress, in particular, the wider consequences of the destruction of indigenous institutions, and the relationship of the colonial era with present-day economic distortions and political instability.
  438. Broken Images
    Essays on Chinese Culture and Politics

    First Published: 1979
    Essays on modern Chinese culture and politics.
  439. Broken Promises, Broken Dreams
    Stories of Jewish and Palestinian Trauma & Resistance

    First Published: 2007
    Rothschild recounts her experiences in grappling with the reality of life in Israel, the complexity of Jewish Israeli attitudes and the hardhips of Palestinians living in the West Bank and Gaza.
  440. The Broken Spears
    The Aztec Account of the Conquest of Mexico

    First Published: 1962
    Translated selections of Nahuatl-language accounts of the Spanish conquest of the Aztec Empire.
  441. Broonland
    The Last Days of Gordon Brown

    First Published: 2009
    Broonland is a scathing and witty indictment of the architect of New Labour, Gordon Brown. Chris Harvie shows how Gordon Brown came to preside over a bankrupt country on the brink of economic and political breakdown.
  442. Brother Max
    Labour Organizer and Educator

    Max Swerdlow outlines his work beginning in Depression-era Winnipeg, leading to his involvement with the International Labour Organization.
  443. Brotherhood Economics
    Women and Co-operatives in Nova Scotia

    First Published: 1998
    Documents the goal of equality for women in the workplace, education, economic development, social work and co-operatives and the activism of five women.
  444. Brotherhood To Nationhood
    George Manuel and the Making of the Modern Indian Movement

    First Published: 1994   Published: 2021
    George Manuel's work as leader of the National Indian Brotherhood and the later founding of the World Council of Indigenous Peoples. First published 1994; revised edition 2021.
  445. Buda's Wagon
    A Brief History of the Car Bomb

    First Published: 2007
    Mike Davis traces the car bomb's worldwide use and development. In his analysis, he also exposes the role of state intelligence agencies - particularly those of the United States, Israel, India, and Pakistan - in globalizing urban terrorist techniques
  446. Buddy's
    Meditations on Desire

    First Published: 1989
  447. Build It Now
    Socialism for the Twenty-First Century

    First Published: 2006
    Influenced by the dramatic proeesses unfolding in Venezuela, Lebowitz re-imagines a socialism for the twenty-first century that places workers and popular communities at the centre of the project.
  448. Building Bridges
    The Emerging Grassroots Coalition of Labor and Community

    First Published: 1990
  449. Building Social Change Communities
    First Published: 1979
    Skills for creating and maintaining a collective or cooperative group, especially living communities. Excellent, concise chapters on consensus decision making, facilitation and conflict resolution.
  450. Building Sustainable Communities: 
    Tools and Concepts for Self-Reliant Economic Change

    First Published: 1983   Published: 1989
    Presents the underlying ideas and essential institutions for building sustainable communities. The major sections of the book deal with community land trusts and other forms of community ownership of natural resources, worker-managed enterprises and other techniques of community self-management, and community currency and banking. Also included are a lexicon of social capitalism and a bibliography of key works on self-reliant economic change.
  451. Building That Bright Future
    Soviet Karelia in the Life Writing of Finnish North Americans

    First Published: 2022
  452. Building the Green Movement
    Rudolf Bahro has emerged from the West German Green Party as a political and social thinker with substantial international influence. In Building the Green Movement, he sets forth his views on North-South relations, the peace movement, his increasing disaffection with parliamentary politics, his ideas on the renewal of communities, and his insistence on the need for spiritual resurgence.
  453. Building United Judgement
    A handbook for consensus decision making

    First Published: 1981
    Describes the techniques and skills which groups can apply to make the principles of consensus work effectively.
  454. Bureaucracy and Revolution in East Europe
    First Published: 1974
    For twenty years the workers in Eastern Europe have fought, fallen back, and fought again -- for food and workers' power. Their victory would shatter the oppressive regimes they live under and ignite revolution in Russia itself.
  455. The Bureaucratic Revolution
    The Rise of the Stalinist State

    First Published: 1962
    Shachtman argues that Stalinist Russia and all countries of the same structure represent a new social order which he calls bureaucratic collectivism. He rejects the view that Stalinist society is in any way socialist or compatible with socialism, and rejects as well the view that it is capitalist or moving toward capitalism.
  456. Burmese Days
  457. Burning Desires
    Sex in America: A report from the field

    First Published: 1989
    Burning Desires looks at the state of sex in the aftermath of the `sexual counter-revolution' that marked the 1980s.
  458. The Burning Forest
    Essays on Chinese Culture and Politics

    First Published: 1985
  459. Bury My Heart At Wounded Knee
    An Indian History of the American West

    First Published: 1971
    A well documented account of the systematic destruction of the American Indian.
  460. Burying the Typewriter
    Childhood Under the Eye of the Secret Police

    First Published: 2012
    Carmen Bugan reflects on what life was like growing up in Romania during the 1980's with a dissident father.
  461. Bush versus Chavez
    Washington's War on Venezuela

    Reveals that Venezuela's revolutionary process has drawn more than simply the ire of Washington. It has precipitated an ongoing campaign to contain and cripple the democratically elected government of Latin America's leading oil power.
  462. Bush y los años del miedo
    Conversaciones con Jorge Halperín

    First Published: 2003
    "Estados Unidos es un pais que tiene mucho miedo y los politicos inescrupulosos como los de la epoca de Reagan, que hoy vuelven a estar en el poder, saben muy bien como manipular los miedos. Es la unica manera de ejercer el control." Hay que bucear lejos en la historia, tal vez el asesinato del archiduque Francisco Fernando, muerto en Sarajevo en 1914, que disparo la Primera Guerra Mundial, para encontrar un atentado cuyo impacto fuera capaz de desencadenar una profunda transformacion del mapa del mundo.
  463. Business as Usual 
    The Economic Crisis and the Future of Capitalism

    First Published: 2011
    In Business as Usual Paul Mattick explains the recession in jargon-free style, without shying away from serious analysis. He explores current events in relation to the development of the world economy since the Second World War and, more fundamentally, looks at the cycle of crisis and recovery that has characterized capitalism since the early nineteenth century. Mattick situates today’s crisis in the context of a capitalism ruled by a voracious quest for profit.
  464. Business Guide To Promotion
    First Published: 1988
    A useful guide for any group preparing materials for publication.
  465. Business Online
    A Canadian Guide

    First Published: 1989
  466. The Business Page
    How To Read It and Understand the Economy

    First Published: 1980
  467. But It's Only a Tool!
    The Politics of Technology and Education Reform

    First Published: 2001
  468. Butler to the World
    How Britain became the servant of tycoons, tax dodgers, kelptocrats and criminals

    First Published: 2022
    Butler to the World reveals how Britain came to assume its role as the center of the offshore economy. Written polemically, but studded with witty references to the butlers of popular fiction, it demonstrates how so many elements of modern Britain have been put at the service of the world's oligarchs.
  469. Butterbox Babies
    First Published: 1992   Published: 2006
    The story of the Ideal Maternity Home in East Chester, Nova Scotia, revealing stories of abuse, illegal adoptions, and deaths.
  470. Bottomfeeder
    How the Fish on Our Plates is Killing the Planet

    First Published: 2008
  471. By Life's Grace
    Musing on the Essence of Social Change

    First Published: 1993
  472. Bye Bye, Miss American Empire
    Neighborhood Patriots, Backcountry Rebels, and their Underdog Crusades to Redraw America's Political Map

    First Published: 2010
    Breakaway movements large and small are rising up across the US. Activists of various stripes want to form new states, even new nations. According to Kauffman, the American Empire is dying, in this investigation into modern-day secession.
  473. Calculated Chaos
    Institutional Threats to Peace and Human Survival

    First Published: 1985
    Discusses the role of institutions within society and how their interests have lead to conflict and war over the past century.
  474. Calling All Radicals 
    How Grassroots Organizers Can Help Save Our Democracy

    First Published: 2007
    Thompson argues that we can reclaim our democracy through grassroots organizing.
  475. Cambao - The Yoke
    The Hidden Face of Brazil

    First Published: 1972
    The story of the Peasant League in 1955, organized to fight against the oppression of the peasants.
  476. Can the Working Class Change the World?
    First Published: 2018
    A look at how the working class and its allies can oppose capitalism to bring radical change.
  477. Can we save the cities?
    First Published: 1992
  478. Canada: A Natural History
    First Published: 1988
    Canada: A Natural History surveys the varying ecosystems of the northern part of this continent, explaining their characteristics, vividly illustrated by the photographs of Tim Fitzharris.
  479. Canada: A People's History
    Volume Two

    First Published: 2001   Published: 2002
    Canadian history from the 1870s to the 1990s.
  480. Canada After Harper
    His Ideology-fuelled Attack on Canadian Society and Values, and How We Can Resist and Create the Country We Want

    First Published: 2015
    Essays documenting the breadth and depth of the Harper government's attack on institutions, policies, and programs that embody values and principles shared by most Canadians: education, health care, women's rights, science and research, the economy, labour unions, water and natural resources, and Aboriginal affairs.
  481. Canada and International Peace and Security
    A Bibliography 1985-89

    First Published: 1990
  482. Canada and Israel: Building Apartheid
    First Published: 2010
    Engler documents the fact that the essence of Canadian policy has always been support for the establishment and continued dominance of an expansionist Zionist state in the territories that now comprise Israel, Gaza, and the West Bank.
  483. Canada as a Settler Colony on the Question of Palestine
    First Published: 2023
    An exploration of Canada-Palestine relations through a settler colonial perspective. The authors argue that there are direct parallels between Canada's settler colonial project and its support for the Israeli settler colonial dispossession of Palestinians.
  484. The Canada Assistance Plan
    No Time for Cuts

    First Published: 1991
  485. Canada Firsts Ralph Nader's Salute to Canada and Canadian Achievement
    First Published: 1993
  486. Canada for the People!: A Study of the Social Gospel in Canadian History
    First Published: 2015
    United Church of Canada's relation with the social gospel and the criticisms of the Social Gospel movement
  487. Canada Post Corporation
    It Can Deliver

    First Published: 1986
  488. Canada Remapped
    How the Partition of Quebec Will Reshape the Nation

    First Published: 1993
    Explores what might happen in the event of a decision by Quebec to separate from Canada.
  489. Canada Since 1960: A People's History
    A Left Perspective on 50 Years of Politics, Economics and Culture

    First Published: 2016
    An account of the most important developments in Canadian history from the 1960s to today, seen through the eyes of Canadian Dimension magazine.
  490. Canada and the State of the Planet
    The Social, Economic and Environmental Trends That Are Shaping Our Lives

    First Published: 1997
  491. Canada: The Communist Viewpoint
    First Published: 1948
    Tim Buck, the national leader of the Labor-Progressive Party, sets out the Communist position on the big questions of Canada's destiny.
  492. Canada's 1960s 
    The Ironies of Identity in a Rebellious Era

    First Published: 2008
    A history of social movements of the 1960s, including student and anti-war movements, the rise of women's liberation, labour struggles, and Quebec nationalism.
  493. Canada's Deadly Secret
    Saskatchewan uranium and the global nuclear system

    First Published: 2007
    The struggle over Saskatchewan's uranium mining, and the negative impacts on Aboriginal rights and environmental health, and the effect of free trade. Nuclear energy cannot address global warming and there is no such thing as a "peaceful atom."
  494. Canada's Fighting Seniors
    First Published: 1990
    A look at the growth of a senior's movement in Canada in the 1980s.
  495. Canada's Forgotten Slaves: Two Centuries of Bondage
    First Published: 2013
    Trudel discusses slavery as a part of colonial Canada since 1629, its continuation under the British regime and its official abolition.
  496. Canada's Future: A Global Perspective
    First Published: 1984
  497. Canada's Great Divide
    The politics of the growing gap between rich and poor in the 1990s

    First Published: 2000
    Over the course of the 1990s, Canada's growing gap has become a slippery slope for a growing number of middle income familes sliding towards the bottom of the income ladder.
  498. Canada's Social Economy
    Co-Operatives, Non-Profits, and Other Community Enterprises

    First Published: 1992
  499. Canada's Social Programs Are In Trouble
    First Published: 1991
  500. Canada's Water: For Sale
    First Published: 1972
    Describes the pressures behind U.S. demand for Canadian water and the Canadian response and presents the case against grand engineering schemes, major dams, and large river diversions.
  501. Canada's Young Activists
    A Generation Stands Up for Change

    First Published: 2007
    Twenty five personal accounts of the important work of some of Canada's most prominent young activists championing causes from child labour to environmentalism.
  502. The Canadian Alternate Celebrations Catalogue
    First Published: 1975
    A catalogue of ways to seek alternatives in our way of living and celebrating in the context of a comsumer society.
  503. Canadian Books on Labour
    First Published: 1988
  504. Canadian Churches and Foreign Policy
    First Published: 1990
    In the years after 1970, Canadian churches have engaged in international affairs in new ways. This book offers first-hand accounts by people actively involved in developing this new role.
  505. Canadian Churches and Social Justice
    First Published: 1984
  506. The Canadian City
    First Published: 1991
    Based on the belief that a healthy city life is possible, this volume collects articles, stories and histories about the city and its people, covering aspects such as human and social relations, art and architecture, urban planning, land development, and the greening of the urban environment.
  507. Canadian Communism
    The Stalin Years and Beyond

    First Published: 1988
  508. The Canadian Constitution
    From Patriation to Meech Lake

    First Published: 1989
  509. The Canadian Corporate Elite
    An Analysis of Economic Power

    First Published: 1975
    An exhaustive study of the concentration and perpetuation of economic power in Canada.
  510. Canadian Dreams
    The Making And Marketing Of Independent Films

    First Published: 1993
  511. The Canadian Fact Book on Poverty 1989
    First Published: 1989
  512. Canadian Feminism And The Law
    The Women's Legal Education and Action Fund and the Pursuit of Equality

    First Published: 1991
    The author gives a fascinating and informative look at the efforts of the Legal Education and Action Fund, a Feminist-Activist organization for the struggle to effect an egalitarian society through Charter litigation.
  513. The Canadian Green Consumer Guide
    How You Can Help

    First Published: 1988   Published: 1989
    A guide to responsible shopping that won't cost the earth.
  514. The Canadian Guide To Working and Living Overseas
    For Entry Level and Seasoned Professionals

    First Published: 1992
    This work profiles 700 employers in government, the private sector,voluntary and international organizations for people who want to work in the Third World.
  515. Canadian Human Rights Yearbook
    First Published: 1984   Published: 1985
  516. Canadian Human Rights Yearbook 1984-1985
    First Published: 1985
  517. The Canadian Jewish Outlook Anthology
    First Published: 1988
    A broad range of articles about secular Jewish life and socialist values.
  518. The Canadian Jewish Outlook Anthology
    First Published: 1988
  519. Canadian Labour in Politics
    First Published: 1968
    A historical study of the relationship between the labour movement and the social democratic party in Canada, as that relationship developed since the birth of modern industrial unionism.
  520. The Canadian Labour Movement
    A Short History

    First Published: 1989
  521. The Canadian Left 
    A Critical Analysis

    First Published: 1977
    The main focus of the book is the emergence and development of Canadian socialist thought. Penner examines the origins of the Communist Party of Canada and its ideological base and the beginings and development of the CCF-NDP.
  522. Canadian Machine-Readable Databases:
    A Directory and Guide

    First Published: 1987
  523. Canadian Multinationals
    First Published: 1986
  524. The Canadian Patients Book of Rights
    A Consumer's Guide to Canadian Health Law

    First Published: 1994
  525. The Canadian Peace Directory
    First Published: 1988
  526. Canadian Peace Educators' Directory
    First Published: 1987
  527. The Canadian Press Stylebook:
    A Guide For Writers and Editors

    First Published: 1988
  528. The Canadian Public Affairs Handbook
    Maximizing Markets, Protecting Bottom Lines

    First Published: 1988
  529. Canadian Serials Directory/Repertoire des publications seriees canadiennes
    First Published: 1987
  530. Canadian Socialism
    Essays on the CCF and the NDP

    First Published: 1993
  531. Canadian Sources of Environmental Information 1988/Sources canadiennes d'information sur l'environnement 1988
    First Published: 1988
  532. The Canadian State: Political Economy and Political Power
    First Published: 1977
    Marxist perspectives on the Canadian state.
  533. The Canadian War on Queers 
    National Security as Sexual Regulation

    First Published: 2010
    From the 1950s to the late 1990s, agents of the Canadian state spied on, interrogated, and harassed gays and lesbians in a series of so-called national security campaigns. This book traces this history, revealing acts of state repression and forms of social resistance.
  534. Canadian Women and AIDS
    Beyond the Statistics

    First Published: 1991
  535. Canadian Women & the Struggle for Equality
    First Published: 2012
    When Stella Bliss applied for unemployment insurance in 1976, she found that she would not be entitled to benefits for another six weeks. Bliss had just had a baby and was therefore subject to a different section of the Unemployment Insurance Act than her male counterparts.
  536. Canadian Women's Directory
    Annuaire des Femmes du Canada

    First Published: 1987
  537. Canadian Women's Autobiography in English
    An Introductory Guide for Researchers and Teachers

    First Published: 1991
  538. The Canadian Women's Movement, Equality Rights and the Charter
    First Published: 1990
  539. Canadian Women's Periodicals:
    Title Word Index: Vol.1, No.2

    First Published: 1987
  540. Canadian Writers Network
    Articles for Sale

    First Published: 1988
  541. Canadians and Central America
    First Published: 1989
  542. The Candidate
    Jeremy Corbyn's Improbable Path to Power

    First Published: 2016
    Chronicling Jeremy Corbyn's rise to the position of leader of Britian's Labour Party. An insider's look at the events that led to his appointment.
  543. CANDU
    An Analysis of the Canadian Nuclear Program

    First Published: 1977
    Written for the layman, CANDU clearly and concisely describes the basics of nuclear power including atomic fission, ionizing radiation and its affects on man and fuel cycles.
  544. The Candy Machine
    How Cocaine Took Over the World

    First Published: 2009
    Feiling is interested in the hows and whys of the trade. Everything cocaine touches turns to lead. How it came to this is the question he explores in this extensively researched, passionately argued book.
  545. The Canso Strait Fisherman's Strike, 1970-71
    First Published: 1977
    An account of the 1970-71 strike of Nova Scotia fishermen, after two large fisheries refused to recognize their newly formed union.
  546. Can't Jail the Sprit
    Political Prisoners in the U.S.: A collection of biographies
  547. Capital: A Readable Introduction to Volume I
    First Published: 1971
  548. Capital and community
    The results of the immediate process of production and the economic work of Marx

    First Published: 1976
  549. Capital Crimes
    Reveals how the occurrence, extent, and type of crime committed, as well as society's response to the problem, are largely shaped by economic elites.
  550. A Capital Scandal
    Politics, Patronage and Payoffs -- Why Parliament Must be Reformed

    First Published: 1991
  551. Das Capital, Volume 1 
    A Critical Analysis of Capitalist Production

    First Published: 1867   Published: 1890
    Marx's great work sets out to grasp and portray the totality of the capitalist mode of production, and the bourgeois society that emerges from it. He describes and connects all its economic features, together with its legal, political, religious, artistic, philosophical and ideological manifestations.
  552. Das Capital, Volume 2
    The Process of Circulation of Capital

    First Published: 1893   Published: 1956
  553. Das Capital, Volume 3
    The Process of Capitalist Production as a Whole

    First Published: 1894   Published: 1971
  554. Capitalism and the Information Age
    The Political Economy of the Global Communication Revolution

    A rigorous examination of some of the most crucial problems and possibilities of new technologies.
  555. Capitalism and Theory
    First Published: 1974
    About the permanent arms economy, the latest phase of capitalism.
  556. Capitalism and Underdevelopment in Latin America
    Historical Studies of Chile and Brazil

    First Published: 1967   Published: 1969
    The four essays in this book offer a sweeping reinterpretation of Latin American history as an aspect of the world-wide spread of capitalism in its commercial and industrial phases.
  557. Capitalism & Climate Change
    The Science and Politics of Global Warming

    First Published: 2015
    An excellent primer, from a radical perspective, on what the ecological crisis is about and what is causing it.
  558. Capitalism: A Crime Story
    First Published: 2018
    Harry Glasbeek explains how liberal law strives to reconcile capitalism with liberalism, while giving corporate capitalism privileged treatment under the law.
  559. Capitalism and Disability: Selected writings by Marta Russell
    First Published: 2019
    This book comprises a collection of groundbreaking writings by Marta Russell on the nature of disability and oppression under capitalism.
  560. Capitalism for Beginners
    First Published: 1981
    An amusing, soundly researched, and highly accessible illustrated book that tells you everything you want to know about capitalism.
  561. Capitalism: A Ghost Story
    First Published: 2014
  562. Capitalism Must Die! A basic introduction to capitalism: what it is, why it sucks, and how to crush it
    First Published: 2014
    Text combined with comics explain in simple terms what capitalism is, how it works, why it's irredeemable, and what we can do to end it.
  563. The Capitalism Papers: Fatal Flaws of an Obsolete System
    First Published: 2012
    Mander argues that capitalism is no longer a viable system: "What may have worked in 1900 is calamitous in 2010." Capitalism, utterly dependent on never-ending economic growth, is an impossible absurdity on a finite planet with limited resources.
  564. Capitalism and Slavery
    First Published: 1944
    Slavery helped finance the Industrial Revolution in England. Plantation owners, shipbuilders, and merchants connected with the slave trade accumulated vast fortunes that established banks and heavy industry in Europe and expanded the reach of capitalism worldwide.
  565. Capitalism, Socialism and Technology
    A Comparative Study of Cuba and Jamaica

    Does a socialist Third World country tackle technological development and mechanization in different ways from a capitalist country? In this meticulous field study of sugar cane harvesting in two leading producer countries - Cuba and Jamaica - Dr. Edquist finds that the causes and consequences of technical change differ significantly. He advances original ideas as to the relationship between technology and socio-economic conditions.
  566. Caps And Spelling
    First Published: 1988
  567. Captains of Consciousness: Advertising and the Social Roots of the Consumer Culture
    First Published: 1974
    Captains of Consciousness offers a historical look at the origins of the advertising industry and consumer society at the turn of the twentieth century.
  568. Captivity
    118 Days in Iraq and the Struggle for a World Without War

    First Published: 2011
    An account of a peace activist kidnapped while leading a peace delegation in Iraq.
  569. Caring for Our Children
    What's Best for Them? A Response to the National Child Care Strategy

    First Published: 1988
  570. A Carnival of Revolution
    Central Europe 1989

    First Published: 2002   Published: 2003
    This is the first history of the revolutions that toppled communism in Europe to look behind the scenes at the grassroots movements that made those revolutions happen.
  571. The Case Against Israel 
    First Published: 2005
    Neumann argues that Israel's policies are the cause of the conflict, and that the conflict can be ended by Israel changing its behaviour.
  572. The Case Against the Global Economy
    And for a turn towards the local

    First Published: 1996
  573. Case Critical
    The Dilemma of Social Work in Canada

    First Published: 1987
  574. A Case For Non-violent Resistance
    First Published: 1988
  575. The Case for Palestine
    An International Law Perspective

    First Published: 2005
  576. The Case for Penal Abolition
    First Published: 2000
    A collection of essays on various aspects of the penal abolition movement and its arguments.
  577. The Case for Phasing Out Organohalogens
    First Published: 1992
  578. The Case for Socialism 
    First Published: 2005   Published: 2010
    An argument for socialism: a society built from the bottom up through the struggles of ordinary people against exploitation, oppression, and injustice -- one in which people come before profit. A society based on the principles of equality, democracy, and freedom.
  579. The Case of Comrade Tulayev
    First Published: 1950   Published: 1963
  580. Cash Copy
    First Published: 1989
  581. Caste, Class, and Race: A Study of Social Dynamics
    First Published: 1948   Published:
    A 1948 sociological analysis of the issues of caste, class, and race relations in the United States and the world by Trinidadian-born, US-based scholar Oliver Cromwell Cox.
  582. Cataclysm 1914
    The First World War and the Making of Modern World Politics

    First Published: 2016
    This collection argues that the First World War -- and its consequences -- was perhaps the defining moment of 20th century world-politics.
  583. Catalyst
    First Published: 1986
  584. The Catalyst
  585. La Causa
    The California Grape Strike

    First Published: 1970
    A documentary of the California grape workers' strike.
  586. Caveat Venditor: Let the Seller Beware
    First Published: 1977
    This Consumer's Handbook was produced by the Consumer Action Centre (CAC) which was established as a project of the Waterloo chapter of OPIRG in 1974.
  587. Celebrate People's History
    The Poster Book of Resistrance and Revolution

    First Published: 2010
    Since 1998, Josh MacPhee has commissioned and produced over 100 posters by over 80 artists that pay tribute to revolution, racial justice, women’s rights, queer liberation, labor struggles, and creative activism and organizing. Celebrate People’s History presents these essential moments — acts of resistance and great events in an often hidden history of human and civil rights struggles — as a visual tour through decades and across continents.
  588. Celebration of Awareness
    A Call for Institutional Revolution

    First Published: 1956   Published: 1970
  589. Censored: The News That Didn't Make The News - And Why
    The 1995 Project Censored Yearbook

    First Published: 1996
    Documenting how the U.S. mass media does a shabby job, deliberately or negligently withholding information of vital importance.
  590. Censorship
    A World Encyclopedia

    First Published: 2001
    Censorship: A World Encyclopedia presents a comprehensive view of censorship, from Ancient Egypt to those modern societies that claim to have abolished the practice. For each country in the world, the history of censorship is described and placed in context, and the media censored are examined: art, cyberspace, literature, music, the press, popular culture, radio, television, and the theatre, not to mention the censorship of language, the most fundamental censorship of all. Also included are surveys of major controversies and chronicles of resistance.Censorship will be an essential reference work for students of the many subjects touched by censorship and for all those who are interested in the history of and contemporary fate of freedom of expression.
  591. Censorship
    A Threat to Reading, Learning, Thinking

    First Published: 1994
    Pointing out that censorship is undermining the goals of education and plaguing all areas of the curriculum, this collection of essays considers many areas in which students' right to read is being infringed. The collection offers thought-provoking perspectives on the methods used by protesters to remove books and materials from classrooms and libraries and outlines the rationales behind censors' motivations.
  592. Censorship and the School Library Media Centre
    First Published: 2002
    Presents censored materials, censorship incidents, court cases, and federal legislation, including the children's Internet Protection Act.
  593. Censorship Goes To School
    First Published: 1998
  594. Censorship in Islamic Societies
    First Published: 2003
    A study of censorship in Islamic societies, concentrating on key events throughout history. The text includes analysis of: censorship in Algeria the "fatwa" against Salman Rushdie Taliban repression in Afghanistan and the 1980 transmission on British TV of "Death of a Princess".
  595. Censorship, Inc.
    The Corporate Threat to Free Speech in the United States

    Soley shows how as corporate power has grown and come to influence the issues on which ordinary Americans should be able to speak out, new strategies have developed to restrict free speech on issues in which corporations and property-owners have an interest.
  596. Central American Women Speak for Themselves
    First Published: 1983
    A dossier focusing on the participation of women in the popular movements and revolutionary organizations in Central America. Contains transations from newspapers, pamphlets, documents, interviews and reprints of already-published material.
  597. Certain Trumpets
    First Published: 1994
  598. Chain of Title
    How Three Ordinary Americans Uncovered Wall Street's Great Foreclosure Fraud

    First Published: 2016
    The account of how a car dealership worker, a nurse, and a forensic expert discovered the foreclosure fraud perpetrated by America's biggest banks.
  599. The Chairman's New Clothes
    Mao and the Cultural Revolution

    First Published: 1969   Published: 1981
    Analyzes the Chinese "cultural revolution" as a power struggle through which Mao Zedong sought to regain control of the party.
  600. The Challenge and Burden of Historical Time 
    Socialism in the Twenty-First Century

    Meszaros, one of the foremost Marxist thinkers of our age, focuses on the tyranny of capital's time imperative and the necessity of a new socialist time accountancy, and provides a strong refutation of the popular view that there is no alternative to the current neoliberal order.
  601. Challenging McWorld
    First Published: 2001
  602. Challenging the Mississippi Fire Bombers
    Memories of Mississippi 1964-65

    First Published: 2013
    With a firsthand account of the details and thoughtful descriptions of key people on the front lines, author Jim Dann brings the historic period, the June 1964 civil rights struggle to register as many African American voters as possible in Mississippi, back to life. He places those 15 months in Mississippi in the overall history of the struggle of African Americans for freedom, equality, and democratic rights in the South, the country, and throughout the world.
  603. Change the World Without Taking Power
    The Meaning of Revolution Today

    First Published: 2002
    Holloway claims that after a century of failed attempts by revolutionary and reformist movements to bring about radical social change, the concept of revolution itself is in crisis. However, he has no idea what to do about it.
  604. Changing Venezuela By Taking Power
    The History and Policies of the Chavez Government

    First Published: 2007
    Explores the historical and socioeconomic roots of the Venezuelan initiatives of recent years, the conflicts they have engendered, the achievements and pitfalls, the animating ideals of a genuinely participatory society, and the prospects for realizing them.
  605. The Changing Workplace
    Reshaping Canada's Industrial Relations System

    First Published: 1992
    Describes how business, labour and government have organized the production of goods and services in Canada since 1945. Focusing on the industrial relations system and how it works, the authors call for fresh thinking on the economy and offer proposals for the reorganization of production.
  606. Character Analysis
    Third, Enlarged Edition

    First Published: 1933   Published: 1976
    Reich's psychoanalytic investigations of the human character.
  607. Charity Begins At Home
    Generosity and Self-Interest Among the Philanthropic Elite

    First Published: 1990
  608. The Charter of Rights
    First Published: 1989
  609. The Charter, The Challenge
    First Published: 1989
  610. Chasing a Mirage
    The Tragic Illusion of an Islamic State

    First Published: 2008
    According to Tarek Fatah, "Morality is doing what is right, regardless what we are told; Religious dogma is doing what we are told, no matter what is right." Fatah argues that since Islam's advent, there have been two parallel strains of the religion that are in clash. The first "state of Islam" is a person's moral compass; the way Islam governs an individual's personal life. By contrast, the yearning for "an Islamic state" has been bloody and fruitless.
  611. Chatter: Dispatches From the Secret World of Global Eavesdropping
    First Published: 2005
  612. The Chatto Book of Dissent
    First Published: 1991
  613. Chavs
    The Demonization of the Working Class

    First Published: 2011
    An analysis of Britain's working class and the sociopolitical attitudes regarding them.
  614. Che Guevara
    His Revolutionary Legacy

    Besancenot and Löwy explore and situate Guevara's ethical, revolutionary, and humanist legacy.
  615. Checklist of Indexes to Canadian Newspapers/Liste de Controle des Index de Journaux Canadiens
    First Published: 1987
  616. Chicago '68
    First Published: 1988
    A vivid history of the political and social movements of that turbulent time, when the power structure felt itself threatened by social movements that rejected much of what it stood for.
  617. Chicken: A History from Farmyard to Factory
    First Published: 2020
    Why has the chicken become the meat par excellence, the most plentifully eaten and popular animal protein in the world, consumed from Beijing to Barcelona? Historian Paul Josephson explains that the story of the chicken's rise involves a whole host of factors; from art, to nineteenth-century migration patterns to cold-war geopolitics.
  618. A Child in Palestine
    The Cartoons of Naji Al-Ali

    First Published: 2009
    Presents the work of Naji Al-Ali, a leading Palestinian political cartoonist, and is introduced by Joe Sacco, author of Palestine.
  619. Childhood Under Siege
    How Big Business Ruthlessly Targets Children

    First Published: 2011
    An exploration of the corporate manipulation and exploitation of children and childhood and society's (lack of) response.
  620. Children At Work
    First Published: 1982
    This study comes from a project of the International Programme for the Improvement of Working Conditions of the International Labour Organization (ILO).
  621. Children, Families and Public Policy in the 90s
    First Published: 1991
  622. The Children of Aataentsic
    A History of the Huron People to 1660

    First Published: 1987
    The Children of Aataentsic is both a full-scale ethnohistory of the Huron Indian confederacy and a far-reaching study of the causes of its collapse under the impact of the Iroquois attacks of 1649.
  623. Children of Resistance
    On Children, Repression and the Law in Apartheid South Africa

    First Published: 1988
    During the last decade the apartheid regime has unleashed the full force of its repressing not only against adults but even against children. The veil of censorship which the regime keeps over its actions was pierced for a few days in Harare in September 1987. There, children gave testimony of their own experience of violence and torture, and lawyers, doctors, social workers, religious leaders and parents spoke of what they had themselves seen of the treatment of children.
  624. Children of the Arbat
    First Published: 1987
    Recounts the era in the Soviet Union of the build-up to the Congress of the Victors, the early years of the second Five Year Plan and the circumstances of the murder of Sergey Kirov prior to the beginning of the Great Purge.
  625. Children of the Broken Treaty
    Canada's Lost Promise and One Girls's Dream

    First Published: 2015
    Angus provides chilling insight into how Canada denies First Nations children their basic human rights.
  626. Children of the Days: A Calendar of Human History
    First Published: 2012
    The days of human history.
  627. The Children's Crusade
    The Story of the Company of Young Canadians

    First Published: 1970
  628. China on Strike
    Narratives of Workers' Resistance

    First Published: 2016
    Through first person accounts, the book details the growing unrest, destabilization and strikes in factories that are gripping China.
  629. China Shakes the World
    First Published: 1949   Published: 1973
    Jack Belden's classic account of the Chinese civil war.
  630. China and Socialism
    Market Reforms and Class Struggle

    First Published: 2005
    Argues that market reforms in China are leading toward a capitalist and foreign-dominated development path, with enormous social and political costs, both domestically and internationally.
  631. China's Republic
    An introductory text for students and general readers offering an unbiased look at the rise of Maoist communism and the decline of Chiang Kai Shek's Guomintang.
  632. China's Rise: Strength and Fragility
    First Published: 2013
    Loong Yu examines in detail the road from the revolution in China, from a largely rural peasant country in 1949 to the present huge capitalist economy.
  633. Chinese Shadows 
    First Published: 1977   Published: 1978
    A description of Mao Zedong's China.
  634. Chocolate Nations
    Living and Dying for Cocoa in West Africa

    First Published: 2011
    Speculation, pests, political corruption, taxation, land rights, civil war and the IMF are forces at play in this investigation of cocoa agriculture and export in West Africa.
  635. A Choice of Futures
    Canada'a Commitment to Its Children

    First Published: 1989
  636. Choices
    A Family Global Action Handbook

    First Published: 1987
    Choices is aimed particularly at parents who want to instil social awareness in their children, and who are looking for ideas, activities, and ways of initiating discussion.
  637. Chomsky for Beginners
    First Published: 1996
    An introduction to the life and works of Noam Chomsky.
  638. The Chomsky-Foucault Debate
    On human nature

    First Published: 2006
    In 1971, at the height of the Vietnam War and at a time of great political and social instability, two of the world's leading intellectuals, Noam Chomsky and Michel Foucault, were invited by Dutch philosopher Fons Elders to debate an age-old question: is there such a thing as 'innate' human nature independent of our experiences and external influences? What begins as a philosophical argumentsoon evolves into a broader discussion encompassing a wide range of topics including the struggle for justice in the realm of politics.
  639. Chomsky on Anarchism
    First Published: 2005
    This collection of essays and interviews paint a fresh picture of Chomsky, showing his life-long involvement with anarchist and libertarian socialist currents, his commitment to nonhierarchical models of political organization, and his hopes for a future world without rulers.
  640. Chomsky on Democracy and Education
    First Published: 2002   Published: 2003
    Education stands at the intersection of Noam Chomsky's two lives as scholar and social critic: As a linguist he is keenly interested in how children acquire language, and as a political activist he views the education system as an important lever of social change.This book gathers for the first time his impressive range of writings on these subjects, spanning issues of language, power, policy and method.
  641. Chomsky on MisEducation
    First Published: 2000
    Chomsky critiques the education system and discusses what education could be like in a democratic society.
  642. The Chomsky Reader
    First Published: 1987
    The political and linguistic writings of America's leading dissident intellectual. He relates his political ideals to his theories about language.
  643. Choosing Civility: The Twenty-Five Rules of Considerate Conduct
    First Published: 2002   Published: 2003
    To live a long, healthy and serene life we need the crucial help of a network of caring people - we need social support. In order to gain and keep social support we need social skills. Choosing Civility re-discovers and expounds the essential skills that allow us to live well among others.
  644. Christians for Socialism
    First Published: 1972
    A report on the First Latin American Encounter of Christians for Socialism, held in Santiago, Chile, in April 1972.
  645. Christians in the Crisis
    First Published: 1984
    Describes the urgent need for Christians to respond to the socio-economic and political crises of our time.
  646. Christmas Truce: The Western Front, December 1914
    First Published: 1994   Published: 1999
    A history of the Christmas Truce of 1914 on the Eastern and Western fronts.
  647. Chronicle of Canada
    First Published: 1990
  648. Chronicles of Dissent
    Noam Chomsky Interviewed by David Barsamian

    First Published: 1993
  649. The CIA
    A Forgotten History

    Describes the CIA's role in overthrowing governments, rigging elections, assassinating leaders, and manufacturing "news" in over 50 countries.
  650. The CIA: A Forgotten History
    U.S. Global Interventions Since World War II

    First Published: 1989
    This book tells the remarkable story of the multifarious US/CIA interventions in more than fifty foreign countries. Here are all the details of these exploits, the operations behind the overthrow of governments, suppression of revolutions, perversions of elections, assassination of leaders, manipulation of trade unions and other organizations. Here is the account of each of the most significant American interventions.
  651. The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence
    First Published: 1974   Published: 1975
  652. The CIA as Organized Crime: How Illegal Operations Corrupt America and the World
    First Published: 2017
    Author of three books on CIA operations, Valentine’s research into CIA activities began when CIA Director William Colby gave him free access to interview CIA officials who had been involved in various aspects of the Phoenix program in South Vietnam.
  653. CIA Off Campus
    Building the Movement Against Agency Recruitment and Research

    First Published: 1990   Published: 1999
    Mills describes campus organizing against the CIA's recruiting and research programs on campus. She also describes how to detect secret CIA activities and how to combat them. She gives voice to the multiple reasons why so many academics have opposed the presence of the CIA on university campuses: reasons that ranged from the recognition of secrecy's antithetical relationship to academic freedom, to political objections to the CIA's use of torture and assassination, to efforts on campuses to recruit professors and students, and the CIA's longstanding role in undermining democratic movements around the world.
  654. The CIA's Greatest Hits
    First Published: 1994
    Brief case studies of the CIA's greatest 'triumphs'.
  655. Circle in the Darkness
    Memoir of a World Watcher

    First Published: 2020
    Veteran journalist Diana Johnstone's memoir covers half a century of contemporary history. Johnstone recounts in detail how the Western Left betrayed its historical principles of social justice and peace and let itself be lured into approval of aggressive U.S.-NATO wars on the fallacious grounds of "human rights". Subjects range from caustic analysis of the pretentious confusion of French philosophers to the stories of many courageous individuals whose struggle for peace and justice ended in deep personal tragedy, with a great deal in between.
  656. Circle of Poison: Pesticides and People in a Hungry World
    First Published: 1981
  657. Circles of Strength
    Community Alternatives to Alienation

    First Published: 1993
    Forsey, an activist and writer who works with the Federation of Egalitarian Communites has put together a collection of essays, and interviews with First Nations, religious orders and rural intentional communities giving their views and experiences as communities.
  658. The Circumcision of Women
    A Strategy for Eradication

    First Published: 1987
    African women have begun in recent years to research and campaign against the practice of female circumcision. Dr. Koso-Thomas shows that female circumcision is not confined to the Horn of Africa, or the Muslim areas of the Continent. Her study of the practice in Sierra Leone demonstrates its important role in the traditional initiation of females into both womanhood and society in parts of West Africa. She sets out proposals to end the crippling of women by this operation.
  659. Cities and the Wealth of Nations
    Principles of Economic Life

    First Published: 1984
    Jacobs argues that virtually all economic life, no matter how geographically remote from cities, depends on cities to maintain it or change it.
  660. Citizen Action
    First Published: 1976
    Bibliography of case studies involving community/social planning and action.
  661. A Citizen Legislature 
    First Published: 1985
    Arguing from the premise that the present electoral system is unrepresentative and promotes corruption, the authors propose going back to the Athenian system of choosing representatives: by lottery.
  662. Citizen's Guide to City Government in Toronto
    First Published: 1978
  663. A Citizen's Guide to City Politics
    First Published: 1972
  664. The Citizen's Guide To Lead
    First Published: 1987
    The authors of A CITIZEN'S GUIDE TO LEAD accuse governments in Canada of dragging their feet in regulating lead, one of the most common, well-known, extensively studied, and dangerous pollutants in our environment.
  665. The Citizen's Guide to Lead: Uncovering a Health Hazard
  666. A Citizens' Guide to Protecting Wetlands and Woodlands
    First Published: 1994
  667. Citizens Participate - An Action Guide for Public Issues.
    First Published: 1974
  668. A Citizens' Streambank Restoration Handbook
  669. The City Kids' Book
    These readings and suggested activities focus on the realities of the city child's life and provide a flexible and varied social studies or language arts program suited to grades 5 to 8 (ages 9-14).
  670. The City and Radical Social Change 
    First Published: 1982
    A collection of essays dealing with the dynamics of the new forces for social change in our urban milieu, discussing how new ideas are contributing to an urban insurgency which could lead to a new city and a new concept of citizenship.
  671. City for Sale
    First Published: 1977
  672. The City Is Ours
    Squatting and Autonomous Movements in Europe from the 1970s to the Present

    First Published: 2014
    Through the compilation of the local movement histories of eight different cities, including Amsterdam and Berlin, along with underdocumented cities such as Poznan and Athens, the City Is Ours paints a broad and complex picture of Europe's squatting and autonomous movements.
  673. City of Love and Revolution
    Vancouver in the Sixties

    First Published: 2010
  674. Civil Society and the Aid Industry
    First Published: 1998
  675. Civil Society in Question 
    First Published: 1999
    Civil Society ranks as flavour of the month among community volunteers, academics and policy makers. Many view it as a key concept in the struggle against poverty and for social justice and democracy. Is civil society anything more than a projection of our desires, a chameleon concept that can mean all things to all people? Does it risk being co-opted beyond recognition and usefulness?
  676. The Civil War in France 
    First Published: 1871
    Written by Karl Marx as an address to the General Council of the International, with the aim of distributing to workers of all countries a clear understanding of the character and world-wide significance of the heroic struggle of the Paris Communards of 1871 and their historical experience to learn from.
  677. The Civil Wars in U.S. Labor
    Birth of a New Workers' Movement or Death Throes of the Old?

    First Published: 2011
    Steve Early explains why and how the 2008-2010 battles within the progressive wing of the U.S. labour movement occurred.
  678. Civility
    A Cultural History

    First Published: 2009
    Through a historical, social, and psychological discussion of the civility practices in 3 nations - England, France and the United States, Davetian addresses major topics in public discourse today regarding the ideas and practices of civility and the possibility of a future civility ethic capable of inspiring cooperation across cultural and national boundaries.
  679. The Civility Solution
    What to Do When People Are Rude

    First Published: 2009
  680. The Civilized Couple's Guide to Extra-Marital Adventure
  681. A Class Act
    An Illustrated History of the Labour Movement in Newfoundland and Labrador

    First Published: 1986
    Gillespie records the men and women who struggled within an economic system they did not control to improve the lives of their families and their class.
  682. Class and Colour in South Africa 1850-1950
    First Published: 1969   Published: 1983
    A historical and sociological overview which provides a critical analysis of the Labour and National movements in South Africa and explores how and why the white working class traded its socialist principles for a share of white power. Also examines the interactions between the two wings of the resistance against white domination.
  683. Class Conflict, Slavery and the United States Constitution
    Ten essays

    First Published: 1967   Published: 2009
    One of the first studies to identify the importance of slavery to the founding of the American Republic.
  684. Class Dismissed
    Why We Cannot Teach or Learn Our Way Out of Inequality

    First Published: 2011
    Argues that poverty and inequality in the United States cannot be solved through education, as it does not address the established social structures that create these conditions.
  685. Class Dismissed: Why We Cannot Teach or Learn Our Way Out of Inequality
    First Published: 2011
    John Marsh debunks a myth cherished by journalists, politicians, and economists: that growing poverty and inequality in the United States can be solved through education. Marsh shows that education has little impact on poverty and inequality, and that our mistaken beliefs actively shape the way we structure our schools and what we teach in them.
  686. Class, Gender, and Region
    Essays in Canadian Historical Sociology

    This is reprinted from The Canadian Journal of Sociology. It is a collection of new work by historians and sociologists from across Canada.
  687. Class Notes 
    Posing As Politics and Other Thoughts on the American Scene

    First Published: 2001
    Reed argues against the solipsistic approaches of cultural or identity politics, and in favour of class-based political interpretation and action. Class Notes moves on to tackle race relations, ethnic studies, family values, welfare reform, the so-called underclass, and black public intellectuals.
  688. Class, Race and Marxism
    First Published: 2017
    Through the lense of Marxism, Roediger argues that racial divisions and the identity of whiteness are inexorably connected to capitalism and the logic of capital.
  689. Class Struggle and the Origin of Racial Slavery: The Invention of the White Race
    First Published: 1975   Published:
  690. The Class Struggle in the Ancient Greek World
    From the Archaic Age to the Arab Conquests

    First Published: 1989
    A broad-ranging attempt to establish the validity of historical materialist analysis of the ancient world.
  691. The Class Struggles in France, 1848 to 1850
    First Published: 1850
    Originally a series of articles written between January and October 1850 specially for the Neue Rheinische Zeitung. Politisch-ökonomische Revue and published in it under the general title "1848-1849."
  692. Class Warfare
    The Assault on Canada's School

    First Published: 1994
    The authors show that the attack on schools has been mounted by representatives of big business who stand to make a fortune by privatizing education, aided by the religious right, who want to control what is taught -- and not taught -- in our schools.
  693. Classes in Modern Society
    First Published: 1965   Published: 1970
    Bottomore provides an introduction to the concept of class and examines its place in Marxist theory and in critical revisions and rejections of that theory.
  694. Clean and Green
    The Complete Guide to Nontoxic and Environmentally Safe Housekeeping

    First Published: 1990
    "485 ways to clean, polish, disinfect, deodorize, launder, remove stains, even wax your car, without harming yourself or the environment.
  695. Clean Up Your Garbage Act!
    Fredericton Recycling Handbook

    First Published: 1981
    The purpose of this guide is to identify in simple terms and pictures the reasons for recycling and reducing waste.
  696. Clear Answers
    The Economics and Politics of For-Profit Medicine

    First Published: 2000
  697. Clearcut
    The Tragedy of Industrial Forestry

    First Published: 1993
  698. Clearing the Plains: Disease, Politics of Starvation, and the Loss of Aboriginal Life
    First Published: 2013
    The problem with secrets is that they are eventually unearthed, resulting in uncomfortable revelations about the past. This is particularly upsetting when violence, abuse, and murder are involved -- but it's a necessary step in facing the truths of the present.
  699. Clearness
    Processes for Supporting Individuals and Groups in Decision-Making

    First Published: 1976
  700. Client-Centered Therapy
    Its current practice, implications and theory

    First Published: 1951   Published: 1965
    A presentation of nondirective and related points of view in counselling and therapy.
  701. Climate Change and World Agriculture
    First Published: 1990
  702. Climate Change, Capitalism, and Corporations
    Processes of Creative Self-Destruction

    First Published: 2015
    The authors examine the intricate relationship between corporations and climate change, while also looking at how corporations shape political and social responses to climate change.
  703. Climate Cover-Up 
    The Crusade to Deny Global Warming

    First Published: 2009
    Tracking the global warming denial movement from its inception, public relations advisor James Hoggan (working with journalist Richard Littlemore), reveals the details of those early plans and then tracks their execution, naming names and exposing tactics in what has become a full-blown attack on the integrity of the public conversation.
  704. Climate Insurgency
    A Strategy for Survival

    First Published: 2015
    Twenty-five years of human effort have failed even to slow climate change, let alone reverse it. Climate Insurgency lays out a strategy for protecting the earth s climate: a global nonviolent constitutional insurgency. This short book starts with a brief history of official climate protection efforts from above and non-governmental ones from below that explains why climate protection has failed so far. Then, it proposes a global nonviolent insurgency for climate protection to overcome that failure.
  705. Climate Justice: Hope, Resilience, and the Fight for a Sustainable Future
    First Published: 2018
    Stories of the impact of and resistance to climate change from grassroots activists around the world.
  706. The Climates of Canada
    First Published: 1992
  707. Close the 49th Parallel Etc
    The Americanization of Canada

    First Published: 1970
    The increasing Americanization of Canada is now evident to all, and it is also becoming evident that the elites in Canada have been anxious to avoid any confrontation of this fact or any examination of its consequences. This collection of essays attempts to display some of the effects of US corporate imperialism and the permissive policy of its Canadian supporters, to analyse the the ideologies involved, to explain the social, economic and political costs of the process, and to suggest how it might be reversed.
  708. Close to Home
    Women Reconnect Ecology, Health and Development Worldwide

    First Published: 1994
  709. The Closing Circle 
    Man, Technology & the Environment

    First Published: 1971
    Commoner argues that economic life must be structured to conform to the principles of ecology, as opposed to the goal of unlimited growth that underpins capitalist economies.
  710. C.L.R. James
    A Political Biography

    First Published: 1996
    A biography of C.L.R. James, an important figure in Marxist theory, revolutionary history, classical and popular culture, political activism and national independence movements.
  711. C. L. R. James in Imperial Britain
    First Published: 2014
    A chronicles of the life and work of the Trinidadian intellectual and writer C. L. R. James during his first extended stay in Britain, from 1932 to 1938. It reveals the radicalizing effect of this critical period on James's intellectual and political trajectory.
  712. The C. L. R. James Reader 
  713. The CNT in the Spanish Revolution Volume 1
    First Published: 2011
    A comprehensive history of the years of political change and hope in 1930s Spain when the so-called 'Generation of '36' rose up against the oppressive structures of Spanish society.
  714. Coal in Our Blood
    200 Years of coal mining in Nova Scotia's Pictou County

    First Published: 1992
    An account of the coal mining community of Pictou County, Nova Scotia.
  715. Coalitions across the Class Divide
    First Published: 2000
  716. Coalitions for Justice
    The Story of Canada's Interchurch Coalitions

    First Published: 1994
  717. Cobalt: Cradle of the Demon Metals, Birth of a Mining Superpower
    First Published: 2022
  718. Cointelpro
    The FBI's Secret War on Political Freedom

    First Published: 1976
    The first in-depth look at the covert and illegal FBI counterintelligence program - code-name COINTELPRO.
  719. COINTELPRO Papers
    Documents from the FBI's Secret Wars Against Dissent in the United States

    First Published: 1990
    Once-secret COINTELPRO documents (the acronym for Counter Intelligence Programs) tell of the FBI's tactics to discredit any organization that they percieved to be a threat to the status quo. Operations both offical and unoffical were launched against various groups and individuals including Martin Luther King, The Black Panthers, The American Indain Movement and many more.
  720. The Cold War and the New Imperialism
    A Global History, 1945-2005

    First Published: 2006
    The Cold War is an account of global history since 1945, which ties together the narrative of the Cold War to that of neoliberalism and the new imperialism.Written for the general reader, it draws together scholarly research on a huge range of events, countries, and topics into an intelligible whole.
  721. Cold War Blues
    The Operation Dismantle Story

    First Published: 1991
  722. The Collected Essays, Journalism and Letters Volume 1: An Age Like This
  723. Collected Essays, Journalism and Letters Volume 2: My Country Right or Left
  724. The Collected Essays, Journalism and Letters Volume 3: As I Please
  725. The Collected Essays, Journalism and Letters Volume 4: 1945-1950
    First Published: 1968
  726. Collective Courage
    A History of African American Cooperative Economic Thought and Practice

    First Published: 2014
    In Collective Courage, Jessica Gordon Nembhard chronicles African American cooperative business ownership and its place in the movements for Black civil rights and economic equality.
  727. Collectives in the Spanish Revolution
    First Published: 1971   Published: 1975
    An account of the collectives set up in Spain during the struggle against Franco.
  728. Colonists in Bondage 
    White Servitude and Convict Labor in America, 1607-1776

    First Published: 1947   Published: 2012
    This is the story of the colonists of the kitchens, the stables, the fields, the shops, and those who came to America as indentured servants, men and women who sold themselves to masters for a period of time in order to pay passage from an old world to a new and freer one.
  729. The Color of Politics
    Race and the Mainsprings of American Politics

    First Published: 1997
  730. Color of Violence
    The INCITE! Anthology

    First Published: 2006
    An anthology of critical writings demanding that we address violence against women of color in all its forms, including interpersonal violence, such as sexual and domestic violence, and state violence, such as police brutality, militarism, attacks on immigrants and Indian treaty rights, the proliferation of prisons, economic neo-colonialism, and violence from the medical industry.
  731. Colour Coded
    A Legal History of Racism in Canada, 1900-1950

    First Published: 2000
  732. Columbus: His Enterprise
    First Published: 1976
    The traditional view of Christopher Columbus was as a single-minded, courageous visionary whose navigational skills led him to "discover" the Americas. Hans Koning gives us a different history of Columbus' life and voyages.
  733. Combatting Racism in the Workplace
    A Course for Workers

    First Published: 1983
    With the ultimate aim of combatting racism within the labour movement, the Cross Cultural Communication Centre, under the auspices of the Humber Collage for Labour Studies, ran a ten-week, 30 hour pilot course entitled 'Work Racism and Labour.'
  734. Combatting Racism in the Workplace Readings Kit
    First Published: 1983
    Readings and case studies on fighting racism.
  735. The Comfortable Pew
    A Critical Look at Christianity and the Religious Establishment in the New Age

    First Published: 1965
  736. Coming Back to Life 
    Practices to Reconnect Our Lives, Our World

    First Published: 1998
    A guidebook for dealing with the despair that stands in the way our our changing the world.
  737. Coming of Age in America
  738. The Coming of the New International
    First Published: 1971
  739. The Coming of World War III
    First Published: 1983
  740. Coming to Power
    Writings and Graphics on Lesbian S/M

    First Published: 1987
  741. Command and Control
    Nuclear Weapons, the Damascus Accident, and the Illusion of Safety

    First Published: 2014
    Schlosser uncovers the secrets about the (mis-)management of America's nuclear arsenal.
  742. Commodify your Dissent
    The business of culture in the new gilded age

    First Published: 1997
    Todaz, culture stands at the heart of the American enterprise. For a decade, The Baffler has been the invigorating voice of dissent against such developments. This collections brings together the best of it's writing, exploring for example the encroachment of advertising and commercial enterprise into every last nook and cranny of American life.
  743. The Common Good
    First Published: 1998
    Interviews with Noam Chomsky on the U.S. and the world.
  744. Common Sense 
    First Published: 1776
    Thomas Paine's justification of revolution.
  745. Common Sense for Hard Times 
    The Power of the Powerless to Cope with Everyday life and Transform Society in The Nineteen Seventies

    First Published: 1976
    Presents a vision of society as it is and as it could be. Putting the problems of contemporary daily life in historical perspective, it reveals that they have their roots in the way our society is organized, and thereby enables us to re-examine our own situation and experience.
  746. A Common Subject Authority For Community Information Centres In Ontario
    First Published: 1987
  747. The Commonwealth of Oceana
    First Published: 1656
    James Harrington's Common-Wealth of Oceana (1656) was based on universal land-ownership and was a militant republic dedicated to spreading its democratic system to the rest of the world. Harrington's well-meaning vision almost landed him in prison and Cromwell banned it.
  748. Commonwealth of Thieves
    The Improbable Birth of Australia

    First Published: 2005   Published: 2006
    A history of the first four years of the convict settlement in Australia, examining the interplay of soldiers, convicts, and Aborigines.
  749. Communes in America
    The Place Just Right

    First Published: 1972
    Traces the history of collective settlements in the United States and compares their organization and purpose with the communes of today.
  750. Communes USA
    A Personal Tour

    First Published: 1972
    An account of a variety of communes in the United States.
  751. Communication and Class Struggle, Vol 2
    First Published: 1979
  752. Communication for and Against Democracy
    First Published: 1989
    This anthology explores the circumstances in which communication serves at times as an instrument of repression and domination, and at others as a support for human emancipation.
  753. Communism in Europe Vol. II
    Continuity, Change and the Sino-Soviet Dispute

    First Published: 1966   Published: 1967
    The second volume on the interaction of the developments in European communism and the Sino-Soviet dispute. This volume deals specifically with East Germany, Czechoslovakia, Sweden, Norway, and Finland.
  754. Communism Takes China
    How the Revolution Went Red

    First Published: 1971
    A short history of Chinese history from 1911 to 1949.
  755. The Communist International and U.S. Communism, 1919 - 1929
    First Published: 2015
    Author documents the positive contribution of the Comintern (Communist International) in its early revolutionary years and its decline under Stalin.
  756. The Communist International and U.S. Communism
    1919 - 1929

    First Published: 2015
    For most commentators the Comintern's role in the development of American Communism is wholly negative. Zumoff challenges this narrative.
  757. A Communist Life
    Jack Scott and the Canadian Workers Movement, 1927-1985

    Jack Scott's experiences from joining the Communist Party of Canada to founding the Canada-China Friendship Association in the early 1960s.
  758. The Communist Movement
    From Comintern to Cominform

    First Published: 1970   Published: 1975
  759. The Communist Party in Canada
    A History

    First Published: 1975
    A history of the Communist Party in Canada from its beginnings to the 1970s.
  760. The Communistic Societies of the United States 
    First Published: 1875   Published: 1965
    Describes a dozen Utopian societies.
  761. Communitas 
    Means of Livelihood and Ways of Life

    First Published: 1947   Published: 1960
    Visions of urban life.
  762. Communities Directory
    A Guide to Cooperative Living

    First Published: 1995
    This work lists 540 North American communities and 70 abroad, including contact information and a full self-description.
  763. Communities of Resistance
    Writings on Black Struggles for Socialism

    First Published: 1990
    A series of essays advocating grass roots organisations as the pathway to socialism.
  764. Community Development Corporations: An Information Kit
    First Published: 1978
  765. Community Dreams 
    Ideas for Enriching Neighbourhood and Community Life

    First Published: 1984
    A compilation of vignettes, fragments and thought starters that provides stimulating ideas for practical community transformation.
  766. Community economic development in rural Canada
    First Published: 1983
    A guide to developing a self-reliant process of asking the right questions in creating community-based employment in small, non-urban communities across Canada.
  767. The Community Land Trust Handbook
    First Published: 1982
    Information about how to set up and protect community land trusts.
  768. The Community of the Ark
    First Published: 1990
  769. Community and Organization in the New Left, 1962 - 1968
    The Great Refusal

    First Published: 1982
  770. Community Organizing: A Holistic Approach
    First Published: 2011
    Kuyek examines the creation of positive social change based on a coherent and wide-ranging analysis of the context in which the work is done and the principles needed to make it effective.
  771. Community Profit
    Community Based Economic Development in Canada

    First Published: 1983
    Pell and Wismer look at seven community owned and controlled businesses that reinvest their profits back into their local communities. Resource for community groups, co-ops, credit unions, social organizations, and individuals interested in new approaches to economic development.
  772. Community Profit
    Community-Based Economic Development in Canada

    Pell and Wismer look at seven community owned and controlled businesses that reinvest their profits back into their local communities. Resource for community groups, co-ops, credit unions, social organizations, and individuals interested in new approaches to economic development.
  773. Community Water Development
    First Published: 1990
  774. Community Economic Development in Rural Canada
  775. Compañeras: Zapatista Women's Stories
    First Published: 2015
    Story of women's involvement in the Zapatista movement, the indigenous rebellion that has inspired grassroots activists around the world for over two decades.
  776. The Company Store: J.B. McLachlan and the Cape Breton Coal Miners 1900-1925
    First Published: 1984
  777. Compass Points
    Navigating the Twentieth Century

    First Published: 1999
    A radical history of the twentieth century by a wide of Canadian authors and essayists grappling with crucial developments in politics, economics, society, and culture in Canada and abroad.
  778. Compelled to Act
    Histories of Women’s Activism in Western Canada

    First Published: 2020
    Historical perspectives on the diversity of women's contributions to social and political change in prairie Canada in the twentieth century, including but looking beyond the era of suffrage activism.
  779. The Complete Guide to Self-Publishing
    First Published: 1989
  780. The Complete Works of Rosa Luxemburg, Volume I 
    Economic Writings 1

    First Published: 2013
    This first volume in Rosa Luxemburg's Complete Works, entitled Economic Writings 1, contains some of Luxemburg's most important statements on the globalization of capital, wage labour, imperialism, and pre-capitalist economic formations.
  781. The Complete Works of Rosa Luxemburg, Volume 2
    Economic Writings 2

    First Published: 2015   Published: 2016
    Rosa Luxemburg’s theoretical masterpiece
  782. The Complete Works of Rosa Luxemburg, Volume II 
    Economic Writings 2

    First Published: 2015
    This volume contains a new English translation of Luxemburg’s most important book, The Accumulation of Capital (1913) as well as her response to its critics. Taken together, they constitute one of the most important Marxist studies of the globalization of capital.
  783. Comptine Populaires du Quebec
    First Published: 1980
  784. Compulsory Mis-education and The Community of Scholars
    First Published: 1964
    Two books combined in a single volume. A far-ranging critique of the state of American eduation.
  785. Computer Security Handbook
    First Published: 1991
  786. Comrades and Sisters
    Feminism, Socialism, and Pacifism in Europe, 1870-1945

    First Published: 1987
    A collection of essays on feminism and socialism by Richard J. Evans. The bulk of the book examines women's organizations in the public sphere, particularly in Imperial Germany.
  787. The Concept of Human Rights in Africa
    First Published: 1990
  788. The Condition of the Working Class in England
    First Published: 1845
  789. The Confessions of Wanda von Sacher-Masoch
    First Published: 1992
  790. Conflict Is Not Abuse 
    Overstating Harm, Community Responsibility, and the Duty of Repair

    From intimate relationships to global politics, Sarah Schulman observes a continuum: that inflated accusations of harm are used to avoid accountability. Illuminating the difference between Conflict and Abuse, Schulman directly addresses our contemporary culture of scapegoating.
  791. The Conflict Shoreline
    Colonization as Climate Change in the Negev Desert

    First Published: 2015
    The village of al-'Araqib has been destroyed and rebuilt more than seventy times in the "battle over the Negev," an ongoing Israeli state campaign to uproot the Bedouins from the northern threshold of the desert. Unlike other frontiers fought over during the Israel–Palestine conflict, however, this threshold is not demarcated by fences and walls but advances and recedes in response to cultivation, colonization, displacement, urbanization, and climate change.
  792. Confronting Capitalism
    Dispatches from a Global Movement
  793. Confronting Environmental Racism
    Voices from the Grassroots

    First Published: 1993
  794. Confronting Injustice 
    Social Activism in the Age of Individualism

    First Published: 2014   Published: 2016
    Confronting Injustice is a call for collective action against the social causes of poverty and climate change, written by a socialist organizer for activists.
  795. Confronting Pornography
    A Feminist on the Front Lines

    First Published: 1990
  796. Congo's Environmental Paradox
    Potential and Predation in a Land of Plenty

    First Published: 2016
    Congo has natural resources the world needs. Its forests count in the fight against global climate change and Congo's farmers could feed all of Africa's population. The Inga hydroelectric site has the potential to light up the entire continent. Congo's incredible natural wealth has the potential to contribute to development in this troubled central African country -- but structural problems, cultural factors, poor governance and predation remain serious challenges.
  797. Connexions Annual 1989
    A Social Change Sourcebook: Information and ideas about social and environmental alternatives

    First Published: 1989
    The Connexions Annual is simultaneously a reference book and an introduction to the world of social and environmental alternatives.
  798. Conquest
    How Societies Overwhelm Others

    First Published: 2008
    Tells the gripping history of conquest, illuminating the ways in which invaders have justified their conquests, highlighting a bloody and often prolonged process that can last centuries. He argues that while each individual conquest in ultimately unique, they nevertheless often share a number of qualities.
  799. The Conquest of America 
    How the Indian Nations Lost Their Continent

    An account of the ongoing war waged by Europeans against the native peoples of the Americas in the five centuries after Columbus arrived.
  800. The Conquest of Bread
    150 Years of Abribusiness in California

    First Published: 2004
    California has been the world's most advanced agricultural zone that not only out-produces every state in America, but also most countries. Its success has come at significant costs for a family-farm region like the Midwest manipulated and exploited to serve modern business interests.
  801. The Conquest of Cool
    Business Culture, Counterculture, and the Rise of Hip Consumerism

    First Published: 1997
  802. The Conquest of Happiness
    First Published: 1930   Published: 1965
  803. The Conquest of Paradise
    Christopher Columbus and the Columbian Legacy

    First Published: 1990   Published: 1991
    Dispels the myths surrounding the journey of Christopher Columbus, with new translations of historical documents that reveal the European motivations for exploration. Demonstrates how European practices of environmental exploitation transformed the New World and all but destroyed the native cultures.
  804. Conscience & Courage
    Rescuers of Jews During the Holocaust
  805. Conscience and History
    A Memoir

    First Published: 1999
  806. Consciousness and Action Among the Western Working Class
    First Published: 1973
    A comparative analysis of working-class consciousness in Britain, France, Italy and the United States which seeks to answer the question of whether the working class today is a potentially revolutionary force.
  807. Consensus Decision Making: An Analysis of the Literature
    First Published: 1977
    Includes a look at historical interest in consensus, an overview of research with critiques, and recommendations for future research. Brings together most of the current empirical findings in research about consensus.
  808. Constituent Imagination
    Militant investigation, collective theorization

    First Published: 2007
  809. Constructive Criticism: A Handbook
    Issues in Radical Therapy

    First Published: 1976
    The need for, logic behind, and techniques of constructive criticism in groups. Includes detailed decription of specific skills. Written for Marxist activists, but useful for anyone.
  810. Consuming Cultures Globalization and Local Lives
    First Published: 2006
    A wide-ranging and sensitive exploration of local versus global, underlining the economic roots of cultural identity.
  811. Containment and Change
    Two Dissenting Views of American Foreign Policy

    First Published: 1967   Published: 1969
  812. Containment and Revolution
    First Published: 1967   Published: 1969
  813. Contemporary Social Issues
    A Bibliographic Series No. 6: The Feminization of Poverty

    First Published: 1987
  814. A Contest of Ideas
    Capital, Politics, and Labor

    First Published: 2013
    Collected essays and provocations from the preeminent labour historian.
  815. A Contest of Ideas: Capital, Politics and Labor
    First Published: 2013
    Compilation and updates of many of Lichtenstein's most provocative and controversial essays and reviews. The author offers perspectives on the relationship of labour and the state, the tensions that sometimes exist between a culture of rights and the idea of solidarity, and the rise of conservatism in politics, law, and intellectual life.
  816. Contested Truths
    Keywords in American Politics since Independence

    First Published: 1988
  817. Contested Waters
    The Struggle for Rights and Reconciliation in the Atlantic Fishery

    First Published: 2023
  818. Contesting Media Power
    Alternative Media in a Networked World

    First Published: 2003
  819. Continentalizing Canadian Telecommunications
    The Politics of Regional Reform

    First Published: 2003
    The issues behind privatization policies and telecommunications policies are looked at through a glass of drifting continentalism
  820. The Continuing Appeal of Nationalism
    First Published: 1984
  821. Continuous Excursions
    Politics and Personal Life

    First Published: 1982
    Colman looks at the idea that 'the personal is political'. He looks at personal life in pre-capitalist societies, the nature of politics and social relations, patriarchy and sexual relations, intimacy and personal life, indviduality and public life.
  822. The Contours of American History
    First Published: 1961   Published: 1966
    An interpretation of the social, moral, constitutional and economic development of the United States.
  823. Contours of Descent
    U.S. Economic Fractures and the Landscape of Global Austerity

    First Published: 2003
  824. A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy 
    First Published: 1859
  825. Convention Proceedings
    Confederation of Canadian Unions

    First Published: 1989
  826. Conversation with Allende
    Socialism in Chile

    First Published: 1971
  827. Cooperation at Work
    The Mondragon Experience

    First Published: 1983
    A guide to work co-operatives, based on the experience of the Mondragon group of co-operatives in Spain.
  828. Cooperative Learning & Social Change
    Selected Writings of Celestin Freinet

    First Published: 1990
  829. The Co-operative Revolution
    A Graphic Novel

    First Published: 2012
    To celebrate the United Nations International Year of Co-operatives, The Co-operative Group has created a graphic novel, depicting the history, scale and diversity of co-operation.
  830. Co-ops, Communes and Collectives: Experiments In Social Change in the 1960's and 1970's
    First Published: 1979
    Contains case studies of alternative organizations and articles addressing issues relevant to how such organizations function. Particularly good is Jane J. Mansbridge's paper, "The Agony of Inequality." Also recommended: "Conditions for Democracy: Making Participatory Organizations Work" Joyce Rothschild-Whitt.
  831. The Coral Battleground
    First Published: 1977   Published: 2014
    A fight for the preservation of the Great Barrier Reef, located in the coast of Queensland. In the late 1960s the reef began to be threatened with limestone mining and oil drilling.
  832. The Corporate Campus
    Commercialization and the Dangers to Canada's Colleges and University

    First Published: 2000
    An in-depth analysis of the commercialization of Canada's universities and colleges and the the threat to quality education this shift posesses.
  833. Corporate Control, Corporate Power
    A Twentieth Century Fund Study

    First Published: 1981
    Deep and detailed research into the workings of corporate enables Professor Herman to throw considerable light on how the board of directors operates, how important outside directors are, how new members are selected, and how multiple directorships interlock the large corporations. Changes in corporate governance haves not changed the basic objectives of the corporation -- the pursuit of growth and profits -- nor have they enhanced social responsibility.
  834. Corporate Giving Directory 1991
    First Published: 1991
  835. Corporate Power and Canadian Capitalism
    First Published: 1986
    Carroll looks at the accumulation of capital in Canada since the Second World War. Most of the book is devoted to tracing actual patterns of corporate ownership and intercorporate relationships.
  836. Corporate Predators
    The Hunt for MegaProfits and the Attack on Democracy

    First Published: 1999
  837. Corporate Rules
    The Real World of Business Regulation in Canada

    First Published: 2023
    How government regulators are failing the public interest.
  838. The Corporation 
    The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power

    First Published: 2003
    Makes the case that corporations function as a psychopathic entity. A companion to Mark Achbar's 2003 documentary of the same name.
  839. Corporation Nation
    First Published: 1998
    Derber writes that undemocratic corporations, not governments, are controlling society.
  840. The Corporations and the State
    Essays in the Theory of Capitalism and Imperialism

    First Published: 1974
    Essays discussing modern U.S. capitalism and imperialism. Each chapter tries to delineate the relationship between 'economic' and 'political' processes, or at least recognize the unity between them. The unifying them is the role of the large corporations in U.S. society and the world eonomy, and the relationship between these corporations and the capitalist state.
  841. The Corrosion of Character
    First Published: 2000
    Richard Sennett explores the myth of efficiency in the new business order. This is a book about people who went through being downsized in their work. This is the New Capitalism- All Human Character has been abondoned and in its place an owner and demographer who downsize the workers of companies.
  842. The Cost of Living 
    First Published: 1999
    Roy takes on two of the great illusions of India's progress: the massive dam projects that have displaced millions, and the development of India's nuclear weapons. Roy peels away the mask of democracy and prosperity to show the true costs hidden beneath.
  843. Counter Power 
    Making Change Happen

    First Published: 2011
    Argues that no major movement has ever been successful without counterpower, or the power that the "have-nots" can use to remove the power of the "haves." This book sets out to demystify the power dynamics of social change.
  844. The Counter-Revolution in Ireland
    First Published: 1972   Published: 1974
  845. The Coup
    1953, the CIA, and the Roots of Modern U.S.-Iranian Relations

    First Published: 2013
    In 1953, the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency organized the overthrow of Iran’s democratically elected leader and installed Muhammad Reza Shah Pahlavi in his place. Over the next 26, the U.S. backed the unpopular, authoritarian shah and his secret police; in exchange, it reaped a share of Iran’s oil wealth. The blowback was almost inevitable, as this new and revealing history of the coup and its consequences shows.
  846. Cracking the Canadian Formula
    The Making of the Energy and Chemical Workers Union

    First Published: 1990
  847. Creating an Ecological Society 
    Toward a Revolutionary Transformation

    First Published: 2017
    Because it aims squarely at replacing capitalism with an ecologically sound and socially just society, Creating an Ecological Society is filled with revolutionary hope. Fred Magdoff and Chris Williams, who have devoted their lives to activism, Marxist analysis, and ecological science, provide informed, fascinating accounts of how a new world can be created from the ashes of the old.
  848. Creating Community Anywhere
    Finding Support in a Fragmented World

    First Published: 1993
  849. The Creation of World Poverty
    First Published: 1981   Published: 1983
    Hayter challenges the assumption that the West is 'helping' the rest of the world to develop. Far from rescuing the countries of Asia, Africa and Latin America from their supposed backwardness, the rich countries have accumulated vast wealth at their expense.
  850. Creative Conservation
    A Handbook for Ontario Land Trusts
  851. Creative Growth Games
    75 Fascinating games to expand your imagination

    First Published: 1977   Published: 1978
  852. A Creative Tension: Key Issues of Socialist-Feminism
    First Published: 1984
    Examination of motherhood and feminism, psychoanalysis, the Third World, individual power, and traditional sex roles.
  853. Creator Spirit Come
  854. Cries of Victims - Voice Of God
    First Published: 1986
  855. Crime and Punishment in America
    Why the Solutions to America's Most Stubborn Social Crisis Have Not Worked... and What Will

    First Published: 1998
    Currie explores why being 'tough on crime' will only serve to exacerbate the problem.
  856. Crimes of the Secret Police
    Bombers, Burglars, Bullies, Barn-Burners And Dynamite Thieves

    First Published: 1982
    An account of crimes committed by the RCMP security service in the name of national security.
  857. Criminal Justiice
    First Published: 1978
  858. La crise et les travailleurs
    First Published: 1979
  859. The Crisis in African Agriculture
    First Published: 1989
    Why is Africa no longer able to feed itself? Lamine Gokou poses this question against a background of meticulous evidence charting the dimensions of the Continent's agricultural decline. He shows what has happened to overall food production, grain output, and levels of nutrition. He argues that the solution to Africa's food crisis must be primarily political. Technical measures can only work once African peoples have taken control of their own societies.
  860. The Crisis In Historical Materialism
    Class , Politics and Culture in Marxist Theory
  861. Crisis in the Eurozone
    First Published: 2012
    A controversial call to break up the Eurozone and stop the debt crisis.
  862. The Crisis of Color and Democracy
    First Published: 1992
    Essays attacking racist sterotypes and cynical arguments which America's national leaders use to obscure both the roots of today's social problems and their solutions.
  863. Crisis of External Dependence
    The Political Economy of Foreign Aid to Bangladesh

    This book presents an informed, wide-ranging and critical account of the impact of foreign aid on Bangladesh's economy and society. The author shows the distortive consequences that, in practice, aid has on his country's path of development, productive forces, and process of class formation. He demonstrates conclusively that Bangladesh cannot continue to rely on aid as its principal strategy of development.
  864. Critical Paths
    Organizing on health Issues in the community

    First Published: 1989
  865. Critical Perspectives on the Constitution
    Volume 2

    First Published: 1985
    This collection includes essays on collective rights, resistance to patriation by First Nations chiefs, and Quebec education reform.
  866. Critical Theory
    First Published: 1968   Published: 1972
    Essays by the founder of the Institute for Social Research in Frankfurt.
  867. The Critique of Capitalist Democracy
    An Introduction to the Theory of the State in Marx, Engels, and Lenin

    First Published: 1957   Published: 1969
  868. The Critique of Practical Reason
    First Published: 1788
  869. The Critique of Pure Reason
    First Published: 1787
    According to Kant, "The first step in regard to the subjects of pure reason, and which marks the infancy of that faculty, is dogmatic. The second, which we have just mentioned, is sceptical, and it gives evidence that our judgement has been improved by experience. But a third step, such as can be taken only by fully matured judgment, based on assured principles of proved universality, is now necessary, namely to subject to examination, not the facts of reason, but reason itself, ... not the censorship but the criticism of reason, whereby not its present bounds but its determinate and necessary limits."
  870. A Critique of Pure Tolerance
    First Published: 1965   Published: 1969
  871. The Crooked Path to Good Eating
    First Published: 1977
    This nutrition handbook explains that today's large chain supermarkets stock over 10,000 items from which we must choose to get the most for our food dollar, both nutritionally and economically.
  872. Crossing Hitler
    The Man Who Put the Nazis on the Witness Stand

    First Published: 2008
    Explores the first full-length biography of Litten, the turbulent years of the Weimar Republic and the terror of Nazi rule in Germany after 1933.
  873. Crossing The Line
    Unionized Employee Ownership and Investment Funds

    First Published: 1995
    This book studies the issue of employee ownership as the divide between management and labour blurs.
  874. Crowds and Party
    First Published: 2016
    Dean argues that class struggle and the party form are not obsolete, and this renewal has caused great enthusiasm in left politics.
  875. Crucible of Freedom: Workers' Democracy in the Industrial Heartland, 1914-1960
    First Published: 2012
    Working people created a new America in the 1930s and 1940s which was a fundamental departure from the feudalistic and hierarchical America which existed before. In the process, class politics re-defined the political agenda of America as for the first and time in American history the political universe polarized along class lines. The author explores the meaning of the new deal political mobilization by ordinary people by examining the changes it brought to the local, county, and state levels in Pittsburgh, Allegheny County, and Pennsylvania as a whole.
  876. Crude World: The Violent Twilight of Oil
    First Published: 2009
    Investigation of oil as major driver in the power dynamics of the world, and of the 'oil curse', which seems to make the countries that export it poorer, not richer.
  877. Cruel Harvest
    U.S. Intervention in the Afghan Drug Trade

    First Published: 2012
    Mercille argues that the United States is not concerned about waging a real war on drugs, and that alleged concerns about narco-terrorism mostly act as pretexts to justify occupation. The United States in fact shares a large part of the responsibility by supporting drug lords, refusing to adopt effective drug control policies and failing to crack down on drug money laundered through Western banks.
  878. Cry Hungary! Uprising 1956
    First Published: 1986
    An account of the Hungarian Revolution of 1956.
  879. Crystal Eastman on Women and Revolution
    First Published: 1978
  880. Cuba
    Anatomy of Revolution

    First Published: 1960   Published: 1969
  881. Cuia Popular de Fotografia
    First Published: 1990
  882. Cult, Ghetto, and State
    The Persistence of Jewish Question

    First Published: 1983
    Jewish studies, Maxime Rodinson says in this book, has been a field in which ideological delirium has long had virtually free rein. In this collection of essays, he tries to redress the balance, bringing his expertise to bear on Jewish problems past and present.
  883. Cultural Resistance
    A Reader

    First Published: 2002
    From the retributive fantasies of Robin Hoods to those of gangsta rappers, culture has long been used as a political weapon.This reader brings together many of the classic texts that help to define culture as a tool of resistance.
  884. The Cultural Turn
    Selected Writings on the Postmodern, 1983-1998

    First Published: 2009
    Fredric Jameson, a leading voice on the subject of postmodernism, assembles his most powerful writings on the culture of capitalism.
  885. Culture and Consumption:
    New Approaches to the Symbolic Character of Consumer Goods and Activities

    First Published: 1988
  886. A Culture in Conflict
    Skilled Workers and Industrial Capitalism in Hamilton, Ontario, 1860-1914

    First Published: 1979
    A study of continuity and change in the lives of skilled workers in Hamilton, Ontario, during a period of economic transformation. Palmer shows how the disruptive influence of developing industrial captialism was counterbalanced by the stabilizing effect of the associaitonal life of the workingman, ranging from the fraternal order and the mechanics' institute to the baseball diamond and the rough music of the charivari.
  887. Culture Inc.
    The Corporate Takeover of Public Expression

    First Published: 1989
    Schiller defends democratic expression and free access to information while demonstrating the ways in which public expression, public space, and public access to information are becoming increasingly limited and controlled.
  888. Culture of Complaint
    The Fraying of America

    First Published: 1993
    Propaganda-talk, euphemism, and evasion are so much a part of American usage today that they cross all party lines and ideological divides. The art of not answering the question, of cloaking unpleasant realities in abstraction or sugar, is so perfectly endemic that we expect nothing else.
  889. The Culture of Terrorism
    First Published: 1988
    Chomsky argues that the United States elites are dedicated to the rule of force, and that their commitment to violence and lawlessness has to be masked by an ideological system which attempts to control and limit the domestic damage done when the mask occasionally slips.
  890. Cultures of Darkness
    Night Travels in the Histories of Transgression [From Medieval to Modern]

    First Published: 2000
    Peasants, religious heretics, witches, pirates, runaway slaves, prostitutes and pornographers, frequenters of taverns and fraternal society lodge rooms, revolutionaries, blues and jazz musicians, beats, and contemporary youth gangs -- those who defied authority, choosing to live dangerously outside the defining cultural dominations of early insurgent and, later, domanant capitalism are what Bryan D. Palmer calls people of the night.
  891. Cultures of Solidarity
    Consciousness, Action, and Contemporary American Workers

    First Published: 1989
    In three vivid case studies Fantasia explores the complicated, multi-faceted dynamics of American working-class consciousness and collective action.
  892. Curbing Garbage:
    Recommendations For Recycling

    First Published: 1988
  893. Curing Nuclear Madness
    First Published: 1986
  894. Customs in Common
    Studies in Traditional Popular Culture

    First Published: 1992   Published: 1993
    The companion to E.P. Thompson's landmark volume of social history, The Making of the English Working Class, Customs in Common describes the complex culture from which working-class institutions emerged in England — a panoply of traditions and customs that the new working class fought to preserve well into Victorian times. Thompson investigates the gradual disappearance of a range of cultural customs against the backdrop of the great upheavals of the eighteenth century.
  895. Cut and Run
    The Assault on Canada's Forests

    First Published: 1983
    Examines the crisis in Canada's forest industry and the reasons for the crisis.
  896. Dam the Rivers, Damn the People
    Development and Resistance in Amazonian Brazil

    First Published: 1990
    Cummings describes Amazonia as a colony whose resources are exploited by and 'exported' to the country's industrial south. As a result of the encroachment on their rainforest land, the peoples of Amazonia, particularly the Amazonia Indians, have suffered death, displacement, loss of self-sufficiency and exposure to disease.
  897. Dammed
    The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory

    First Published: 2020
    Dammed explores Canada’s hydroelectric boom in the Lake of the Woods area. It complicates narratives of increasing affluence in postwar Canada, revealing that the inverse was true for Indigenous communities along the Winnipeg River.
  898. Dance of the Dialectic 
    Steps in Marx's Method

    First Published: 2003
    For Ollman, Marx's method was his message: "By allowing Marx to focus on the interconnections that constitute the key patterns in capitalism, the dialectic brings the capitalist system itself, as a pattern of patterns, into 'sight' and makes it something real that requires its own explanation".
  899. Dancing in the Streets 
    A History of Collective Joy

    First Published: 2006   Published: 2007
    An account of the toll that depression has taken on European and North American health since the 18th century.
  900. Dancing With A Ghost
    Exploring Aboriginal Reality

    First Published: 1992   Published: 2006
    Ross examines the differences between Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal world views as it relates to culture, justice and values.
  901. Dancing with Dynamite
    Social Movements and States in Latin America

    First Published: 2010
    The complex ways in which grassroots movements work for, with, against, and independently of national governments in Latin America.
  902. Dangerous Grounds
    Antiwar Coffeehouses and Military Dissent in the Vietnam Era

    First Published: 2017
    As the Vietnam War divided the nation, a network of antiwar coffeehouses appeared in the towns and cities outside American military bases. Owned and operated by civilian activists, GI coffeehouses served as off-base refuges for the growing number of active-duty soldiers resisting the war.
  903. Dangerous Liaisons: The marriages and divorces of Marxism and Feminism
    First Published: 2013
    The political and theoretical history of the relationship between feminism and Marxism.
  904. Daring to Be Bad
    Radical Feminism in America, 1967 - 1975

    First Published: 1989
  905. Dark Age Ahead
    First Published: 2004
    A dark age is a culture's dead end. Jacobs argues that our society is facing the coming of a dark age.
  906. Dark Days
    The Story of Four Canadians Tortured in the Name of Fighting Terror

    First Published: 2008
    An exposé of Canadian national security investigations, Kerry Pither's Dark Days exposes a disturbing record of human-rights abuses, both at home and abroad, and ultimately questions our notion of the "Just Society".
  907. Darkness at Noon
    First Published: 1940   Published: 1968
  908. Darwin's Sacred Cause: Race, Slavery and the Quest for Human Origins
    First Published: 2009
    An analysis on the formation of Charles Darwins' views on slavery and the impact of those views on his theories and publications.
  909. Daughter of a Revolutionary
  910. Daughters of Independence
    Gender, Caste and Class in India

    First Published: 1986
    A wide-ranging exploration of the historical and cultural conditions which have contributed both to the general subordination of Indian women, and to the relative success of individual women who come from less impoverished urban families, in achieving a measure of personal freedom. The authors portrays the lives and experiences of a group of urban women: their consciousness, their strategies of struggle, and the limits to the freedom they achieved.
  911. Daughters of the Elderly
    First Published: 1991
  912. Day Care In New Brunswick
    First Published: 1982
    Day Care in New Brunswick is intended as a practical guide to day care policies and services in New Brunswick and is of particular interest to parents.
  913. The day care kit
    First Published: 1983
  914. Days of Destruction, Days of Revolt
    First Published: 2012
    The searing account of Chris Hedges' and Joe Sacco's travels to sacrifice zones, those areas in the United States where human beings and the natural world are used and then discarded to maximize profit, places that have been offered up for maximum exploitation in the name of profit and progress.
  915. Days of Rage
    America's Radical Underground, the FBI, and the Forgotten Age of Revolutionary Violence

    First Published: 2016
    An account of the decade-long battle between the FBI and the homegrown revolutionary movements in the United States in the 1970s.
  916. Days of War Nights of Love
    Essays that assess the ills of modern civilization and attempt to introduce new ways of living.
  917. The Deadly Connection: Nuclear War and U.S. Intervention
    First Published: 1983
  918. Deadly Releade CFCs
    First Published: 1990
  919. Dear Comrades
    Readers' Letters to Lotta Continua
  920. The Death and Life of Great American Cities 
    First Published: 1961
    Jacobs' iconoclastic and brilliant observations on why cities work, and why they don't.
  921. Death at an Early Age
  922. Death Blossoms
    Reflections from a Prisoner of Conscience

    First Published: 1997
  923. Death in the Haymarket
    A Story of Chicago, the First Labor Movement, and the Bombing That Divided Gilded Age America

    First Published: 2006
    The story of the anarchosyndicalist militants accused of perpetrating the throwing of a bomb that killed police at a workers' rally at the Haymarket in Chicago on May 4, 1886.
  924. The Death and Life of American Labor
    Toward a New Workers' Movement

    First Published: 2014
    Aronowitz narrates the decline of the American union movement, the workers' struggles in taking the long view of the labour movement, and how can unions revive.
  925. Debating Canada's Future
    Views from the Left
  926. Debt and the Environment
    First Published: 1991
  927. The Debt Crisis
    First Published: 1990
  928. Debt: The First 5000 Years
    First Published: 2011
    Graeber traces the history of debt from ancient societies to modern economic crises, arguing that debt has often driven revolutions and social and political change.
  929. The Debt Squads
    The U.S., The Banks, and Latin America

    First Published: 1989
    With major banks now writing off a part of their outstanding loans, the debt crisis remains in the news. The problems of a continent struggling, under pressure from IMF programmes, to keep up its repayments, are having world-wide repercussions. Now, in contrast to the analyses which have reflected the interests of the banks, this book brings in the crucial Latin American perspective. It reveals the dramatic effect that the pressure to keep up repayments has had on the debtor nations.
  930. Debt Study Kit
    First Published: 1988
  931. The Debt System: A History of Sovereign Debts and their Repudiation
    First Published: 2019
    A history of national debt and the international power structures it supports. Calls for the repudiation of illegitimate debt.
  932. The Debt Trap
    The International Monetary Fund and the Third World

    Details the history of the first thirty years of the system of aid and credit in which the IMF is the keystone.
  933. Mai 68 - Debut d'une Luttle Prolongeé
    Posters from the Revolution, Paris May 1968

    First Published: 1969
  934. A Decent Living: Women Workers in the Winnipeg Garment Industry
    First Published: 1987
    During the 1980s, the world garment industry underwent a massive industrialmodernization. The result was a global workplace in which employers sought increasingly marginal profits by exploiting their employees. This study describes how the garment industry in Winnipeg developed historically and how it responded to the challenges of the past decade. The reader is taken into the garment factories of Winnipeg to hear garment workers testify in their own words about what the process of restructuring to meet global competition has meant for their lives and their jobs.
  935. Decentralizing Power 
    Paul Goodman's social criticism

    First Published: 1994
    In this new collection of his most acute and durable political writing, readers will recognize the spirit of indignation and hope Goodman first roused in the 1960s with Growing Up Absurd. He was articulate about many concerns, and believed that States and institutions interfere too much in people's lives.
  936. Deception By Design
    Pharmaceutical Promotion in the Third World

    First Published: 1995   Published: 1996
    The authors discuss the workings of the pharmaceutical industry by exposing the unethical marketing practices, double standards and weak marketing codes.
  937. Deciphering Capital: Marx's Capital and its destiny
    First Published: 2014
    Callinicos tackles the question of Karl Marx's method, his relation to Hegel, value theory and labour.
  938. The Decision to Use the Atomic Bomb
    First Published: 1996
    Alperovitz demonstrates that the United States did not need to use the atomic bomb to win the war against Japan. Alperovitz criticizes one of the most hotly debated precursory events to the Cold War, an event that was largely responsible for the evolution of post-World War II American politics and culture.
  939. Decline and Fall of Public Service Broadcasting
    First Published: 1998
    In a public system, television producers acquire money to make programmes. In a commercial system they make programmes to acquire money. However simple, this little epigram articulates the divergence of basic principles, the different philosophical assumptions, on which broadcasting is built.
  940. Decline of the Dollar: A Marxist View of the Monetary Crisis
    First Published: 1973
    Useful for a-deeper understanding of what you read about in the business pages.
  941. Decline of the English Murder
    And Other Essays

    First Published: 1950   Published: 1981
    A collection of essays by George Orwell.
  942. The Decline of Working Class Politics
    First Published: 1971
  943. Decolonising Israel, Liberating Palestine
    First Published: 2021
    This book explores how the concept of settler colonialism provides a clearer understanding of the Zionist movement's project to establish a Jewish state in Palestine by displacing the Palestinian Arab population.
  944. Decolonization and Empire
    Contesting the Rhetoric and Reality of Resubordination in Southern Africa and Beyond

    First Published: 2008
    John Saul scrutinizes the subjects of empire and the new neocolonialist states of Southern Africa funded by the International Monetary Fund, World Trade Organization and World Bank. The gap between rich and poor continues to grow as the unequal opportunities and material outcomes of the free market entrench themselves. This hierarchy is in part self-creating and self-sustaining but also locked into place by these international institutions.
  945. Deconstruction and the Interests of Theory
    First Published: 1988
  946. Deconstruction: Theory and Practice
    First Published: 1982
  947. Deep Diversity: Overcoming Us vs. Them
    First Published: 2015
    Deep Diversity explores how the interactions with individuals different from us are strongly influenced by things happening below the radar of awareness. Choudhury argues that "us vs. them" is an unfortunate but normal part of the human experience due to reasons of both nature and nurture.
  948. Deep Ecology
    Living as if Nature Mattered
  949. Deep Green Resistance: Strategy to Save the Planet
    First Published: 2011
    The authors maintain that industrial civilization is incompatible with life. Technology can't fix it, and shopping — no matter how green — won’t stop it. To save this planet, we need a serious resistance movement that can bring down the industrial economy. Deep Green Resistance evaluates strategic options for resistance, from nonviolence to guerrilla warfare, and the conditions required for those options to be successful. It provides an exploration of organizational structures, recruitment, security, and target selection for both aboveground and underground action. Deep Green Resistance also discusses a culture of resistance and the crucial support role that it can play.
  950. Deep in Our Hearts
    Nine white women in the fredom movement

    First Published: 2002
    These compelling first-person accounts take us back to the early days of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) and Students for a Democratic Society (SDS), the Albany Freedom Ride, voter registration drives and lunch counter sit-ins, Freedom Summer, the 1964 Democratic Convention, and the rise of Black Power and the women's movement.
  951. Deep Sea and Foreign Going
    Inside Shipping, the Invisible Industry That Brings You 90% of Everything

    First Published: 2013
    A voyage through the shady world of international shipping, the hidden industry upon which our world turns and our future depends.
  952. Defence and Arms Control Scence and Society:
    A Directory to Information Sources Volume 1

    First Published: 1986
  953. Defending Pornography 
    Free Speech, Sex, and the Fight for Women's Rights

    First Published: 1995
    Traditional explanations of why pornography must be defended from would-be censors have concentrated on censorship's adverse impacts on free speech and sexual autonomy. In contrast, Nadine Strossen focuses on the women's rights-centered rationale for defending pornography.
  954. Defending the Earth 
    A Dialog Between Murray Bookchin and Dave Foreman

    First Published: 1991
    A renowned political theorist faces off against a direct-action activist to discuss: What is the connection between theory and activism? What is the role of sabotage in creating social change? How can human beings fit into a stable ecosystem?
  955. Defending the Left
    An Individual's Guide to Fighting for Social Justice, Individual Rights, and the Environment

    First Published: 1992
  956. Defending the West: A Critique of Edward Said's Orientalism
    First Published: 2008
    A methodical deconstruction of Edward Said's Orientalism.
  957. Defiant Publics
    The Unprecedented Reach of the Global Citizen

    First Published: 2008
    Drache says that the new communications technologies of the contemporary information revolution are permitting new forms of transnational communication that are creating global consciousness and global citizenship.
  958. Defiant Sisters
    A Social History of Finnish Immigrant Women in Canada

    First Published: 1988   Published: 2003
  959. The Deficit Made me do it
  960. Degraded Capability
    The Media and the Kosovo Crisis

    First Published: 2000
    The media played a highly partisan and propagandistic role in Nato’s Kosovo war, uncritically reproducing official spin in a way incompatible with their proclaimed role as objective purveyors of information.
  961. Degraded Work: The Struggle at the Bottom of the Labor Market
    First Published: 2013
    Doussard demonstrates that the decline in wages and working conditions is anything but the unavoidable result of competitive economic forces. Rather, he makes the case that service sector and other local-serving employers have boosted profit with innovative practices to exploit workers that go far beyond wage cuts.
  962. Demanding the Impossible
    A history of anarchism

    First Published: 1993   Published: 2007
    An extensive and inclusive overview of anarchism thought.
  963. Demobilization, Demilitarization, and Democratization in Central America
    First Published: 1994
  964. Democracy
    First Published: 1987   Published: 2002
    Arblaster finds the core of the idea of democracy in the notion of popular power. He explores the meaning of this and the problems it involves.
  965. Democracy Against Capitalism 
    First Published: 1995
    Wood provides a brilliant explication and defense of the key theoretical concepts relevant to socialism, understood to be the most radical social and economic democracy.
  966. Democracy and Education
    First Published: 1916   Published: 1997
    John Dewey's classic work on the nature of education, and the ideal ways in which children should be educated.
  967. Democracy for Jobs
    Policies for Full Employment and Economic Democracy

    First Published: 1989
    A report by the Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives.
  968. Democracy for Jobs
    Policies for Full Employment and Ecomomic Democracy

    First Published: 1989
  969. Democracy for the Few 
    First Published: 1988   Published: 1995
    How does the U.S. political system work and for what purpose? What are the major forces shaping political life and how do they operate? Who governs in the United States? Who gets what, when, how, and why? Who pays and in what ways. These are the central questions investigated in this book.
  970. Democracy in a Neoliberal Order
    Doctrines and Reality

    First Published: 1997
  971. Democracy in Alberta
    Social Credit and the Party System

    First Published: 1953
    An examination of the development of the party system in Alberta.
  972. Democracy in Small Groups
    Participation, Decision Making and Communication

    First Published: 1993
  973. Democracy in the Workplace: Readings on the Implementation of Self Management In America
    First Published: 1977
    A how-to for groups beginning a participatory business. Covers structural, organizational, legal and financial matters. A brief section on decision making.
  974. Democracy is in the Streets 
    From Port Huron to the Siege of Chicago

    First Published: 1987
    A thoughtful and evocative history of the American New Left in the 1960's, looking critically but sympathetically at the struggles and passions of that period.
  975. Democracy's Oxygen 
    How Corporations Control the News

    First Published: 1997
    Winter shows that far from providing "democracy's oxygen," the news media legitimize a fundamentally undemocratic system. Instead of keeping the public informated, news organizations manufacture public consent for policies which favour the corporate elite.
  976. The Democratic and the Authoritarian State
    First Published: 1964
  977. Democratic Theory
    Essays in Retrieval

    First Published: 1973
  978. Dependent Accumulation and Underdevelopment
    Why, while Europe, North America, and Australia have developed, have Africa, much of Asia, and Latin America remained underdeveloped? Andre Gunder Frank shows how world capital accumulation has led to the differentiation of these regions.
  979. Derailed
    The Betrayal of the National Dream

    First Published: 1994
  980. Descent into Discourse 
    The Reification of Language and the Writing of Social History

    First Published: 1990
    Critique of postmodernist and poststructuralist approaches in history.
  981. Deschooling Our Lives
    First Published: 1996
    Deschooling Our Lives would be of interest to people wishing to learn about alternative methods of education beyond the confines of the conventional school system. The book is a collection of short piece by various homeschooling advocates such as Holt, Tolstoy and Illich. The articles are both theoretical and practical with some concrete descriptions and examples of alternative schooling projects.
  982. Deschooling Society 
    First Published: 1970
  983. Desertification
    First Published: 1982
    A decade ago the Sahel drought killed thousands of people and millions of animals. It focused world attention on the dangers and causes of desertification. This book examines the reasons: overcultivation, overgrazing, deforestation and bad irrigation.
  984. Design for Desktop Publishing
    A Guide to Layout and Typography on the Personal Computer

    First Published: 1987
  985. Design for the Real World 
    Human Ecology and Social Change

    First Published: 1970   Published: 1973
    While two-thirds of the world's population lives in poverty, valuable human and natural resources are used to produce: fur-covered toilet seats, electronic nail polish dryers, diapers for parakeets, and mink-oil fertilizer for "the plant that has everything." Papanek discusses why the things you buy are expensive, badly designed, unsafe, and often don't work. He proposes alternative ways of thinking and alternative designs for safe, inexpensive, and desperately needed products.
  986. The Design of Everyday Things 
    First Published: 1988
    A book about the problems of design and how good design can overcome the frustrations of everyday things.
  987. Desire for Change
    Women on the front line of global resistance

    First Published: 2002
  988. Desktop Publishing Skills:
    A Primer for Typesetting with Computers and Laser Printers

    First Published: 1987
  989. Desktop Publishing with Style
    A complete guide to design techniques and new technology for the IBM PC and Compatibles

    First Published: 1987
  990. Despair & Personal Power in the Nuclear Age
    First Published: 1983
  991. Despair and Personal Power in the Nuclear Age
    First Published: 1988
    A work for overcoming the 'psychic numbing' which prevents us from coming to terms with the real threats of nuclear and ecological disaster. Includes a special section of 'Spiritual Exercises for a Time of Apocalypse.'
  992. The Destiny of Civilization
    Finance Capitalism, Industrial Capitalism or Socialism

    First Published: 2022
    The Destiny of Civilization presents an overview of Michael Hudson's geo-political perspective: analysis which integrates economics, history, politics, archaeology and psychology.
  993. Deterring Democracy
    First Published: 1991
  994. The Developers
  995. Development, Crises, and Alternative Visions
    Third World Women's Perspectives

    Synthesizes and analyzes three decades of economic, political, and cultural policies and politics toward third world women.
  996. Development debacle
    The World Bank in the Philippines

    Reveals the bureaucratic blunders and misguided assumptions behind the World Bank's model for third world development, a model that serves the interests of the US and the multinational corporations.
  997. Development Education Centre-1978-79 Catalogue
    First Published: 1978
  998. Development Education Survey
    First Published: 1984
  999. Development Perspectives: Curriculum Resource Kits for Development Education
    First Published: 1979
    These kits were originally prepared in 1976 and then tested during 1977 and 1978 in high schools, community colleges and study-action groups.
  1000. Development Today
    A Fundraising Guide for Nonprofit Organizations

    First Published: 1980   Published: 1986
    A practical guide for non-profit organizations engaged in fundraising.
  1001. The Devil Is Here in These Hills
    Virginia's Coal Miners and Their Battle for Freedom

    First Published: 2015
    From before the dawn of the 20th century until the arrival of the New Deal, one of the most protracted and deadly labour struggles in American history was waged in West Virginia. On one side were powerful corporations whose millions bought armed guards and political influence. On the other side were 50,000 mine workers, the nation's largest labour union, and the legendary "miners' angel," Mother Jones. The fight for unionization and civil rights sparked a political crisis verging on civil war that stretched from the creeks and hollows to the courts and the US Senate.
  1002. The Devil's Breath: The Story of the Hillcrest Mine Disaster of 1914
    First Published: 2013
  1003. Dialectic and History
    An Introduction

    First Published: 1947
    A pamphlet extracted from James' essay Dialcetical Materialism and the Fate of Humanity, originally published in 1947.
  1004. Dialectic of Enlightenment
    First Published: 1944   Published: 1969
    A study of modern culture by two members of the Institute for Social Research in Frankfurt (The Frankfurt School).
  1005. The Dialectical Imagination
    A History of the Frankfurt School and the Institute of Social Research
  1006. Dialectical Urbanism
    Social Struggles and the Capitalist City

    Life in the city can be both liberating and oppressive.This book explores both sides of the urban experience, developing a perspective from which the contradictory nature of the politics of the city comes more clearly into view.
  1007. The Dialectics of Liberation
  1008. Diario de Oaxaca
    A Sketchbook Journal of Two Years in Mexico

    First Published: 2009
    The memoir of Peter Kuper living in Oaxaca, Mexico during a social and political upheaval that ended in more than 20 people dead.
  1009. Diary of Bergen-Belsen
    First Published: 2009
    Hanna Lévy-Hass, a Yugoslavian Jew, emerged a defiant survivor of the Holocaust. Her observations, recorded in her own incomparable voice, shed new light on the lived experience of Nazi internment. Lévy-Hass stands alone as the only resistance fighter to report on her own experience inside the camps, and she does so with unflinching clarity in dealing with the political and social divisions inside Bergen-Belsen.
  1010. The Diary of Dukesang Wong
    A voice from Gold Mountain

    First Published: 2020
    A window into the lives of Chinese workers who built the transcontinental railways across North America, a glimpse into the racism, starvation, and disease they faced every day while working the most difficult and dangerous jobs. The diary of Dukesang Wong, speaks vividly about his experiences and emotions during six years working on the Canadian Pacific Railway. It is the only first person account known to exist.
  1011. The Dictatorship of the Proletariat
    First Published: 1918   Published: 1971
    Karl Kautsky's attack on the Bolshevik Revolution.
  1012. A Dictionary of Environment and Conservation
    First Published: 2008
    Contains over 8500 entries on all aspects of the environment and conservation. Embraces a broad spectrum of environmental areas including sustainable development, biodiversity, conservation, environmental ethics, philosophy, and history, resource management, sociology, and policy on the environment.
  1013. A Dictionary of Marxist Thought
    First Published: 1983
  1014. Die Selbstgerechten 
    First Published: 2021   Published: 2022
    Wagenknecht grenzt die traditionellen Linken, zu denen sie heute zum Beispiel Jeremy Corbyn und Jean-Luc Mélenchon zählt und die vor allem von der Arbeiterschicht unterstützt worden sei, von den Lifestyle-Linken ab, die das öffentliche Bild der gesellschaftlichen Linken heute dominieren und die vor allem bei der akademischen Mittelschicht Anklang finden würden. Die Lifestyle-Linken würden zwar für Diversität, Antirassismus, eine lockere Einwanderungspolitik und gegen den Klimawandel eintreten, sich aber im Gegenzug kaum mehr für Klassenpolitik interessieren. Ihre Ziele würden sie auch nicht mehr durch Umverteilung von Vermögen erreichen wollen, sondern durch "Fragen des Lebensstils, der Konsumgewohnheiten und der moralischen Haltungsnoten."
  1015. Diet for a Large Planet
    Industrial Britain, Food Systems, and World Ecology

    First Published: 2020
    A history of the unsustainable modern diet -- heavy in meat, wheat, and sugar -- that requires more land and resources than the planet is able to support.
  1016. Diet for a Small Planet
    First Published: 1971   Published: 1975
  1017. A Diet of Austerity
    Class, Food and Climate Change

    First Published: 2015
    Deals with the reasons why the working class is blamed for climate change, and what it can actually do about it.
  1018. Different Loving
    An exploration of the world of sexual dominance and submission

    First Published: 1993   Published: 1996
    Explores and demystifies the worlds of BDSM, sexual power relationships, and fetishism.
  1019. The Digger Movement in the Days of the Commonwealth
    As Revealed in the Writings of Gerrard Winstanley, the Digger, Mystic and Rationalist, Communist and Social Reformer

    First Published: 1906
  1020. Digging deeper: Issues in the miners' strike
    First Published: 1985
  1021. Digital Disconnect
    How Capitalism is Turning the Internet Against Democracy

    First Published: 2013
    The author argues that the sharp decline in the enforcement of antitrust violations, the increase in patents on digital technology and proprietary systems and massive indirect subsidies and other policies have made the Internet a place of numbing commercialism.
  1022. Digital Revolutions
    Activism in the Internet Age

    First Published: 2013
    Symon Hill on the role of the Internet in activism and social change.
  1023. Dignity and Growth
    Citizen Participation in Social Change

    First Published: 1991
    Makes the case that rural communities cannot function without citizen participation in social change.
  1024. The Dignity of Chartism
    First Published: 2015
    Groundbreaking studies of Britain's first major working-class movement.
  1025. The Dignity of Youth and Other Atavisms
  1026. The Dilemma of Canadian Socialism
    The C.C.F. in Ontario

    First Published: 1973
    The history of the Cooperative Commonwealth Federation in Ontario, set in the context of the national movement.
  1027. Dilemmas of Domination
    The Unmaking of the American Empire

    First Published: 2005
    Argues that in a not-too-distant future the American empire's hidden weaknesses will pose fatal challenges to American supremacy.
  1028. Dilemmas of Third World Communism
    The Destruction of the PKI in Indonesia

    Dilemmas of Third World Communism is a study of the Indonesian Communist Party that aims to answer more general questions about the difficulties, and even defeats, encountered by so many left-wing movements in the Third World. Olle Tornquist argues that one fundamental reason for the Indonesian military's successful destruction of the Party lay in the Party's failure to analyze the nature of the post-colonial capitalist society that was emerging.
  1029. Direct Action
    An ethnography

    First Published: 2008
    Graeber undertakes the first detailed ethnographic study of the global justice movement. The case study at the center of Direct Action is the organizing and events that led to the one of the most dramatic and militant mass protests in recent years-against the Summit of the Americas in Québec City.
  1030. Directory of Environmental Organizations
    First Published: 1991
  1031. Directory of Free Vacation and Travel Information
    First Published: 1988
  1032. A Directory of Literacy and Adult Basic Education Programs in Ontario
    First Published: 1988
  1033. Directory of Low Cost Vacations with a Difference (Revised edition)
    First Published: 1989
  1034. Directory of Publishing 1990
    First Published: 1990
  1035. Directory of Research Funding Sources For Women
    Repertoire Des Sources De Financement De La Recherche A La Portee Des Femmes

    First Published: 1988
  1036. Directory of Services for Mentally and Physically Handicapped of the Lower Mainland (B.C.)
    First Published: 1976
    Alphabetical lists of Services and Agencies.
  1037. Dirty Wars
    Britain's Collusion with Radical Islam

    First Published: 2008
    Historian Mark Curtis, presents the history of the British government's sponsorship of radical Islamic terrorism, from Iran, Afghanistan and Libya to the July 7 bombings.
  1038. Disappeared!
    Technique of Terror

    During 1985, the United Nations reported on cases ofdisappearance in 36 countries in all parts of the world. This Report looks at the psychological, legal, and political context of disappearances. It proposes improvements in the procedures and means at the disposal of the international bodies dealing with this issue, and urges sanctions against governments guilty of this abuse of human rights.
  1039. The Disarmament Dilemma
    A Resource Guide

    First Published: 1985
  1040. Disaster Capitalism: Making a Killing out of Catastrophe
    First Published: 2015
    Journalist Antony Loewenstein travels across Afghanistan, Pakistan, Haiti, Papua New Guinea, the United States, Britain, Greece, and Australia to witness the reality of disaster capitalism.
  1041. Disciplining Dissent
    The Curbing of Free Expression in Academia and the Media

    First Published: 2004
    A look into the restrictions on free speech in the media and academia in Canada, the US and Europe.
  1042. Discourse on Colonialism
    This classic work, first published in France in 1955, profoundly influenced the generation of scholars and activists at the forefront of liberation struggles in Africa, Latin America, and the Caribbean.
  1043. Discourse on the Method of Rightly Conducting the Reason, and seeking Truth in the Sciences
    First Published: 1635
  1044. Discurs Politic
    Tres Converencies a Catalunya

    First Published: 1993   Published: 1998
  1045. Disinherited Generations
    Our Struggle to Reclaim Treaty Rights for First Nations Women and their Descendants

    First Published: 2013
    This oral autobiography of two remarkable Cree women tells their life stories against a backdrop of government discrimination, First Nations activism, and the resurgence of First Nations communities.
  1046. The Dismal Science
    How Thinking Like an Economist Undermines Community

    First Published: 2008
  1047. The Dispossessed
    First Published: 1974
    A 1974 utopian science fiction novel by Ursula K. Le Guin, set in the same fictional universe as that of The Left Hand of Darkness.
  1048. The Dissenting Academy
  1049. Dissenting POWs: From Vietnam's Hao Lo Prison to America Today
    First Published: 2021
    A fresh look at the how US troops played a part in the resistance of US troops to the American war in Vietnam.
  1050. A Dissertation On the Origin and Foundation of The Inequality of Mankind and is it Authorised by Natural Law?
    First Published: 1754
  1051. Dissonance in Zion
    Michael Jansen, author of The Battle of Beirut, turns in her book to examine the workings of Israeli politics. She concentrates on the increasing popularization of the ultra-right. The author highlights the role of the military in Israeli politics and examines the cultural and social background of the religious parties which exercise such pressure on the Israeli consensus.
  1052. Distant Voices
    First Published: 1994
    A collection of essays covering various global issues at the time of publication, including the Gulf War, the National Health Service, Australia, Cambodia, and Russia, with a special emphasis on the author's reporting on East Timor and the Indonesian genocidal policies.
  1053. Disturbing the Peace
    The Use of Criminal Law to Limit the Actions of Human Rights Defenders in Israel and the Occupied Palestinian Territories

    First Published: 2015
    The first part of this report briefly reviews the criteria for recognizing the status
    of human rights defenders, the development of the legal status of human rights
    defenders and the legal tool formulated to protect them and allow them to
    protect and promote these rights internationally. The second part of the report
    focuses on the common practice of using criminal law to harm defenders, and
    examines how human rights defenders in Israel are criminalized. The report
    provides examples of cases that have taken place in Israel and in the Occupied
    Palestinian Territories (OPT) in recent years, in which the authorities used criminal
    law against defenders in an effort to restrict their freedom and limit their ability
    to take action.
  1054. Diverse Partners
    Non-Government Organization in the Human Rights Movement

    First Published: 1991
  1055. Divided Kingdom
    Work, community and the mining wars in the central Illinois coal fields during the Great Depression

    First Published: 1991
  1056. Do It
    Scenarios of the Revolution

    First Published: 1970
  1057. Do It Yourself
    Hungary's Hidden Economy

    First Published: 1981
    Left-wing dissident Janos Kenedi shows how the system realy works in Hungary in a hilarious and bittersweet account of how he built his own house. Shortages are general. The goods you need may welll be there but they can only be obtained in unorthodox ways -- ranging from simple bribery to the much more effective string-ulling and backdoor dealing of the mutual interest network.
  1058. Dr Seuss Goes to War
    The World War II Editorial Cartoons of Theodor Seuss Geisel

    First Published: 2000
  1059. Doctors in Denial
    Why Big Pharma and the Canadian medical professionals are too close for comfort

    First Published: 2017
    A look into the disturbing relationships between medical doctors and Big Pharma, which has influenced what medical students learn and the interactions doctors have with their patients.
  1060. A Doctor's Quest
    The Struggle for Mother-and-Child Health Around the Globe

    First Published: 2012
    Recounting medical missions in half of the thirty countries in which she has worked for the past twenty-five years in Africa, Asia, and the South Pacific -- from Darfur in Sudan to Papua New Guinea and Bhutan -- Dr. Gretchen Roedde shares the grim reality of world politics, bureaucratic red tape, and corruption on the front lines as a doctor in mother-and-child health and HIV/AIDS.
  1061. The Documentaries
    First Published: 1968
  1062. A Documentary History of Communism, Volume 2
    First Published: 1960
  1063. Documents of the Fourth International
    The Formative Years (1933-1940)

    First Published: 1973
    Documents from conferences of the Left Opposition and its successors leading up to the founding conference of the Fourth International.
  1064. The Domination of Nature
    Leiss relates environmental concerns back to the fundamental problem of man's domination of his fellow man. In doing so, he argues for a reconsideration of the relationship between humanity and nature.
  1065. Don't be Afraid, Gringo
    A Honduran Woman Speaks from the Heart

    First Published: 1989
    Elvia Alvarado provides a firsthand account of her experiences as a peasant organizer and the efforts of her peasant communities as they struggle to obtain land, food, education, and healthcare.
  1066. Don't Even Think About It: Why Our Brains Are Wired to Ignore Climate Change
    First Published: 2014
    A book that tries to understand why people are so prone to deny or ignore the reality of climate change.
  1067. Don't Mourn, Balkanize
    Essays After Yugoslavia

    First Published: 2010
    Don't Mourn, Balkanize! is the first radical account of Yugoslav history after Yugoslavia, surveying this complex history with imagination and insight. Grubacic's book provides essential information and perspective for all those interested in the recent history of this part of the world.
  1068. Don't Tax Reading
    A Statement on the Cultural and Economic Costs of a National Tax on Reading

    First Published: 1988
  1069. Don't Think of an Elephant 
    Know Your Values and Frame the Debate

    First Published: 2004
    Lakoff explains how conservatives think, and how to counter their arguments. He outlines in detail the traditional American values that progressives hold, but are often unable to articulate. Lakoff also breaks down the ways in which conservatives have framed the issues, and provides examples of how progressives can reframe the debate.
  1070. Dorothy Day
    Champion of the Poor

    First Published: 2004
  1071. Dossier Gareries: pour un reseau universel et gratuit
    First Published: 1979
  1072. The Double E
    First Published: 1977
    Goodman invokes the guiding principles of ecology and economy in the design of new communities for a new age.
  1073. Double Fold
    Libraries and the Assault on Paper

    First Published: 2001
    Double Fold examines the preservation of books in United States libraries over the past 50 years. It details the libraries' "war" on books -- the alarming lack of preservation and the destruction of hundreds of thousands of irreplacable bound originals including 19th-century illustrated dailies. He chronicles the attempts to find ways of preserving books from both the ravages of time and the librairies' lack of shelf space. He also explains how librairies use the spectre of disintegrating books as part of their fundraising stategy. Baker offers aternative solutions to these problems. His ultimate and pesuasive plea is for librairies to stop "executing" the originals.
  1074. The Double Helix
    First Published: 1976
    A volume of poetry.
  1075. Double Standard
    The Secret History of Canadian Immigration

    First Published: 1987
    A focused examination of the right-wing political bias and dishonesty that has charecterized Canada's post-war immigration and refugee policies. Policies were profoundly influenced by the Cold War. The RCMP served as the chief screening instrument, relying heavily on the American-Counter Intelligence Corps which was cooperating closely with the Gehlen group staffed by ex-Nazis. While belonging to a Communist party was grounds for exclusion being an ex-Nazi as early as 1950 was no longer regarded as such. The acceptance of 60,000 "boat" people was applauded by Canadians because they were fleeing Communist opression but the efforts of a few thousand Central Americans were stymied by two repressive refugee bills because they were fleeing the "oppression of our side". Whitacker grants that Canada is a safe haven of peace and freedom but only to those who are ideologically correct.
  1076. Double Standards
    Consumer and worker protection in an unequal world (Deux poids, deux mesures: La Protection du travailleur et du consommateur)

    First Published: 1990
  1077. Doubt is their Product
    How Industry's Assault on Science Threatens Your Health

    First Published: 2008
    Reveals how the tobacco industry's duplicitious tactics spawned a multimillion-dollar industry that is dismantling public health safeguards. Offers concrete, workable suggestions for how it can be restored by taking the politics out of science and ensuring that concern for public safety, rather than private profits, guides our regulatory policy.
  1078. Down and Out in Paris and London
    First Published: 1933   Published: 1969
    Life near the bottom in France and England in the early 1930s.
  1079. Down to Earth
    Environment and Human Needs

    First Published: 1982
  1080. Down To Earth People
    Beyond Class Reductionism and Postmodernism

    First Published: 1999
    Working class women and men offer their analysis of the world today and its multi-dimensional inequalities.
  1081. Downstream and Upstream Ecologists
    The People, Organizatons, and Ideas Behind the Movement

    First Published: 1997
    Mercier discusses the environmental movement and identifies specialized ecologists of different spectrums.
  1082. Draining Canada Dry
    The Continental Thirst for Canada's Water

    First Published: 1993
    The authors examine Canada's water policies and their socio-economic impact on North America.
  1083. Drawing the Line
    Lesbian Sexual Politics on the Wall

    First Published: 1991
  1084. Drawing the Line 
    The Political Essays of Paul Goodman

    First Published: 1977   Published: 1979
    Goodman stresses that massive, uncentered governments and huge, sprawling communities alientate the individual and force people to conform to the status quo rather than to what they are or might become.
  1085. Drawing the Line
    A pamphlet

    First Published: 1946   Published: 1962
  1086. Drawn from the Fire
    Children of the Intifada
  1087. A Dream of John Ball
    First Published: 1888
    Morris' novel describes a dream and time travel leading to an encounter between the medieval and modern worlds. Morris describes a positive image of the Middle Ages, seeing it as a golden, if brief, period when peasants were prosperous and happy and guilds protected workers from exploitation.
    It contains the famous passage "... I pondered all these things, and how men fight and lose the battle, and the thing that they fought for comes about in spite of their defeat, and when it comes turns out not to be what they meant, and other men have to fight for what they meant under another name..."
  1088. Dream Tower
    The Life and Legacy of Rochdale College

    First Published: 1988
  1089. Dreaming of What Might Be
    The Knights of Labor in Ontario, 1880-1900

    The Holy Order of Knights of Labour, based in Ontario, pressed for a more egalitarian society by unifying industrial workers.
  1090. Dreaming of What Might Be
    The Knights of Labor in Canada 1880-1900

    First Published: 2013
    A comic book history of the Knights of Labor in Canada.
  1091. Drinking the Sea at Gaza 
    Days and Nights in a Land Under Siege

    First Published: 1996   Published: 1999
    Israeli journalist Amira Hass describes life in Gaza under Israeli siege.
  1092. Droits Et Libertes
    First Published: 1982
    Droits et Liberté est la revue bimensuelle de la Fédération Canadienne des Associations des Droits de l'Homme.
  1093. Drone Warfare
    Killing by Remote Control

    First Published: 2012
    A comprehensive look at the growing menace of drone warfare, with an extensive analysis of who is producing the drones, where they are being used, who are "piloting" these unmanned planes, who are the victims and what are the legal and moral implications.
  1094. The Drowned and the Saved
    First Published: 1986   Published: 1989
    In an effort to confront the question of whether Auschwitz could ever happen again Primo Levi has brought to a new generation the facts of the Holocaust and the reasons we should not be complacent that it can never happen again. In a series of essays he talks of why some survived and most did not and our unwillingness to know about the crimes being committed.
  1095. Drug War Capitalism
    First Published: 2014
    The Drug War story throughout the entire region of Latin America and back to US boardrooms and political offices. This book chronicles how terror is used against the population to generate panic and facilitate policy changes that benefit the international private sector, particularly extractive industries like petroleum and mining.
  1096. The Drugs Myth
    Why the Drug Wars Must Stop

    First Published: 1992
    Coleman presents medical evidence that the most dangerous and life-threatening drugs are legal, while the banned drugs are comparatively harmless.
  1097. Drunken Boat
    Art, rebellion, anarchy

    First Published: 1994
    A journal specifically devoted to anarchism and the arts. Novels, short stories, film, video, music, collage, dance, painting, poetry, theater, performance art, aesthetics and the idea of "art" itself and those are some of the subjects discussed in articles that have appeared in this journal.
  1098. Dual Attraction
    Understanding Bisexuality

    First Published: 1994
    800 residents of San Francisco participated in interviews about the nature of bisexual attraction, and how sexual preference can change.
  1099. Dubious Specter
    A Skeptical Look at the Soviet Nuclear Threat

    First Published: 1980   Published: 1982
  1100. Dude, Where's My Country?
    First Published: 2003
  1101. Dumba Nengue: Run for Your Life
    Peasant Tales of Tragedy in Mozambique

    First Published: 1988
    Mozambican writer Lina Magaia tells the stories of her neighbours and friends in rural Gaza province, the human targets of apartheid's proxy terror campaign. This book is a unique resource for communicating the reality of Mozambique's struggle for survival. Magaia's personal account lets us appreciate the harrowing effects caused by the South African backed MNR rebels in Mozambique.
  1102. Dumbing Us Down
    The Hidden Curriculum of Compulsory Schooling

    First Published: 1991   Published: 2017
    After over 100 years of mandatory schooling in the U.S., literacy rates have dropped, families are fragmented, learning "disabilities" are skyrocketing, and children and youth are increasingly disaffected.
  1103. Dust Bowls of Empire: Imperialism, Environmental Politics, and the Injustice of "Green" Capitalism
    First Published: 2018
    Analysis of the 1930s Dust Bowl as the result of capitalism and US imperialism. Also looks at what we can learn from it for today's climate crisis.
  1104. Dwellers in the Land
    A Bioregional Vision

    First Published: 1991
  1105. A Dying Colonialism
    First Published: 1959   Published: 1967
    Fanon reveals the various ways in which the people of Algeria, during the revolution, changed their centuries-old patterns of culture, or, conversely, embraced certain ancient forms of culture long derided by their colonialist oppressors as "rpimitive," in order to destroy those oppressors.
  1106. Dying for Care
    Hospice Care or Euthanasia

    First Published: 1992
  1107. Dying for Growth
    Global Inequality and the Health of the Poor
  1108. Dying Hard
    The Ravages of Industrial Carnage

    First Published: 1975
    A shocking and indignant challenge to the conscience and humanity not just of Canada but of all nations, an outraged cry of protest and concern of workers victimized alike throughout the modern world.
  1109. The Dying of the Trees
    The Pandemic in America's Forests

    First Published: 1995
  1110. Dynamics of Global Crisis
    Preeminent theoreticians of the world economy set out their understanding of the long-term dynamics of global capitalism.
  1111. Dynamite: the story of class violence in America
    First Published: 1931
    Louis Adamic's history of class violence in the US. It traces the origins of gangsterism and racketeering in unions in the 1930s to its roots in workers needing to defend themselves from the armed violence of the state and bosses' thugs.
  1112. The Early Homosexual Rights Movement (1864-1935)
    First Published: 1974   Published: 1995
  1113. Earth Book for Kids
    Activities to Help Heal the Environment

    First Published: 1990
  1114. Earth Education
    A New Beginning

    First Published: 1990
  1115. Earth in Mind
    On Education, Environment, and the Human Prospect

    First Published: 1994
  1116. Earth into Property
    Colonization, Decolonization, and Capitalism

    First Published: 2010
    A broad exploration of the colonial roots of global capitalism and the worldwide quest of Indigenous people for liberation through decolonization.
    Part Two of The Bowl with One Spoon.
  1117. The Earth Manual
    How to Work on Wild Land Without Taming It

    First Published: 1985
  1118. Earthbook
    First Published: 1987
    An Encyclopedia of the Earth and a world atlas.
  1119. Earthcare: Ecological Agriculture in Saskatchewan
    First Published: 1980
  1120. The Earthscan Action Handbook
    First Published: 1990
    A compendium of the world's major ills with suggestions for remedial action.
  1121. Easily Led
    A History of Propaganda

    First Published: 1999
    From Ancient Sumer to modern Poland, Thomson traces the use of propaganda and its influence on human events.
  1122. Eating Fire
    Family Life, on the Queer Side

    First Published: 2001
    An inside look at a rainbow of relationships, sexual and otherwise, that gay, lesbian, and transgendered people create to animate their lives: lovers, partners, parents/kids, quick tricks, torrid affairs, sweethearts, crushes, exes, friends, bottoms and tops, threesomes, butches and fems, bears, cubs and johns. Based on hundreds of intimate conversations across Canada, Eating Fire explores the deepest currents of life: sex, love, loneliness, abuse, power and consent, giving birth, death, being a wo/man, pleasure, fear, joy - risks and rewards of creating family without boundaries.
  1123. Eating Tomorrow: Agribusiness. Family Farmers and the Battle for the Future of Food
    First Published: 2019
    Reporting from Africa, Mexico, India, and the United States, Timothy A. Wise's Eating Tomorrow discovers how in country after country agribusiness and its well-heeled philanthropic promoters have hijacked food policies to feed corporate interests.
  1124. Echoes from Labor's War: Industrial Cape Breton in the 1920s
    First Published: 1992
    A collection of narrative verse by labour poet and radical Dawn Fraser (1888-1968) which brings to life the years of sharp industrial conflict in Cape Breton in the 1920s.
  1125. Eclipse of Reason
  1126. Ecodefense
    A Field Guide to Monkeywrenching. Second Edition

    First Published: 1985   Published: 1987
  1127. Ecofascism: Lessons from the German Experience 
    First Published: 1995
    Explores the integral role ecological ideas played in German fascism, along with anti-rational, quasi-New Age ideas about nature, blood, and soil. A second essay looks at certain present-day ecological ideologies, notably deep ecology and primitivism, which are fundamentally regressive and authoritarian.
  1128. Ecofeminism
    First Published: 1993
    The authors argue that ecological destruction and industrial catastrophes constitute a direct threat to everyday life, the maintenance of which has been made the particular responsibility of women. In both industrialized societies and developing countries, the new wars the world is experiencing, violent ethnic chauvinisms and the malfunctioning of the economy also pose urgent questions for ecofeminists. Is there a relationship between patriarchal oppression and the destruction of nature in the name of profit and progress? How can women counter the violence inherent in these processes? Should they look to a link between the women's movement and other social movements?
  1129. Ecological Agriculture in Saskatchewan
    First Published: 1980
  1130. Ecological Imperialism
    The Biological Expansion in Europe, 900-1900
  1131. Ecological Resistance Movements
    The Global Emergance of Radical and Popular Environmentalism

    First Published: 1995
  1132. The Ecological Revolution
    Making Peace with the Planet

    Argues that the roots of the present ecological crisis lie in capital's rapacious expansion, which has now achieved unprecedented heights of irrationality across the globe.
  1133. The Ecological Rift 
    Capitalism's War on the Earth

    First Published: 2011
    Humanity in the twenty-first century is facing what might be described as its ultimate environmental catastrophe: the destruction of the climate that has nurtured human civilization and with it the basis of life on earth as we know it. All ecosystems on the planet are now in decline. Enormous rifts have been driven through the delicate fabric of the biosphere. The economy and the earth are headed for a fateful collision -- if we don’t alter course.
  1134. Ecologically Based Municipal Land Use Planning
    First Published: 2000
  1135. Ecology Against Capitalism 
    Deals with such issues as pollution, sustainable development, technological responses to environmental crisis, population growth, soil fertility, the preservation of ancient forests, and the "new economy" of the Internet age.
  1136. Ecology as Politics 
    First Published: 1980
    Socialism is no better than capitalism if it makes use of the same tools. The total domination of nature inevitably entails a domination of people by the techniques of domination.
  1137. Ecology For Beginners
    First Published: 1981
    Amusing, solidly resesearched, and sophisticated, Ecology for Beginners tells a fast and furious tale of Man, Woman, and their struggle with the environment.
  1138. The Ecology of Commerce
    A Declaration of Sustainability

    First Published: 1995
  1139. Ecology of Everyday Life
    Rethinking the desire for nature

    First Published: 1999
    This book examines the ecological impulse as a 'desire for nature,' a desire that emerges as people within industrial capitalist contexts respond to the personal and aesthetic, rather than the physical and political implications of ecological breakdown.
  1140. The Ecology of Freedom 
    The Emergence and Dissolution of Hierarchy

    First Published: 1982   Published: 2005
    Bookchin's synthesis of ecology, anthropology and political theory traces conflicting legacies of hierarchy and freedom from the first emergence of human culture to today's globalized capitalism, constantly pointing the way to a sane, sustainable ecological future.
  1141. Ecology and Socialism 
    Solutions to Capitalist Ecological Crisis

    First Published: 2011
    The current environmental movement is at an impasse, stuck on false panaceas like cap-and-trade, cutting individual consumption (“live other so that others may simply live”), and outright reactionary “solutions' that revolve around some form of population control (as if the number of people on the planet was the problem rather than the nature of the relationship between said people and the planet). Williams does an excellent job debunking these notions with a plethora of factual information and empirical data.
  1142. E-Commerce vs. E-Commons
    Communications in the public interest

    First Published: 2001
    From privacy issues to intellectual property, from universal access to union activism, these essays challenge the rush to deregulate and disconnect communications from the public interest.
  1143. Economic Analysis of the Environmental Impacts of Development Projects
    First Published: 1991
    In this book, a group of analysts from the Asian Development Bank and from the East West Center propose a means of constructing useful economic evaluations of the impacts of development projects on the environments in which they are constructed. This study demands the systemic evaluation of all the intentional and unintentional consequences of development initiatives before they are enacted.
  1144. The Economic Crisis Reader
  1145. Economic History As It Happened - Volume I
    The Dynamics of U.S. Capitalism: Corporate Structure, Inflation, Credit, Gold, and the Dollar

    The unique feature of these essays is the point of view of the authors. Unlike almost all others possessing their kind of technical expertise, they view these matters from the standpoint of society. It is this socialist or Marxist approach, combined with expert knowledge which enabled them to pinpoint and illuminate the central trends and developments of an entire epoch.
  1146. Economic History As It Happened - Volume II
    The End of Prosperity: The American Economy in the 1970s

    Paul M. Sweezy and Harry Magdoff, the editors of Monthly Review, set out the development of U.S. and global capitalism from the late 1960s to the 'financial explosion' age of the early 1990s and after.
  1147. Economic History As It Happened - Volume III
    The Deepening Crisis of U.S. Capitalism

    In these essays, written between 1977 and 1981, the authors assess the results of efforts taken to stabilize the economy after the epochal changes of the early 1970s, the end of capitalism's 'golden age,' by attempts to counteract the effects of inflation, debt dependence, speculation, and financial instability.
  1148. An Economic History of West Africa
    First Published: 1973
    An examination of the economy of West Africa from the fifteenth to the twentieth century.
  1149. Economic & Philosophical Manuscripts of 1844 
    First Published: 1844
    A series of notes written between April and August 1844 by Karl Marx. Not published by Marx during his lifetime, they were first released in 1927. The notebooks are an early expression of Marx's analysis of economics, chiefly Adam Smith, and critique of the philosophy of G. W. F. Hegel. The notebooks cover a wide range of topics including private property, communism, and money. Because the 1844 manuscripts show Marx's thought at the time of its early genesis, their publication, in English not until 1959,[2] has profoundly affected recent scholarship on Marx and Marxism.
  1150. The Economic Revolution
    Towards a Sustainable Future By Freeing The Economy From Money-Making

    First Published: 1992
    Money making grows at the cost of destroying our social fabirc and resource base and proposes a new economic remedy.
  1151. The Economic Transformation of Cuba
    A First-Hand Account

    First Published: 1969
  1152. The Economic War Against Cuba: A Historical and Legal Perspective on the U.S. Blockade
    First Published: 2013
    Salim Lamrani explains the U.S. economic sanctions against Cuba: their origins, their provisions, how they contravene international law, and how they affect the lives of Cubans.
  1153. Economics as if the Earth Really Mattered
    A Catalyst Guide to Socially Conscious Investing

    First Published: 1989
    Economics as if the Earth Really Mattered offers hundreds of suggestions of how average people can invest their money and/or their time in building a new economy in harmony with life-affirming values. Subjects covered include boycotts and sharehold action, socially responsible investment funds, social change revolving loan funds, small-scale investing, worker ownership, alternative exchange systems, and seeds for the future.
  1154. Economics for Everyone
    A Short Guide to the Economics of Capitalism

    First Published: 2008
  1155. The Economics of Global Turbulence
    First Published: 2009
    Brenner presents a survey of the world economy from 1950 to the present. He charts the post-war history of the global system and is critical of the results which include over-production and over-competition. He is then able to examine the systematic factors behind wage repression, high unemployment and unequal development.
  1156. The Economics of Happiness
    Building Genuine Wealth

    First Published: 2007
    Anielski's premise is quite simple: how can we go beyond mere material wealth to achieve veritable wealth-good health, meaningful relationships, spirituality, a clean environment, peace, justice and happiness. He believes that economic systems should orient us to what we really want.
  1157. The Economics of Imperialism
    First Published: 1974
    Brown discusses different theories of the connection between capitalism and imperialism. His own position is derived from Rosa Luxemburg, holding that imperialism is a process of assimilation and transformation of economies into the sphere of competitive capital accumulation.
  1158. Economics, Politics and The Age of Inflation
    First Published: 1977
  1159. The Economy of Cities
    First Published: 1970
    Ideas about what makes cities rich or poor, how cities grow, and how city growth affects national economies.
  1160. Ecotopia
    The Notebooks and Reports of William Weston

    First Published: 1975
    A novel describing an ecological utopia.
  1161. Edible Action
    Food Activism and Alternative Economics

    First Published: 2008
  1162. Edible Landscaping
  1163. Educating for a Change
    First Published: 1991
    For the authors of Ecuating for a Change, genuine democracy does not happen solely through our political and educational work. Democratic processes and practices are essential elements in achieving a truly participatory society. The books offers theory and practical tools for consciously applying the principles of democratic practice to daily work.
  1164. Education and Social Change - A Photographic Study of Peru
    First Published: 1980
  1165. The Education of Black People 
    Ten Critiques, 1906-1960

    Calls for great energy and initiative; for African Americans controlling their own lives, and for continued experimentation and innovation, while keeping education#s fundamentally radical nature in view.
  1166. Eichmann in Jerusalem
    A report on the banality of evil

    First Published: 1963   Published: 1965
    Hannah Arendt's report on the trial of Adolph Eichmann.
  1167. Eight Men Speak
    And Other Plays from the Canadian Workers' Theatre

    First Published: 1976
    Eight plays presented by the Canadian Worker's Theatre in the 1930s.
  1168. 1837: Revolution in the Canadas
    First Published: 1974
    A selection of the writings of William Lyon Mackenzie and the Patriots of the 1837 Rebellion.
  1169. The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte 
    First Published: 1852
    Marx wrote The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Napoleon between December 1851 and March 1852. The "Eighteenth Brumaire" refers to November 9, 1799 in the French Revolutionary Calendar -- the day the first Napoleon Bonaparte had made himself dictator by a coup d'etat. Marx traces how the conflict of different social interests manifest themselves in the complex web of political struggles, and in particular the contradictory relationships between the outer form of a struggle and its real social content.
  1170. Einstein on Peace
    First Published: 1960
    A collection of Albert Einstein's writing on war, peace, and the atom bomb.
  1171. The Eithics of the Use of Recently Developed Mind/Behaviour Control Mechanisms By and On Convicted Criminals
    First Published: 1978
  1172. Electing for Democracy
    Proportional Representation and the Left

    First Published: 1990
    An argument for proportional representation in the United Kingdom.
  1173. Electric Empire: The Inside Story of Ontario Hydro
    The Inside Story of Ontario Hydro

    First Published: 1983
    Electric Empire is a close-up look at Ontario Hydro, the second-largest public-owned utility in North America, a giant enterprise presiding over 30,000 employees, 80 generating stations, and 32,000 kilometers of transmission lines serving over eight million people.
  1174. Electric Rivers
    The Story of the James Bay Project

    First Published: 1991
  1175. Elijah
    No Ordinary Hero

    First Published: 1994
    Comeau describes Harper as a reluctant hero moving from band chief to the Manitoba Legislature, to the House of Commons.
  1176. Elixer
    A History of Water and Humankind

    First Published: 2010
    A cultural history of water.
  1177. Ella Baker and the Black Freedom Movements: A Radical Democratic Vision 
    First Published: 2003
    An insightful biography on one of the leading organizers of the American civil rights movement.
  1178. The Emancipation of Women
    A collection of writings from Lenin that address the status of women and related issues.
  1179. Embezzlers Dirty Tricks (And How to Spot Them)
    First Published: 1987
  1180. The Emergence of Ecosocialism
    Collected Essays by Joel Kovel

    First Published: 2019
  1181. Emma Goldman and the American Left: Nowhere at Home
    First Published: 1992
    A biography of Emma Goldman.
  1182. Emma Goldman in Exile
    The second and final volume of Wexler's life of Emma Goldman tells the story of her forced exile to Russia in 1919, the Spanich Civil War and finally her death in 1940 in Toronto. She became an eyewitness to the new Soviet state but had no qualms about airing her disagreements with their policies. Goldman would become dissolusioned with Lenin and Russia and ended up in political limbo-seen as pariah by the left and courted by the conservatives. The great triumph of the period was the brief time in Barcelona in 1936 when anarchism went from theory to reality. That moment however was fleeting as the communists defeated their leftist allies then themselves were destroyed by Franco. Goldman returned to North America a disappointed woman. As Wexler points however out she was one of the few who spoke out against the purges and massacres while others hid their cowardice behind cant.
  1183. Emma Goldman in Exile: From the Russian Revolution to the Spanish Civil War
    First Published: 1989
    Volume 2 of a biography of Emma Goldman.
  1184. Empire and Communications
    First Published: 1950   Published: 1972
    Innis develops his theory that the history of empires is determined to a large extent by their means of communication.
  1185. Empire and Revolution
    First Published: 1970
  1186. The Empire God Built
    Inside Pat Robertson's media machine

    First Published: 1996
    A profile of the demagogue who become one of the most successful media moguls in the world.
  1187. Empire of Capital 
    First Published: 2003
    Capitalism makes possible a new form of domination by purely economic means, argues Ellen Meiksins Wood. So, surely, even the most seasoned White House hawk would prefer to exercise global hegemony in this way, without costly colonial entanglements. Yet, as the author powerfully demonstates, the economic empire of capital has also created a new and unlimited militarism.
  1188. Empire's Workshop
    Latin America, the United States and the Rise of the New Imperialism

    First Published: 2006
    Looks at U.S. foreign policy post 9/11 and its antecedents.
  1189. Empowering the Earth
    Strategies for social change

    First Published: 2000
    Alex Begg examines how power is the fibre of society, by studying the politics of power we see how to empower a movement for change. Distinguishing between patterns of power will facilitate strategic thinking among those working for change.
  1190. The Encroaching Desert

    This new report for a top-level international Commission focuses attention on the relentless spreading of the world's deserts. This report highlights the shortcomings of the Third World countries as well as the Western donors and the multilateral agencies. It draws on information gathered in the field in all parts of the world. It points to examples of remedial action and sets out the policies required to reverse the trend before it is too late.
  1191. The Encyclopedia of Censorship
    First Published: 1992
    This Encyclopedia concentrates primarily on the United States and the United Kingdom, but it also covers events in Western and Eastern Europe and in parts of the Third World. The Encyclopedia is an accessible and wide-ranging sourcebook on censorship topics.
  1192. The End of Food
    How the Food Industry is Destroying Our Food And - What You Can Do About It
  1193. The End of Food: The coming Crisis in the World Food Industry
    Paul Robert's in his book The End of Food scrutinizes the food industry, documenting our eating patterns, the global economy which supports it and the ethics behind it. He maintains that the quanttity and quallity of food that we take for granted in the West can't last much longer. The dream of plenty is in fact a nithmare as it denies the nature of food as seasonal, squashable and unpredictable and in the long run unsustainable and destructive. He advances the theory that food production is run by monopolistic companies interested in the suppression of individuality and free choice.
  1194. The End of Night
    Searching for Natural Darkness in an Age of Artificial Light

    First Published: 2013
    Paul Bogard illuminates the problems caused by a lack of darkness. We live awash in artificial light. But night's natural darkness has always been invaluable for our spiritual health and the health of the natural world, and every living creature suffers from its loss.
  1195. The End of Parliamentary Socialism
    From New Left to New Labour

    First Published: 1997
    Argues against the assertion that there is no alternative to neo-liberalism. This account of the British Labour Party's recent history argues that Tony Blair's modernizing tendency was profoundly mistaken in asserting that the only alternative to traditional social democracy and narrow parliamentarianism was an acceptance of neo-liberalism.
  1196. The End of Policing & Police: A Field Guide
    First Published: 2018
    A Field Guide to the Police is a study of the indirect and taken-for granted language of policing, a language we're all forced to speak when we talk about law enforcement. The book refuses to see the world as police do, instead it contends that when we talk about police and police reform, we speak the language of police legitimation through the art of euphemism. State sexual assault becomes "body-cavity search," and ruthless beatings become "plain compliance." Like any other field guide, it reveals a world that is hidden in plain view. In entries like "Police dog," "Stop and frisk," "Rough ride," and scores more, the authors show how "copspeak" obscures the true meaning and history of policing. This book will arm activists on the streets--as well as anyone with an open mind--on one of the key issues of our time: police violence. The book argues that a redefined language of policing might help us chart a future free of police and police violence.
  1197. The End of Politics
    Corporate Power and the Decline of the Public Sphere

    First Published: 2000
    From the events of privatization, economic globalization, spread of violence and gun culture, and the end of the cold war, Boggs explores the depoliticization process in the United States.
  1198. The End of Privacy
    How Total Surveillance Is Becoming a Reality

    First Published: 1999
    Whitaker argues that we live in a surveillance society; in order to get rewards and privileges, we have to give up our personal privacy to the government and corporations.
  1199. End of the Line
    Inside Canada's Nursing Homes

    First Published: 1989
  1200. End of the Line
    Inside Canada's Nursing Homes

    First Published: 1989
    An account of the grim reality of life in nursing homes. Sketches of nursing-home residents, their families, and nursing-home staff, reveal a generation suffering neglect and abuse, stripped of self-respect, confined to dangerous, dirty, depressing and de-personalized institutions.
  1201. The End of the Line 
    How Overfishing is Changing the World and What We Eat

    First Published: 2006
    Decades and even centuries of habitat destruction, pollution, and overfishing have transformed and degraded the oceans.
  1202. The End of the Revolution 
    China and the Limits of Modernity

    First Published: 2009
    Wang Hui is a leading member of China's "New Left". He challenges both the bureaucratic one-party regime and the Western neoliberal paradigm. He calls for alternatives to both China's capitalist transformation and its repressive and authoritarian past.
  1203. The End of Victory Culture: Cold War America and the Disillusioning of a Generation
    First Published: 2007
    Engelhardt explores how, in the aftermath of September 11, 2001, the administration of younger George Bush brought "victory culture" roaring back as part of its Global War on Terror and its rush to invade Saddam Husseins's Iraq. Further, he analyzes how, from its "Mission Accomplished" moment on, its various stories of triumph crashed and burned in that land.
  1204. The Endangered Kingdom
    The Struggle to Save America's Wildlife

    First Published: 1989
  1205. Enemies
    A History of the FBI

    First Published: 2012   Published: 2013
    A history of the FBI’s secret intelligence operations.
  1206. The Enemy
    Notes on Imperialism and Revolution

    First Published: 1970
  1207. The Enemy of Nature 
    The End of Capitalism or the End of the World?

    First Published: 2002   Published: 2007
    We live in and from nature, but the way we have evolved of doing this is about to destroy you. Capitalism and its by-products -- imperialism, war, neoliberal globalization, racism, poverty, and the destruction of community -- are all playing a part in the destruction of our ecosystem.
  1208. Energy 2000
    A Global Strategy for Sustainable Development

    First Published: 1987
  1209. The Energy Poker Game
    The Politics of the Continental Resources Deal

    First Published: 1970
  1210. Engels, Manchester and the Working Class
    First Published: 1974
    An account and interpretation of the writing of Friedrich Engels' first major work, The Condition of the Working Class in England in 1844.
  1211. The English Bible and the Seventeenth-Century Revolution
    First Published: 1994
  1212. The English Peasantry in the Later Middle Ages
    The Ford Lectures for 1973 and Related Studies

    First Published: 1975
    Investigates the question of whether or not peasants might be considered their own social class.
  1213. The Enigma of Capital And the Crisis of Capitalism
    First Published: 2010
  1214. Enlightening Disillusionments
    First Published: 2011
    Memoirs of an Israeli whom the Zionist dispossession and oppression of the Palestinians turned into a humanist and therefore anti-Zionist.
  1215. Enough is Enough
    Aboriginal Women Speak Out

    First Published: 1988
  1216. Environmental Ethics
    Philosophical and Policy Perspectives

    First Published: 1986
  1217. Environmental Information Guide for B.C.
    Where to get information to help you learn more about the environmental crisis and do something about it

    First Published: 1977
    SPEC is a citizens' evnironmental organization, the oldest and largest in British Columbia. Incorporated as a non-profit society in 1969, SPEC has 2000 members and 17 branches throughout the province. Its primary purpose is to protect the vital life-supporting ecosystems in British Columbia and Canada, and to promote the development of a 'Conserver Society' with stable population and conservation of resources.
  1218. Environmental Resource Book

    First Published: 1992
  1219. Environmental Sourcebook
    First Published: 1983
  1220. Environmental Sourcebook
    First Published: 1984
  1221. E.P. Thompson and the Making of the New Left
    Essays and Polemics

    First Published: 2014
    Collection of essays advocating for humanistic and democratic socialism along with the value of utopian thinking in radical politics.
  1222. Equal Opportunity at Work
    A CUPE Affirmative Action Manual

    First Published: 1977
    " Equal Opportunity at Work" provides a comprehensive and detailed approach to dealing with the continuing inequalities faced by CUPE women members in their various employment situations.
  1223. Equal Shares
    Oodi Weavers and the cooperative experience

    First Published: 1999
    The story of a community-based co-operative in Botswana.
  1224. Equivocal Feminists: The Social Democratic Federation and the Woman Question, 1884-1911
    First Published: 2002
    A look at the relationship between socialism and feminism before the First World War, through a detailed examination of the Social Democratic Federation (SDF).
  1225. Eradicating Extreme Poverty
    Democracy, Globalisation and Human Rights

    First Published: 2012
    A new approach to eradicating extreme poverty, contrasted with conventional "top-down" approaches.
  1226. Eritrea
    Struggle for Independence

    First Published: 1989
    One of the longest and most bitter nationalist struggles in Africa is being fought in Eritrea. The Horn of Africa has been the scene of tremendous levels of political upheaval, famine and intermittent war. At the centre of these regional problems is the question of the rights of self-determination of various submerged nationalities. The Eritrean-Ethiopian conflict is perhaps the most costly human tragedy to afflict the region in the last quarter century.
  1227. Eros and Civilization
    A Philosophical Inquiry Into Freud

    First Published: 1955   Published: 1962
  1228. Eros Denied
    Sex in Western Society

    First Published: 1964   Published: 1966
    Spanning 2000 years of Western culture, Eros Denied explores the multitude of forces which through the ages have tended to suppress and pervert the sexual instincts.
  1229. Errico Malatesta: The Biography of an Anarchist
    First Published: 1922   Published: 1924
  1230. Escape from Childhood
    The Needs and Rights of Children

    First Published: 1974
    A book about young people and their place, or lack of place in society today. It is about the institution of modern childhood, the attitudes, customs and laws that define children and locate children in life and determine to a large degree what their lives are like and how we, their elders, treat them.
  1231. Escape from Freedom
    First Published: 1941   Published: 1965
  1232. Essais sur les droits humains et le developpement democratique
    First Published: 1996
  1233. An Essay on Liberation
    First Published: 1969
  1234. Essays in Canadian Working Class History
    First Published: 1976
  1235. Essays on Human Rights and Democratic Development
    People or Peoples; Equality, Autonomy and Self-Determination: The Issues at Stake of the Internation

    First Published: 1996
  1236. Essays on Marx's Theory of Value
    First Published: 1928   Published: 1972
    A discussion of concepts at the root of Marxism: the theory of value and commodity fetishism.
  1237. Essays on the Left
    Essays in Honour of T.C. Douglas

    First Published: 1971
    Essays collected as a tribute to T.C. Douglas on the occasion of his retirement ad leader of the New Democratic Party.
  1238. Essays on the Political Economy of Alberta
    First Published: 1984
    This collection of essays provides an excellent introduction to the political and economic history of Alberta and to some of the most important issues facing contemporary Alberta
  1239. The Essential Chomsky 
    First Published: 2007   Published: 2008
    For the past forty years Noam Chomsky's writings on politics and language have established him as a preeminent public intellectual and as one of the most original and wide-ranging political and social critics of our time.The Essential Chomsky assembles the core of his most important writings, including excerpts from his most influential texts over the past forty years.
  1240. The Essential Gandhi
    His Life, Work and Ideas: An Anthology

    First Published: 1962
    A selection of Gandhi's writing.
  1241. The Essential Thompson 
    First Published: 2001
    This collection of writings by Thompson, the influential British historian of 18th- and 19th-century England, was compiled by his widow, the historian Dorothy Thompson. Thompson argues that social relationships in the modern Western world are open, dynamic, and evolving categories.
  1242. Essential Works of Socialism
  1243. The Eternal Frontier
    An Ecological History of North America and its People
  1244. Ethical Mutual Funds
    First Published: 1992
  1245. The Ethical Slut 
    A guide to infinite sexual possibilities

    First Published: 1997
    A guide for anyone who dreams of having all the sex and love and friendship they want. Explores the skills and issues of a life beyond tradiational lifetime monogamy, from scheduling dates to handling jealousy, finding partners, resolving conflict, and raising children.
  1246. The Ethiopian Famine
    This story is the greatest single peacetime mobilization of the international community this century, told by the man who masterminded it. Jansson argues that despite some shortcomings, the UN system led to a largely effective operation which saved millions of lives. Harris and Penrose provide information essential to this and show conclusively that the eleventh hour intervention could have been avoided if the warning signals had been heeded.
  1247. The Ethnic Cleansing of Palestine 
    First Published: 2007
    Israeli historian Ilan Pappe recounts the ethnic cleansing of Palestinians from Israel during the war of 1948.
  1248. Ethnicity and Politics in South Africa
  1249. Ethnocultural Directory of Canada 1990
    Repertoire Ethnoculturel du Canada

    First Published: 1989   Published: 1990
    A listing of 240 Canadian organizations (157 from Quebec) with descriptions, in English and French, of their objectives, services, activities and publications.
  1250. Ethnocultural Directory of Canada 1990/Repertoire Ethnoculturel du Canada
    First Published: 1989
  1251. Eugene V. Debs Speaks
    First Published: 1983
  1252. Eurocentrism 
    Amin argues that Eurocentrism is an ideological distortion, a myth and historical fallacy and argues for a new social, economic, cultural and political system based on socialist universalism.
  1253. Europe
    Dimensions of Peace

    First Published: 1989
    What implication does Star Wars hold for European security? How has the collapse of detente affected European co-operation? These are among the questions raised in this unique dialogue between scholars in Western and Eastern Europe. The contributors present their diverse views on Europe's own security problems as well as the Continent's possible roles in world peace and development.
  1254. Europe Against the Current
    A Guide to Alternative, Independent and Radical Information Carriers

    First Published: 1989
    This catalogue contains nearly one thousand addresses of people, groups and organizations in twenty-five countries belonging to what has traditionally been defined as Europe.
  1255. Europe Against the Current
    Catalogue of Alternative, Independent and Radical Information Carriers

    First Published: 1990
  1256. European Socialism, A Concise History with Documents
    First Published: 2013
    An introduction to European socialism, which arose in the maelstrom of the industrial and democratic revolutions launched in the eighteenth century. Striving for sweeping social, economic, cultural, and political change, socialists were a diverse lot. However, they were united by principles asserting the social and political equality of all people.
  1257. European Women on the Left: Socialism, Feminism and the Problems Faced by Political Women, 1880 to the Present
    First Published: 1981
    The political struggles of ten radical women active on the European scene from 1880 to the present.
  1258. Europe's Green Alternative
    First Published: 1992
    The authors propose a continent of autonomous regions that are economically decentralized, feminist and underpinned by nonviolent social structures.
  1259. Every Secret Thing
    My Family, My Country

    First Published: 1997
  1260. Everybody Loves a Good Drought 
    Stories from India's Poorest Districts

    First Published: 1996
    P. Sainath devoted 2½ years to visiting and recording the realities - delving into the fundamentals, the why of the realities - in India's 10 poorest districts.
  1261. The Everyday Activist
    365 Ways to Change the World

    First Published: 2006
    A positive, practical guide to healing the world - one day at a time. Packed with ideas and facts from leading campaign organizations, this handbook shows how the smallest actions can make a difference to your community and in the wider world.
  1262. Everyday Exposure
    Indigenous Mobilization and Environmental Justice in Canada's Chemical Valley

    First Published: 2016
    Surrounded by Canada's densest concentration of chemical manufacturing plants, members of the Aamjiwnaang First Nation have expressed concern about a declining male birth rate and high incidences of miscarriage, asthma, cancer, and cardiovascular illness. Everyday Exposure uncovers the systemic injustices they face as they fight for environmental justice.
  1263. Everyday Life in the Modern World
    First Published: 1968   Published: 1971
    Everyday life is non-philosophical in relation to philosophy and represents reality in relation to ideality.
  1264. Everything Must Change
    Jesus, Global Crises and a Revolution of Hope

    First Published: 2007
    McLaren poses the question "How do the life and teachings of Jesus address the most critical global problems in our world today?" McLaren believes that we live in a world based on a wrong assumption of what is important in our lives, what is worth fighting for and what is the purpose of humanity's existence. He believes it is important to look at the teachings of Jesus to move to a positive view of humanity to overcome the dysfuntionality-economic, political and social of the world.
  1265. Everything on (the) Line
    First Published: 2021
    On a chilly April day in 2001, some 75,000 protesters flooded the streets of Quebec City to denounce corporate globalization and a neoliberal trade deal. From that wellspring of activist anger, energy, and hope came the founding of rabble.ca: an alternative news source and community space that reported on Canadian politics from the ground, catching the attention of journalists and activists across the country. Stories of activist struggle lie at the heart of Everything on (the) Line, a collection of rabble's most incisive articles from the past twenty years.
  1266. Everything You Need to Know to Get Started in Direct Mail Fundraising
    First Published: 1989
  1267. Evicted
    Poverty and Profit in the American City

    First Published: 2016
    Matthew Desmond examines the impact on the poor in the United States of rising housing costs and declining/stagnating incomes in the aftermath of the 2008 economic crash. Many tenants in the U.S. now pay more than 50 per cent of their incomes in rent -- over 70 per cent with the soaring costs of utilities included -- challenging their ability to survive on a daily basis.
  1268. Evolutionary Socialism
    First Published: 1899
  1269. An Execution in the Family
    One Son's Journey

    First Published: 2003
    A memoir by the son of Ethel and Julius Rosenberg, who were executed in 1953 after being convicted of conspiracy to commit espionage.
  1270. Exiled in Paradise
    German Refugee Artists and Intellectuals in America From the 1930's to the Present

    First Published: 1983
  1271. Exploitation
    First Published: 1971
    Jenkins argues that the conventional approaches to international relations, aid and development are a sham that is all the more unforgivable because they pretend to be scientific and objective when in fact they are a series of compounded lies in defence of the status quo.
  1272. Exploited Earth
    Britain's Aid and the Environment

    First Published: 1990
    Hayter's book examines British aid policy and practice and how it effects the world's forests.
  1273. Exploring Your Neighbourhood
    First Published: 1984
    A guide for children to learn more about their neighbourhoods.
  1274. The Expo Files
    Articles by the Crusading Journalist

    First Published: 2012
    Collected here for the first time are Stieg Larsson's essays and articles on right-wing extremism and racism, on violence against women and women's rights, on homophobia and honour killings.
  1275. Exporting Apocalypse: Candu Reactors and Nuclear Prolifieration
    First Published: 1984
  1276. Exporting Danger
    A History of the Canadian Nuclear Energy Export Program

    First Published: 1987
  1277. Expose Yourself
    Using the Power of Public Relations to Promote Your Business and Yourself

    First Published: 1990
    A hands-on, practical book that gets down to the details of doing promotion.
  1278. Expulsion of the Palestinians
    The Concept of Transfer in Zionist Political Thought 1882-1948

    Before, during and after 1948 the Israelis expelled more than 750,000 Palestinians. The ideas and attitudes that allowed for this concept of "transfer" are examined in Nur Masalha's book. "Transfer"being a euphemism for expulsion- and he shows how that concept is the logical extension of the Israelis process of colonization.
  1279. Exterminate All The Brutes
    One Man's Odyssey Into the Heart of Darkness and the Origins of European Genocide

    First Published: 1992
    Lindqvist explores European imperialism and explains how and why racism, exploitation and extermination were policies of European colonial administrations.
  1280. Exterminism and Cold War
    First Published: 1982
    15 articles on the issues of the arms race and the threat of nuclear war, the Cold War and the peace movemennts.
  1281. Extinction
    A Radical History

    First Published: 2016
    Some thousands of years ago, the world was home to an immense variety of large mammals. From wooly mammoths and saber-toothed tigers to giant ground sloths and armadillos the size of automobiles, these spectacular creatures roamed freely. Then human beings arrived. Devouring their way down the food chain as they spread across the planet, they began a process of voracious extinction that has continued to the present. This relentless extinction, Ashley Dawson contends in a primer that combines vast scope with elegant precision, is the product of a global attack on the commons, the great trove of air, water, plants and creatures, as well as collectively created cultural forms such as language, that have been regarded traditionally as the inheritance of humanity as a whole.
  1282. Extrasensory Deception
  1283. The Extreme Centre
    A Warning

    First Published: 2015
    Since 1989, UK politics has become a contest to see who can best serve the needs of the 'market', a competition now fringed by unstable populist movements. Tariq Ali looks at the people and the events that have informed the consistent victories for the Extreme Centre.
  1284. Extremely Loud: Sound as a Weapon
    First Published: 2011
    In this disturbing and wide-ranging account, acclaimed journalist Juliette Volcler looks at the long history of efforts by military and police forces to deploy sound against enemies, criminals, and law-abiding citizens. During the 2004 battle over the Iraqi city of Fallujah, U.S. Marines bolted large speakers to the roofs of their Humvees, blasting AC/DC, Eminem, and Metallica songs through the city's narrow streets as part of a targeted psychological operation against militants that has now become standard practice in American military operations in Afghanistan. In the historic center of Brussels, nausea-inducing sound waves are unleashed to prevent teenagers from lingering after hours. High-decibel, "nonlethal" sonic weapons have become the tools of choice for crowd control at major political demonstrations from Gaza to Wall Street and as a form of torture at Guantanamo and elsewhere.
  1285. Eye for an Eye
    First Published: 1970
    Four inmates talk about the American penal system over 50 years of rehabilitation and the corruption inherent of the prison system.
  1286. The Faber Book of Utopias
    First Published: 1997
  1287. The Face of Imperialism
    First Published: 2011
    Parenti redefines empire and imperialism to connect the current crisis in America to its own bad behavior worldwide.
  1288. Faces of Latin America (Third Edition)
    First Published: 2006
    Examines some of the key forces - from conquest and the growth of the commodity trade, military rule, land distribution, industrialization and migration to civil wars, the debt crisis, neoliberalism and NAFTA - shaping the region's political and social history.
  1289. Faces of the Caribbean
    An introduction for the general reader as well as for students of Caribbean studies, cultural studies, and the history of the Americas.
  1290. Facilitator's Guide to Participation Decision Making and Communication
    First Published: 1995
  1291. Facing Our Future
    Denial to Environmental Action

    First Published: 1992
  1292. Facing Reality 
    First Published: 1958   Published: 1974
    Inspired by the October 1956 Hungarian workers' revolution against Stalinist oppression, as well as the U.S. workers' "wild-cat" strikes (against capital and the union bureaucracies), the authors looked ahead to the rise of new mass emancipatory movements by African Americans as well as anti-colonialist/anti-imperialist currents in Africa and Asia. Virtually alone among the radical texts of the time, Facing Reality also rejected modern society's mania for "conquering nature," and welcomed women's struggles "for new relations between the sexes."
  1293. Facing the Facts
    A Guide to the GATS debate

    First Published: 2002
  1294. Facing West: the Metaphysics of Indian-Hating and Empire Building
    First Published: 1997
    From John Endicott's war on the Niantics and Pequots, to the horrors of the My Lai massacre, Drinnon illustrates how Indian-hating in the Americas became a national pastime, and how that same hate was turned against the native populations of the Phillipines and Southeast Asia.
  1295. The Facts on Free Trade
    First Published: 1988
    A thorough examination of the Canada-U.S. Free Trade Agreement's impact on Canada looks at a wide spectrum of questions.
  1296. Failed Crusade
    America and the Tragedy of Post-Communist Russia

    First Published: 2001
    Failed Crusade is a deeply informed and passionate call for a fundamentally different American-Russian relationship.
  1297. Failed States
    The abuse of power and the assault on democracy

    First Published: 2006   Published: 2007
    Failed States offers a comprehensive analysis of a global superpower that has long claimed the right to reshape other nations while its own democratic institutions are in severe crisis. Chomsky systematically dismantles the United States' pretense of being the world's arbiter of democracy.
  1298. Failure of a Dream?
    Essays in the History of American Socialism

    First Published: 1974
    Examines the reasons for the relative weakness of American socialism.
  1299. The Failure of Nonviolence
    First Published: 2015
    The Failure of Nonviolence examines most of the major social upheavals following the Cold War to reveal the limits of nonviolence and uncover what a diverse, unruly, non-pacified movement can accomplish. Critical of how a diversity of tactics has functioned so far, this book discusses how movements for social change can win ground and open the spaces necessary to plant the seeds of a new world.
  1300. Faith and Credit
    The World Bank's Secular Empire

    First Published: 1994
    George and Sabelli examine the World Bank’s policies, its internal culture, and the interests it serves. They reveal a supranational, non-democratic, and extremely powerful institution that functions much like the medieval church or a monolithic political party, relying on rigid doctrine, hierarchy, and a rejection of dissenting ideas to perpetuate its influence. Its faith in orthodox economics, the idea of perpetual growth, and the capacity of the market to solve development problems is incompatible with its professed goals of helping the poor and protecting the environment. Faced with these contradictions, the Bank is increasingly struggling to reconcile the roles of commercial lender, policymaker, and great humanitarian.
  1301. The Faith Healers
    First Published: 1985
    James Randi, magician and debunker of charlatans of all stripes sets his sights on Christian faith healers. He and his associates invented names, life histories, illnesses and tracked down multimillionaire evangelists with their own fleet of wheelchairs to expose the fraud and illogic perpetrated by them. He wants us to fear not the Lord but irrationality. The one misgiving with the book is that Randi fails to see in his heart the underlying emotional void that dogs people who seek the comfort of faith healers.
  1302. The Fall of the House of Dixie
    The Civil War and the Social Revolution that Transformed the South

    First Published: 2014
    History of the lasting impact of the Civil War on America. Originally undertaken to preserve the status quo, it turned into a second American Revolution that upended the economic, political, and social life of the old South.
  1303. The Fallacy of Wildlife Conservation
    First Published: 1981
  1304. Falling Behind
    The State of Working Canada, 2000

    First Published: 2000
    An accessible collation of data and analysis, analyzed from a progressive perspective, about the social and economic realities of working people in Canada.
  1305. False God
    How the Globalization Myth has Impoverished Canada

    First Published: 1993
    Laxer argues that the neoconservative economic agenda is folly, and that the United States is caught in a downward spiral of limited government power and widening social divisions. He demonstrates that continued free trade with the United States will doom Canada economically, socially, and poolitically.
  1306. False Promises
    The Shaping of American Working Class Consciousness

    First Published: 1973
  1307. False Prophets of Peace
    Liberal Zionism and the Struggle for Palestine

    First Published: 2011
    Honig-Parnass unearths the central role played by the Israeli Left in laying the foundation for the colonial settler project and its campaign of dispossession.
  1308. The Faltering Economy
    The Problem of Accumulation Under Monopoly Capitalism

    First Published: 1984
    The essays in this volume are part of a radical attempt to grapple with the problems of advanced capitalist development without discarding the real theoretical breakthroughs made by Keynes.
  1309. Families on the Faultline
    America's Working Class Speaks About the Family, The Economy, Race, and Ethnicity

    First Published: 1994
  1310. Families Under Stress
    Community, Work, and Economic Change

    First Published: 1991
  1311. Fanshen
    Documentary of Revolution in a Chinese Village

    First Published: 1966
    William Hinton's work is a marvelous and revealing look into life in the Chinese countryside, where tradition and modernity have had both a complementary and caustic relationship since the Chinese Communist Party first came to power.
  1312. Farewell to the Working Class
    An Essay on Post-Industrial Socialism

    First Published: 1980   Published: 1982
    Gorz argues that changes in science and technology have broken the power of industrial workers, especially skilled workers, and that, as a result, they are no longer central to the socialist project.
  1313. Farm Gate Defence
    First Published: 1986
    Describes how farmers have been driven to come together to defend their farms in the face of high interest rates, mounting production costs and low prices.
  1314. Farmageddon
    The True Cost of Cheap Meat

    First Published: 2014
    An investigation and implication of the global industrial farming industry.
  1315. Farmageddon 
    Food and the Culture of Biotechnolgy

    First Published: 1999
    Kneen explains how corporations control the distribution of food with little knowledge or care of the health risks of engineered food.
  1316. Fascism
    What it is. How to fight it. (A compilation)
  1317. Fascism and Big Busness
    First Published: 1939   Published: 1973
    A history of the rise of fascism in Europe and the role of big business in supporting fascism.
  1318. Fashionable Nonsense: Postmodern Intellectuals' Abuse of Science 
    First Published: 1997   Published: 1998
    The authors criticize postmodernism in academia for its misuses of scientific and mathematical concepts in postmodern writing. Fashionable Nonsense examines two related topics: (1) The incompetent and pretentious usage of scientific concepts by a small group of influential philosophers and intellectuals; (2) the problems of cognitive relativism, the idea that "modern science is nothing more than a 'myth', a 'narration' or a 'social construction' among many others".
  1319. Fast Food Eating Guide
    First Published: 1991
  1320. Fast Food Nation
    The Dark Side of the All-American Meal

    First Published: 2005
    According to Schlosser, fast food has hastened the malling of the American landscape, widened the chasm between rich and poor, fueled an epidemic of obesity, and propelled American cultural imperialism abroad.
  1321. The Fateful Triangle
    Israel, the United States and the Palestinians

    Chomsky examines how Israel has systematically tried to eradicate the Palestinians as a political, national and cultural entity by stealing their land, invasion and occupation and how this has been made possible by U.S. aid.
  1322. Father Jimmy
    The Life and Times of JImmy Tompkins
  1323. Father, Son and CIA
    First Published: 1990
  1324. Fear of a Black Nation: Race, Sex, and Security in Sixties Montreal
    First Published: 2013
    The fact that French and British settlers colonized Quebec is part of what makes it an interesting location for the discussion of race and social politics -- even more so because Montreal was a prominent site for the black power movement in the 1960s.
  1325. Fear of Falling
    The Inner Life of the Middle Class

    First Published: 1989   Published: 1990
    Examines the insecurities of the middle class in an attempt to explain its turn to the right during the past two decades. Fear of Falling traces the myths about the middle class to their roots in the ambition and anxieties that torment it and that have led to its retreat from a responsible leadership role.
  1326. Fear of Words
    Censorship and the Public Libraries of Canada

    Professor Shrader undertook a survey of Canadian Public Libraries (1985-1987) to examine the question of censorship. Some of the "challenges" to libraries are minor, others are based on an ideological basis. While librarians are still able to buy controversial books and materials he fears that the increase in censorship will be harmful to the nation as a whole. This book is recomended for anyone concerned with intellectual freedom.
  1327. A Fearful Freedom
    Women's Flight from Equality

    First Published: 1990
  1328. The Fearless Benjamin Lay: The Quaker Dwarf Who Became the First Revolutionary Abolitionist
    First Published: 2018
    The little-known story of an eighteenth-century Quaker dwarf who fiercely attacked slavery and imagined a new, more humane way of life.
  1329. Fearless Cities: A Guide to the Global Municipalist Movement
    First Published: 2019
    Self-government, or 'municipalism', is changing politics all over the world. This is a guide to winning back our towns and cities from below with real radical policies happening now; practical organizing strategies and tools; and profiles of 50 pioneering municipalist platforms from around the world.
  1330. Feasible Socialism
    The National Health Service, past, present and future

    First Published: 1994
  1331. Federalism and the French Canadians
    First Published: 1968
    An essay that discusses nationalism and the Quebec seperatist movement.
  1332. The Female Body in Western Culture
    First Published: 1986
    The female body has occupied a central place in the Western imagination, inspiriing both attraction and fear, seen as both beautiful and unclean, alluring and dangerous, a source of pleasure and evil. In this book, twenty-three scholars and critics explore these representations and their implications for contemporary art and culture.
  1333. The Female Eunuch
    First Published: 1971
  1334. Female Well-Being
    Toward a global theory of social change

    First Published: 2005
  1335. The Feminine Mystique
    First Published: 1963   Published: 1971
  1336. Feminism in Canada
    First Published: 1982
    An attempt to lay down theoretical and methodological principles of feminist scholarship.
  1337. Feminism and Nationalism in the Third World
    First Published: 1986
    This book reconstructs the little-known history of those political struggles women launched in Asia and the Middle East from the late 19th century onwards. The author challenges the view that feminism is a foreign ideology currently being imposed on Third World countries. She also brings back into the mainstream of history those women who played a part in the national liberation and revolutionary movements of their countries.
  1338. Feminism, Politcal Economy, and the State
  1339. Feminism Unfinished
    A Short, Surprising History of American Women's Movements

    First Published: 2015
    History of American women's movements. Starting from the 1920s, authors review a century of these social movements.
  1340. Feminist Organizing for Change
    The Contemporary Women's Movement in Canada

    First Published: 1988
  1341. Feminist Resource Materials
    First Published: 1977
    A constantly updated bibliography of materials related to women's issues in Canada.
  1342. Femmes: Images, Modeles/Women: Images, Role-Models
    First Published: 1987
  1343. Field Notes from a Catastrophe
    First Published: 2006
    A readable account of the development of the science of global warming, alongside shocking vignettes that demonstrate the rapidly altering effects climate change is having on our world.
  1344. Field Work
    First Published: 1988
  1345. Fields of Vision
    A Journey to Canada's Family Farms

    First Published: 1991
  1346. 50 Voices of Disbelief: Why We Are Atheists
    First Published: 2009
    A collection of essays from international figures in fields of academia, science, literature, media and politics who explain why they are atheists.
  1347. 50 Ways to Fight Censorship
    And Important Facts to Know about Censors

    First Published: 1991
    A practical guide to generating support and publicity for freedom of speech and how to combat acts of censorship.
  1348. 50 Years of Bretton Woods Institutions

    First Published: 1994
    This is an analysis of the IMF and World Bank's policies since its inception 50 years ago, and resistance campaigns towards them.
  1349. 50 Years of World Revolution
    An International Symposium

    First Published: 1968   Published: 1971
    An selection of essays from a Trotksyist perspective.
  1350. The Fight Against Shutdowns
    Youngstown's steel mill closings

    First Published: 1982
  1351. The Fight for Canada 
    Four Centuries of Resistance to American Expansionism

    First Published: 1993
    In an effort to realize their grand dream of one nation from Panama to the Arctic, Americans have attempted to conquer Canada using war, trade sanctions, and political interventions of all kinds. "That fight for Canada continues to this day," says David Orchard.
  1352. The Fight for Freedom for Women
    First Published: 1973
    The fight for women's rights in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, primarily focusing on Britain and the USA.
  1353. Fight for the Forest
    Chico Mendes in His Own Words

    Chico Mendes talks of his life's work in his last major interview. He recalls the rubber tappers' campaign against forest clearances and their struggle to develop sustainable alternatives for the Amazon.
  1354. Fight the Power! 
    A Visual History of Protest Among the English-Speaking Peoples

    First Published: 2013
    Throughout history, ordinary people have risen up against oppression and injustice. Fight the Power visualizes 14 key moments in the last 200 years when people across the English-speaking world stood up and fought for a better life for all.
  1355. Fighting Apartheid
    A Cartoon History

    First Published: 1989
    South Africa: where one of the most repressive political systems of modern times exists. A system which deprives the black majority of all basic rights while the white minority enjoys a monopoly of power and privilege. In its developing struggle for liberation the majority daily comes face to face with greater and greater violence from the heavily armed minority.
  1356. Fighting Back
    Urban Renewal in Trefann Court

    First Published: 1972
    A detailed report on the conflict between city bureaucrats and residents of Trefann Court, a five-block area just east of downtown Toronto. Bent on tearing down as a step towards urban renewal, the planners and government officials met organized resistance by homeowners, landlords and tenants for over six years.
  1357. Fighting Back on the Job
    First Published: 1984
  1358. Fighting for Hope 
    Organizing to Realize Our Dreams

    First Published: 1990
    Detailed information and advice on how to organize a group for social change.
  1359. Fighting On All Fronts
    Popular resistance in the Second World War

    First Published: 2015
    Gluckstein explores the impact of mass popular movements during World War Two.
  1360. Film and the Anarchist Imagination
    First Published: 1999
    A survey of the depiction anarchism in film - from the stereotypes of bearded bomb throwers, to the early cinema of Griffith and Rene Clair, to the work of Godard, Wertmuller, and Loach.
  1361. Film as a Subversive Art
    First Published: 1974
    Analyzes how aesthetic, sexual and ideological subversives use film to change and demystify.
  1362. Filtering People
    Understanding and Confronting Our Prejudices

    First Published: 1990
    A tool for workshops, courses and personal reflection to identify our prejudices and learn how to overcome them so that we can see each other as we are in all our diversity.
  1363. Financial Fesability in Book Publishing
    First Published: 1988
  1364. Finding our Way
    Rethinking Ecofeminist Politics

    First Published: 1991
  1365. Finding Peace
    First Published: 2003
  1366. Finding Statistics Online
    How to Locate the Elusive Numbers You Need

    First Published: 1998
  1367. Fire and Blood
    The European Civil War, 1914-1945

    First Published: 2016
    Europe's second Thirty Years' War -- an epoch of blood and ashes.
  1368. Fire and Flames
    A History of the German Autonomist Movement

    First Published: 1990   Published: 2012
    Released in 1990, Fire and Flames is the first comprehensive study of the German autonomous movement.
  1369. Fire in the Minds of Men
    Origins of the Revolutionary Faith

    First Published: 1980   Published: 1999
  1370. Fire in the Streets
    America in the 1960s

    First Published: 1980
    A political and cultural history of each year of the 1960's, focusing on one person to exemplify the year. Activist John Lewis is used to emphasize the Civil Rights movements heating up in 1960; Clark Kerr and the Berkeley "free speech movement" characterize 1964.
  1371. The Fire Last Time (Second Edition) 
    1968 and After

    First Published: 1988   Published: 1998
    The year 1968 was a watershed. Millions of workers in France struck in protest at police violence, the black ghettos in the United States rose in protest at the assassination of Martin Luther King, and it was the year of the Prague Spring when students and workers rose against Stalinism, only to be crushed by Russian tanks. Substantially revised and updated to coincide with the 30th anniversary of the revolt, this work analyses the period and draws lessons from the events of 1968 that will still have relevance today.
  1372. Fires of Hatred
    Ethnic Cleansing in Twentieth-Century Europe

    First Published: 2002
    A history of genocide, ethnic cleansing and forced deportation of ethnic groups in the 20th century.
  1373. Firing The Heather
    The Life and Times of Nellie McClung

    First Published: 1993
    This is the story of Nellie McClung, Canada's leading figure in the early women's rights movements. She fought for the right for women not just to be recognized as persons but as also to work outside the home and for equal pay.
  1374. The First Canadians
    A Profile of Canada's Native People Today

    First Published: 1990
  1375. First Contract
    Women and the Fight to Unionize

    First Published: 1986
    Looks at the "personal side" of the struggle of working women to organize themselves into unions and win first contracts.
  1376. The First Green Wave
    Pollution Probe and the Origins of Environmental Activism in Ontario

    First Published: 2015
    O'Connor focuses on the first wave of activism -- the result of postwar ecology -- that originated in the late 1960s.
  1377. The First International Ecological City Conference
    Conference Report

    First Published: 1990
  1378. First Person Plural
    A Community Development Approach to Social Change

    First Published: 1994
    Smith provides an account of his experiences and addresses the ways of building an effective and democratic orgranization to bring about social transformation. Useful for those interested in adult education, community development and political action.
  1379. The First Stone: Homosexuality and the United Church
    First Published: 1990
    A dramatic account of the tumultuous decade-long struggle in the United Church of Canada to balance faith, sexuality and human rights. Drawing on the church's history, and more than one hundred personal encounters across the country, the book reveals an enormous range of passionate opinion, from fundamentalist to progressive. It documents not only deep tensions that threatened to dis-unite the United Church, but also its remarkable resilience as an enduring network of faith communities.
  1380. First Strike!
    The Pentagon's Strategy for Nuclear War

    First Published: 1999
    A survey of U.S. and Soviet nuclear forces and strategic doctrines that exposes the U.S. military's bid for "first strike" capability and describes corporate imperatives for perpetuating the arms race and circumventing arms control.
  1381. The First Three Internationals
    Their history and lessons

    First Published: 1974
    A short history, from a Trotskyist perspective, of three attempts to build a revolutionary organization of workers on a world scale -- the first three internationals.
  1382. First World, Ha, Ha, Ha!
    The Zapatista challenge

    First Published: 1995
    In this collection, writers from Mexico and the United States provide the background and context for the Zapatista movement and explore its impact in Mexico and beyond.
  1383. The Fiscal Crisis of the State
    First Published: 1973
    O'Connor sets out to find answers to questions such as 'Who will pay for rising government expenditures? Will some kinds of spending rise while others are cut back? Can the government deliver more services for less taxes? Why don't American want to pay for services that presumably benefit the "people"? Can the fiscal system survive in its present form?'
  1384. Fishers and Plunderers 
    Theft, Slavery and Violence at Sea

    First Published: 2015
    Fishers and Plunderers focuses on the exploitation of fish and fishers alike in a global industry that gives little consideration to either conservation or human rights. In a business characterized by overprovisioned vessels and shortages of fish, young men are routinely trafficked from poor areas onto fishing boats to work under conditions of virtual slavery. Poverty and debt push many towards piracy and drugs -- although the criminality linked to the industry extends far beyond any individual worker, vessel, or fleet. Fishers and Plunderers provides strong evidence of industry-wide crimes and injustices and argues for regulations that protect the rights of fishers across the board.
  1385. A Fistful of Shells: West Africa from the Rise of the Slave Trade to the Age of Revolution
    First Published: 2019
    A history of West Africa from the 17th century onwards. Draws on written histories as well as archival research in nine countries, art, oral history, archaeology, and letters.
  1386. Five Centuries of Imperialism and Resistance
    Vol. 8: 1492-1992

    First Published: 1992
    A collection of poems and essays giving various perspectives on resistance to imperialism and capitalism.
  1387. 500 Years of Indigenous Resistance
    First Published: 2010
    A comprehensive chronicle of the resistance by Indigenous peoples in North and South America, which limited and shaped the forms and extent of colonialism.
  1388. Five Lectures
    Psychoanalysis, Politics, and Utopia

    First Published: 1970
  1389. Flaunting It!
    First Published: 1982
    An anthology of articles spanning the first decade of the Canadian gay liberation periodical, The Body Politic.
  1390. Flaws in the Pattern:
    Human Rights in Literature

    First Published: 1978
  1391. Flight and Freedom
    Stories of Escape to Canada

    First Published: 2015
    Authors present a collection of thirty interviews with refugees, their descendants, or their loved ones to document their journeys of flight. The stories span two centuries of refugee experiences in Canada.
  1392. Floodlines: Community and Resistance from Katrina to the Jena Six
    First Published: 2010
    Floodlines is a firsthand account of community, culture, and resistance in New Orleans. The book weaves the stories of gay rappers, Mardi Gras Indians, Arab and Latino immigrants, public housing residents, and grassroots activists in the years before and after Katrina. From post-Katrina evacuee camps to torture testimony at Angola Prison to organizing with the family members of the Jena Six, Floodlines tells the stories behind the headlines from an unforgettable time and place in history.
  1393. Flying in the Face of Nature
    A Year in the Minsmere Bird Reserve

    First Published: 1992
    The author describes conservation efforts around the world, using the Minsmere bird reserve in Britain as a starting point.
  1394. Following the Levellers, volume One
    Political and Religious Radicals in the English Civil War and Revolution, 1645–1649

    First Published: 2017
    This book reinterprets the Leveller authorships of John Lilburne, Richard Overton and William Walwyn, and foregrounds the role of ordinary people in petitioning and protest during an era of civil war and revolution.
  1395. Following the Levellers, Volume Two
    English Political and Religious Radicals from the Commonwealth to the Glorious Revolution, 1649–1688

    First Published: 2018
    The Levellers sought to restructure the state in 1647-9 around popular consent and liberty for conscience, especially in their Agreement of the People. Following the Levellers, Volume Two examines the later political efforts of Leveller spokesmen like John Lilburne, John Wildman, and Richard Overton, and their followers.
  1396. Following the Red Path
    The Native People's Caravan

    First Published: 1979
    An account of the Native People's Caravan, a cross Canada trek to raise awareness of broken treaties and grievances against the Canadian government.
  1397. Food 2000
    Global Policies for Sustainable Agriculture

    First Published: 1987
    World food production is characterized by unsaleable surpluses in Europe and North America, alongside mass hunger in the Third World. This report to the WCED argues this pattern is ecologically destructive and morally unacceptable and that the loss of cropland, forests and fertility is not inevitable. It proposes solutions to meet the growing demand for food, and to improve the environment in areas lost to agricultural production.
  1398. Food Banks and the Welfare Crisis
    First Published: 1987
  1399. Food Banks and the Welfare Crisis
  1400. Food First: Beyond the Myth of Scarcity
    First Published: 1977
  1401. Food for Thought
    How Our Dollar Democracy Drove 2 Million Canadian into Foodbanks to Collect Private Charity in Place of Public Justice

    First Published: 1992
    Food for Thought tackles tough questions about hunger and poverty in Canada and dishes up disturbing answers. Answers that come from people on both sides of the breadlines, from the people throughout the foodbank movement.
  1402. Food for Wealth or Health
    Towards Equality in Health

    First Published: 1991
  1403. Food, Shelter and the American Dream
    First Published: 1974
    Discusses the state of the American economy, the consequences for politics and culture that might arise from the new situation, and possible solutions.
  1404. The Food Wars
    First Published: 2009
    Walden Bello presents an analysis of the various causes of hikes in global food prices and their effects on poverty in the countries of the global South.
  1405. A Foodie's Guide to Capitalism: Understanding the Political Economy of What We Eat
    First Published: 2017
    Capitalism drives our global food system. Everyone who wants to end hunger, who wants to eat good, clean, healthy food, needs to understand capitalism. This book will help do that.
  1406. Foodland and Stewardship
    First Published: 1987
  1407. Fooled Again
    The Real Case fo Electoral Reform

    First Published: 2007
    For Republicans, the 2004 presidential election was little short of miraculous: Behind in the Electoral College tally in the days leading up to the election, behind even on the very afternoon of the vote, the Bush ticket staged a stunning comeback. The exit polls, usually so reliable, turned out to be wrong by an unprecedented 5 percent in the swing states. Conservatives argued-and the media agreed-that "moral values" had made the difference. Critic and political commentator Mark Crispin Miller argues that it wasn't moral values that swung the election - it was theft.
  1408. Fools' Crusade 
    Yugoslavia, NATO, and Western Delusions

    First Published: 2003
    Diana Johnstone's study demonstrates that a crucial moment in establishing in the public mind - and above all, within the political context of liberalism and the left - the legitimacy of such interventions was the "humanitarian" bombing of the former Yugoslavia in 1999.
  1409. Footnotes in Gaza
    A Graphic Novel

    First Published: 2009
    A graphic depiction of an incident in Gaza in 1956, when Israeli soldiers massacred 111 Palestinians.
  1410. For a Better World
    The Winnipeg General Strike: The Workers' Revolt

    First Published: 2022
  1411. For a Better World
    The Winnipeg General Strike and the Workers' Revolt

    First Published: 2022
    Looks at the history and legacies of the 1919 Winnipeg General Strike.
  1412. For Conscience Sake
    First Published: 1988
  1413. For Earth's Sake
    A Report from the Commission on Developing Countries and Global Change

    First Published: 1992
  1414. For Friends of Foodland
    A Citizen's Guide to Foodland Preservation

    First Published: 1984
  1415. For Health or Profit? The Pharmaceutical Industry in the Third World and Canada
    First Published: 1984
  1416. For Lust of Knowing
    The Orientalists and their enemies

    First Published: 2006
    A rebuttal of Edward Said which examines who the Orientalists were, how historically they advanced their disciplines, and what their achievements have been. Irwin calls Said's book "a work of malignant charlatanry."
  1417. For Ourselves
    Forgotten Goals of the Revolution
  1418. For Palestine
    This striking photographic collection was made by Finnish photographer, Leena Saraste, at the height of the Israeli invasion of Lebanon and the siege of Beirut. Her vivid and moving images bear witness to the humanity and courage of millions of Palestinians who live as refugees beyond the borders of their own country.
  1419. For Political Equality 
    All citizens vote on all policies: 20th Century Power Politics and their 21st Century electronic alternative

    First Published: 2007
    This book aims to motivate people to set up post-parliamentary direct democracy (DD) enabling all citizens to propose-debate-vote on all issues of society. Every citizen - one vote - on every issue of society. This political equality abolishes Power - the role of deciding on behalf of others - the main cause of violence and corruption in society. "To be" is not merely "to exist" but to decide all issues of one's life. Denying citizens' right to decide all issues of society reduces them to mere political pawns. All citizens have the right to decide all policies.
  1420. For Reasons of State
    First Published: 1973
    Essays in which Chomsky analyzes the role of the American state and discusses some of the ways in which individuals can respond to its growing power.
  1421. For the Common Good
    Redirecting the Economy Toward Community, the Environment, and a Sustainable Future

    First Published: 1989
    The authors argue that America's growth-oriented, industrial economy has led to environmental problems and propose an alternative economic paradigm.
  1422. For the Fun of It! Selected Cooperative Games for children and Adults
    First Published: 1975
    Activities that groups of adults, kids, or a mixture can use to develop cooperation and to have fun.
  1423. For Their Triumphs and For Their Tears
    Women in Apartheid South Africa

    First Published: 1975   Published: 1985
    First published in 1975 at the start of the United Nations International Decade of Women, this substantially re-written and updated edition appeared in 1985. Containing much new material reflecting those ten years, the book details the circumstances of the lives of women in South Africa.
  1424. Forced Native Labor in Sixteenth-Century Central America
    First Published: 1979   Published: 2009
    Presents a comprehensive investigation of the primary issue of the first century of Spanish American colonization: the massive system of Indian forced labour, ranging from outright slavery to the encomienda, upon which Spanish colonial society rested. This book traces the rupturing of Indian traditions and the fate that befell the Indian people.
  1425. Forced Passages
    Imprisoned Radical Intellectuals and the U.S. Prison Regime

    First Published: 2005
    The dramatic rise and consolidation of America's prison system has devastated lives and communities, but it has also transformed prisons into sites of political discourse and resistance, as they have become home to a growing number of writers, activists, poets, educators, and others who offer radical critiques of American society both within and beyond the prison walls.
  1426. Forced Removal
    The Division, Segregation, and Control of the People of South Africa

    First Published: 1987
    Forced Removal gives the facts behind the physical uprooting of millions of black people in South Africa. It describes the various forms that removals have taken during the different phases of apartheid and makes clear that forced removals are integral to the apartheid system. It concludes with an account of the current removal strategies of the regime and the increased resistance with which these strategies are being met.
  1427. Forces of Production: A Social History of Industrial Automation
    First Published: 2011
  1428. The Forces Which Shaped Them: A History of the Education of Minority Group Children in British Columbia
    First Published: 1979
  1429. Format and Anxiety
    Paul Goodman critiques the media

    First Published: 1995
    Welcomed anthology of various Goodman essays on the media.
  1430. The Formation of the Economic Thought of Karl Marx
    1843 to Capital

    First Published: 1971
    Mandel discusses the development of Marx's economic ideas from their beginning to the completion of the Grundrisse. He combines a historical retrospective and a review of curent discussions on each of the subjects and problems central to Marxist economic theory.
  1431. Forsaken
    The Persecution of Christians in Today's Middle East

    First Published: 2016
    Across the Middle East, Christian communities today find themselves the victims of widening repression: massacres, expulsions, and brutally enforced restrictions on the right to worship have all become commonplace. Such persecution has now reached the point where, in the region that was once its birthplace, Christianity's very existence is under threat.
  1432. The Fortress Economy
    The Economic Role of the U. S. Prison System

    First Published: 1990
    The economic role of the US Prison System examined.
  1433. Forum: Canadian Life and Letters - 1920-1970
    Selections from the Canadian Forum

    First Published: 1972
    A selection of articles from fifty years of the Canadian Forum magazine.
  1434. Fossil Capital
    The Rise of Steam Power and the Roots of Global Warming

    First Published: 2016
    The more we know about the catastrophic implications of climate change, the more fossil fuels we burn. How did we end up in this mess? In this masterful new history, Andreas Malm claims it all began in Britain with the rise of steam power.
  1435. Foucault and Neoliberalism
    First Published: 2015
    Michel Foucault has a reputation, especially in the academic world, as a radical. This collection of essays explores another, less acknowledged, side of Foucault's thinking: his embrace of some key elements of neoliberalism.
  1436. Foundations of Christianity
    First Published: 1908   Published: 1953
    I have proceeded to describe the roots of primitive Christianity without intending either to extol or stigmatize it, but merely to understand it.
  1437. The Founding of Canada
    Beginnings to 1815

    First Published: 1963
  1438. Four Hours in My Lai
    First Published: 1992
  1439. 1491 
    New Revelations of the Americas Before Columbus

    First Published: 2005
    A portrait of human life in the Americas before the arrival of Columbus.
  1440. 1493
    Uncovering the New World Columbus Created

    First Published: 2011
    Alternate title in the United Kingdom: 1493: How the Ecological Collision of Europe and the Americas Gave Rise to the Modern World. A study of the Colombian Exchange -- the biological cross-proliferation between the eastern and western hemispheres and its ripple effects through history.
  1441. 1492-1992 -- Five Centuries of Imperialism and Resistance
    First Published: 1992
    Articles critiquing the "Columbus myth, and chronicles the repression of North America's original indigenous inhabitants.
  1442. 1492-1992
    Five Centuries of Imperialism and Resistance

    First Published: 1992
    Relates the European invasion and conquest of the Americas and also tells of the struggles and resistance of the indigenous peoples.
  1443. The Fourth International, Stalinism and the Origins of the International Socialists
    First Published: 1971
  1444. The Fourth World
    An Indian Reality

    First Published: 1974
    Traces struggle of Canadian Indian to survive as nation, culture and reality. Suggests 'new order' so that original natives and Europeans can co-exist without destroying each other.
  1445. The Fragile Bridge
    Paterson Silk Strike, 1913

    First Published: 1988
  1446. The Frail Ocean
    First Published: 1969
  1447. Frames of War
    When Is Life Grievable?

    First Published: 2009
    Butler explores the media's portrayal of war and its effect on audiences' understandings of human life. Such portrayals, Butler argues lead to the rationalization of modern warfare and state violence.
  1448. Framing the Future
    How Progressive Values Can Win Elections and Influence People

    Polls show that most Americans favor progressive policy, but they also embrace conservative philosophy. George Lakoff and other analysts have shown that, in order to reclaim America for all Americans, progressives must put forth our moral vision, celebrate our values and principles, and shout them out loud. But which values? And how do we communicate them? In Framing the Future, consultant and political strategist Bernie Horn argues that the task is easier than it sounds. His book proposes a new philosophy of progressivism that articulates what we really stand for.
  1449. Framing the West
    Race, Gender and the Photographic Frontier in the Pacific Northwest

    First Published: 2003
    Examines a wide range of photographic forms and the purposes to which they were put.
  1450. Free Ourselves
    Forgotten Goals of the Revolution

    First Published: 1972
    How do we liberate ourselves?
  1451. Free Public Transit: And Why We Don't Pay to Ride Elevators 
    First Published: 2018
    In an age of increasing inequalities and ecological crisis, movements for free public transit are proposing a profound rethinking of urban transit as a fundamental human right and public good. Research shows that, if the bus were free, people would ride it as much as 50% more in the first year, dramatically reducing car use, traffic, and pollution, while redistributing wealth and increasing social inclusion for poor and working people. But free public transit alone is not enough; it must also be combined with much better service and reserve bus lanes to be effective. In its twenty chapters, this book explores the winning strategies and pitfalls of case studies ranging across fourteen countries: the United States, Canada, Estonia, Greece, Italy, Sweden, Brazil, Mexico, Poland, China, France, Belgium, Germany, and Australia.
  1452. Free Speech
    A Very Short Introduction

    First Published: 2009
    Covers a wide-range of controversial free-speech issues, from Holocaust denial and pornography to the status of modern copyright law. Offers a concise quide to many of the vexing issues concerning our right to speak freely.
  1453. Free Speech For Me - But Not For Thee
    How the American Left and Right Relentlessly Censor Each Other

    First Published: 1992
    Hentoff is a passionate believer in free speech who recognizes that if speech is truly to be free, we must protect the expression even of ideas we abhors. He catalogues with equal disapproval the efforts of both the right and the left to censor speech they don't like. While being sympathetic to those who object to allowing bigots, racists, pornographers, atheists, and others of many stripes the right to lay out ideas that one group or another finds repugnant, he makes both an intellectual and an emotional case for allowing everyone to have their say, no matter how much this may offend some. He points out that suppressing speech doesn't get rid of the underlying thought, but merely drives it underground and gives it the benefit of martyrdom.
  1454. Free Speech in Fearful Times
    After 9/11 in Canada, the U.S, Australia & Europe

    First Published: 2007
    How post-9/11 anti-terror laws have limited free speech in Canada and abroad.
  1455. The Free State of Jones
    Mississippi's Longest Civil War

    First Published: 2000
    Newt Knight was a man who defied social rules by deserting from the Confederacy, hiding in the swamp with runaway slaves and other deserters to fight the Rebels and declare Jones County, Mississippi as the Free State of Jones.
  1456. Free The Children
    First Published: 1998
    An account of children's rights activist Craig Kielburger's work with and on behalf of exploited child labourers.
  1457. Free To Hate
    The Rise of the Right in Post-Communist Eastern Europe

    First Published: 1994
  1458. Free Trade and the New Right Agenda
    First Published: 1988
    A useful snapshot of the 'free trade' debate at the time of the 1988 Free Trade Agreement between the United States and Canada.
  1459. Free Trade and the Public Sector
    First Published: 1986
  1460. Freedom and Beyond
  1461. A Freedom Budget for All Americans
    Recapturing the Promise of the Civil Rights Movement in the Struggle for Economic Justice Today

    First Published: 2013
    While the Civil Rights Movement is remembered for efforts to end segregation and secure the rights of African Americans, the larger economic vision that animated much of the movement is often overlooked today. That vision sought economic justice for every person in the United States, regardless of race. It favored production for social use instead of profit; social ownership; and democratic control over major economic decisions.
  1462. Freedom National
    The Destruction of Slavery in the United States, 1861-1865

    First Published: 2014
    Oakes revisits the process of emancipation and the forces behind the incentives and threats that eventually led to the end of slavery in the U.S.
  1463. Freedom National
    The destruction of Slavery in the United States, 1861-1865

    First Published: 2012
    A powerful history of emancipation that reshapes our understanding of Lincoln, the Civil War, and the end of American slavery.
  1464. Freedom - Not License!
    First Published: 1966
    A.S. Neill, the founder of Summerhill School, responds to questions about cdhild rearing.
  1465. Freedom Riders
    1961 and the Struggle for Racial Justice

    First Published: 2006
  1466. Freedom Song
    A Personal Story of the 1960s Civil Rights Movement

    First Published: 1987
  1467. Freedom Summer
    First Published: 1990
    An analysis of the 1964 Freedom Summer movement and the myths surrounding the campaign and 60s activism in general.
  1468. Freeing the World to Death
    Essays on the American Empire

    First Published: 2004
    A collection of essays written by William Blum, some of which were published over the past decade in various magazines and anthologies, some appeared in his regular internet newsletter: The Anti-Empire Report, some which appeared only on his website, and some written explicitly for this book.
  1469. The French Communist Party versus the Students
    First Published: 1972
    Why was the French Communist Party hostile to the student rebellion in May-June 1968, when one might have expected a revolutionary party to support a revolutionary movement? Richard Johnson shows that the events of May-June 1968 are proof of the ultimately unbridgeable gap between contemporary communism and revolutionary thought and action.
  1470. French Revolution 1968
    First Published: 1968
    Seale and McConville set out to relate what happened during the May 1968 revolt in France, to set the explosion in its context of French politics, and to single out what they take to be the original and creative features of the situation.
  1471. Fresh Water Seas
    Saving the Great Lakes

    First Published: 1990
    Weller takes readers on a tour of the Great Lakes region, tracing its natural history from the time before human habitation. He describes how the region has been affected by uncontrolled development to the point where it now contains one of the planet's most intensive concentrations of industrial and agricultural activity.
  1472. The Freudian Left
    Wilhelm Reich, Geza Roheim, Herbert Marcuse

    First Published: 1969
    Paul Robinson tries to define a particular tradition in the history of psychoanalysis - the "radical" or "left-wing" tradition - through an analysis of its three most important representatives: Wilhelm Reich, Geza Roheim, and Herbert Marcuse.
  1473. Friedman's Fables
    First Published: 1990
  1474. Friedrich Engels and Modern Social and Political Theory
    First Published: 2019
  1475. Friend and Lover
    The Life of Louise Bryant

    First Published: 1983
  1476. The Friendly Classroom for a Small Planet
    A Handbook on Creative Approaches to Living and Problem Solving for Children

    First Published: 1989
    This is a handy resource book for teachers, parents, and all those who work with children. It contains exercises and plans which help develop a community in which children are capable and desirous of open communication, and have self-confidence in their ability to think creatively about problems and about preventing and solving conflicts.
  1477. Friends and the Vietnam War
    First Published: 1998
    Friends from across North America gathered at Pendle Hill in 1998 for an in-depth analysis of what the Vietnam War means - both for themselves and for the larger Quaker community. This is the compilation of their personal narratives and analyses.
  1478. The Friends of Durruti Group: 1937-1939
    First Published: 1996
    The story of a group of anarchists engaged in the Spain of 1936 to 1939 during one of the most thoroughgoing social and economic revolutions of all time.
  1479. Friendship First
    First Published: 1982
    "The Chinese have an attitude toward sport that can best be described as 'friendship first, competition second.'" This manual is an attempt to show children and the adults that work/play with them that "a game that includes the added dimension of striving toward a common goal can also be exciting.
  1480. Frogs in a Well
    Indian Women in Purdah

    First Published: 1979
    Frogs in a Well is a case study of women at one of India's most sacred Muslim shrines- that of the Sufi saint, Hazrat Nizamuddin Auliya. It is essentially a study of women living in strict purdah. Their situation is so different from that familiar to most non-Muslims today that it is difficult to grasp either the rationale for purdah or the social forces that perpetuate it. This book is an analysis of these forces, within the context of a delicate portrayal of the women's way of life.
  1481. From ACT UP to the WTO
    Urban Protest and Community Building in the Era of Globalization

    First Published: 2002
  1482. From Corporate Greed to Common Good
    Canadian Churches and Community Economic Development

    First Published: 1998
    Provides suggestions for individuals or groups who wish to sponsor and participate in community economic initiatives such as self-employment training and co-operatively-owned business.
  1483. From Fatwa to Jihad 
    The Rushdie Affair and its Legacy

    First Published: 2009
    Tells the story both of the Rushdie affair and of its transformative impact on cultural and political landscape of the West. The book explores the issues that the Rushide affair raised. in particular the questions of muliculturalism, radical Islam and free speech, and shows how in responding to these issues Western liberals have betrayed the fundamental beliefs of liberalism.
  1484. From Global Capitalism to Economic Justice
    An Inquiry into the Elimination of Systemic Poverty, Violence and Environmental Destruction in the World Economy

    First Published: 1992
    This book gives a devastating critique of global capitalism and the "end of history" thesis that, with the triumph of capitalism over communism, almost everyone will be better off. It also presents a vision which unites the benefits of individual and local initiative with measures leading to a more equitable distribution of wealth locally and globally.
  1485. From Guernica to human rights
    Essays on the Spanish Civil War

    Spain's cause drew 35,000 volunteers, including 2,800 Americans who formed the Abraham Lincoln Brigade. Of the 800 Americans who lost their lives, Hemingway wrote "no men entered earth more honorably than those who died in Spain". For those who witnessed the war in Spain, the defeat of democracy remained, in the words of Albert Camus, "a wound in the heart". This book is essential reading for those interested in the Spanish Civil War and its aftermath.
  1486. From Here to There: The Staughton Lynd Reader 
    First Published: 2010
  1487. From Land to Mouth: Understanding the Food System
    Second helping

    First Published: 1993
    An analysis of the industrial capitalist food system.
  1488. From Lenin to Stalin 
    First Published: 1937   Published: 1973
    A fascinating, first-hand account of the Stalinist takeover in Russia.
  1489. From Marx to Gramsci 
    A Reader in Revolutionary Marxist Politics Historical Overview and Selection

    First Published: 1996
    Le Blanc's purpose in making this book is simple. He is out to reconstruct the tradition of revolutionary Marxism. Astonishingly if tellingly, From Marx to Gramsci is the first reader in English whose criteriology is rooted in Marxism's political purpose, in Marxism's strategic perspective and tactical orientation.
  1490. From Now On: Without Blame And Punishment
    First Published: 1977
    A personal approach to the skills of giving feedback and criticism in a way that promotes cooperation rather than conflict. Makes a persuasive statement about applying these techniques in all relationships.
  1491. From Policy to Practice
    The Future of the Bangladesh National Drug Policy

    First Published: 1992
    In 1982, Bangladesh became the first country to introduce a National Drug Policy based on such conceptions as primary health care and the need for essential drugs. Ten years later, it had one of the best records in terms of stable drug prices and less dependence on imported products.
  1492. From Politics to Profit
    The Commercialization of Canadian Daily Newspapers, 1890-1920

    First Published: 1997
    Analyzes the transformation of Canadian newspapers that occurred between 1890 and 1920 when daily newspapers slowly changed from political mouthpieces to a marketable industry.
  1493. From Prince to Rebel
    Peter Kropotkin

    First Published: 1990
    A bigraphy of the anarchist intellectual Peter Kropotkin.
  1494. From Resistance to Revolution
    Colonial Radicals and the Development of American Opposition to Britain, 1765-1776

    First Published: 1972   Published: 1992
    An examination of the step-by-step process through which the extra-legal institutions of the colonial resistance movement assumed authority from the British.
  1495. From the Ground Up
    First Published: 1947   Published: 1956
  1496. From the Roots Up
    Economic Development as if Community Mattered

    First Published: 1986
  1497. From The Roots Up: Economic Development As If Community Mattered
    First Published: 1987
  1498. From Yale to Jail
    The life story of a moral dissenter

    First Published: 1993
    A memoir of David Dellinger, a social activist best known as one of the Chicago Seven.
  1499. From Yalta To VietNam
    American Foreign Policy In The Cold War

    First Published: 1967
  1500. Fueling the Fire
    U.S. Policy and the Western Sahara Conflict

    This essay describes and analyzes the role of the United States in the Western Sahara conflict. It is not a happy record, but one of malice and conspiracy, in which the various administrations of the United States abandoned the broader principles of justice and support for the right to self-determination. Instead, they decided to back a brutal war against the Sahrawi people in support of Morocco's illegal occupation of the territory.
  1501. The Fuelwood Trap
    Policy and Planning in the SADCC

    First Published: 1989
    The vast majority of the 60 million people in SADCC countries rely on woodfuel for domestic use. As supplies diminish, the quality of life is deteriorating while the environment becomes more and more degraded. This book looks at the demands to be made on politicians and planners and describes not simply the costs and effects of the problem but also suggests major ways forward.
  1502. Fugitive Days
    Memoirs of an Anti-War Activist

    First Published: 2009
  1503. Fundraising for Non-Profit Groups
    How to Get Money from Corporations, Foundations, and Government

    First Published: 1981
  1504. Fundraising For Social Change 
    First Published: 1988
  1505. Funu
    The Unfinished Saga of East Timor

    The struggle of East Timor is unique. It was recently invaded and occupied not by European colonialists, but by another Third World country. The shocking genocide of its people is being carried out with the complicity if not collaboration of both East and West, and the silence (with notable exceptions) of many Third World nations. Yet the East Timorese fight on for the independence that is every people's right.
  1506. The Future in the Present
    First Published: 1980
  1507. Future of Montreal and the MCM
    First Published: 1978
  1508. Future Wealth
    A New Economics for the 21st Century

    First Published: 1990
  1509. A Future Without Hate or Need
    The Promise of the Jewish Left in Canada

    First Published: 2016
    Driven from their homes in Russia, Poland, and Romania by pogroms and poverty, many Jews who came to Canada in the wave of immigration after the 1905 Russian revolution were committed radicals. A Future Without Hate or Need brings to life the rich and multi-layered lives of a dissident political community, their shared experiences and community-building cultural projects, as they attempted to weave together their ethnic particularity -- their identity as Jews -- with their internationalist class politics.
  1510. Futures by Design
    The Practice of Ecological Planning

    First Published: 1994
  1511. Gag Rule
    On the Suppression of Dissent and the Stifling of Democracy

    First Published: 2004
    Dissent is democracy. Democracy is in trouble. Never before, Lapham argues, have voices of protest been so locked out of the mainstream conversation. A call to action in defense of one of the most important liberties, the right to raise our voices against the powers that be, and to have those voice heard.
  1512. The Gaia Atlas of Cities
    New Directions for Sustainable Urban Living

    First Published: 1993
  1513. The Gaia Atlas of First Peoples
    First Published: 1990
    Entries on indigenous peoples from around the globe, focusing on three main areas: their way of life, the present crisis, and the future.
  1514. The Game of War
    The Life and Death of Guy Debord

    First Published: 2001
  1515. Gandhi: A Biography
    First Published: 1968
  1516. Gandhi Today
    A Report on Mahatma Gandhi's Successors

    First Published: 1987
    Activists in India who are attempting to follow Gandhi's path.
  1517. Gandhiji: A Study 1960
    First Published: 1960
  1518. Gandhi's Truth
    On the origins of militant nonviolence

    First Published: 1969
    An examination of the life, vision, and actions of Mohandas Gandhi.
  1519. Gatekeepers
    Reshaping Immigrant Lives in Cold War Canada

    First Published: 2006
  1520. Gathering Rage
    The failure of twentieth century revolution to develop a feminist agenda

    First Published: 1992
    As smoke clears from the revolutionary societies from Eurasia to Central America, analysts are searching for the crucial points of weakness that led to the failure of these "socialist experiments." Randall describes how two of these revolutions, in Nicaragua and Cuba, addressed or failed to address a feminist agenda.
  1521. GATS: How the World Trade Organization's new "services" negotiations threaten democracy
    First Published: 2000
    Examines closed-door negotiations to expand the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), which have the goal of commercialize every service sector in every WTO country, including essential services such as health care, education, and drinking water.
  1522. Gatsha Buthelezi: Chief With a Double Agenda
    First Published: 1988
    Operating from within the South African government's bantustan system, Gatsha Buthelezi, chief minister of the KwaZulu 'homeland', presents himself as a leading opponent of apartheid but resoultely opposes the struggle for liberation of the ANC and its allies. Who is this man and what does he stand for? Whose side is he on? Mzala examines these questions in a controversial analysis.
  1523. Gay Men and the Sexual History of the Political Left
    First Published: 1995
  1524. Gay New York
    Gender, Urban Culture, and the Making of the Gay Male World, 1890-1940

    First Published: 1994   Published: 1997
    A study of the making the the gay male world in New York from 1890 to 1940.
  1525. Gaza: An Inquest into Its Martyrdom
    First Published: 2018
    The Gaza Strip is among the most densely populated places in the world. More than two-thirds of its inhabitants are refugees, and more than half are under eighteen years of age. Since 2004, Israel has launched eight devastating “operations” against Gaza’s largely defenseless population. Thousands have perished, and tens of thousands have been left homeless. In the meantime, Israel has subjected Gaza to a merciless illegal blockade.
    What has befallen Gaza is a man-made humanitarian disaster.
    Based on scores of human rights reports, Norman G. Finkelstein's new book presents a meticulously researched inquest into Gaza’s martyrdom. He shows that although Israel has justified its assaults in the name of self-defense, in fact these actions constituted flagrant violations of international law.
  1526. Gedenkstatte Deutscher Widerstand
    Exhbition Resistance to National Socialsim

    First Published: 1993
    A thorough and chronological account of the many forms of resistance to Nazism in Germany.
  1527. Gender Equality (Real Utopias Series)
    Transforming Family Divisions of Labor

    First Published: 2009
    Janet C. Gornick and Marcia K. Meyers propose a set of policies - paid family leave provisions, working time regulations, and early childhood education and care - designed to foster more egalitarian family divisions of labour by strengthening men's ties at home and women's attachment to paid work.
  1528. The Gender of Breadwinners
    Women, Men and Change in Two Industrial Towns 1880-1950

    First Published: 1990
    The story of two Ontario towns, Hanover and Paris, both primarily one-industry towns. Hanover was a furniture-manufacturing centre; mosts of its workers were men, while in Paris the biggest employer was the textile industry; most of its wage earners were women.
  1529. Gender Politics in Latin America
    Debates in Theory and Practice

    The essays analyze the gendered politics of state power, language, culture, history, social movements, human rights, and knowledge.
  1530. Gender and Sexuality
    Canadian History Through the Stories of Activists

    First Published: 2012
    Stories, accounts and histories of the movements to overcome racism, sexism and poverty.
  1531. General Strike France 1968 
    A factory-by-factory account

    First Published: 1969
    Andre Hoyles analyses the development, organisation and end of the mass strike in France, 1968, with reference to case studies of particular factories.
  1532. Generation NGO
    First Published: 2011
    Young Canadians are increasingly active and engaged in global issues. Many are eagerly poised to contribute—in smaller and even larger ways—to international development and the Canadian national politics that, for better or worse, shape the field.
  1533. The Genocidal Mentality
    Nazi Holocaust and Nuclear Threat

    First Published: 1988   Published: 1991
    A comparison and contrast between the engineers of the Holocaust and the scientists and strategists of the nuclear threat.
  1534. A Gentle Death
    First Published: 1994
    Explores the moral and legal implications of euthanasia. Offers advice on working with doctors and other health-care professionals, dealing with unresolved personal conflicts, involving family members and friends in the decision-making process, and coping with legal realities.
  1535. The Gentle Subversive 
    Rachel Carson, Silent Spring, and the Rise of the Environmental Movement

    First Published: 2007
    Explores the evolution of Carson's ideas about nature, her love for the sea, her career as a biologist, and above all her emergence as a writer of extraordinary moral and ecological vision.
  1536. The German Canadians 1750-1937:
    Immigration, Settlement, and Culture

    First Published: 1986
  1537. The German Greens
    A Social and Political Profile

    First Published: 1988
    How the German Greens evolved from a grass roots movement to a political party.
  1538. The German Ideology
    Critique of Modern German Philosophy According to Its Representatives Feuerbach, B. Bauer and Stirner, and of German Socialism According to

    First Published: 1846   Published: 1932
    Marx and Engels take on the "philosophic charlatanry" and pettiness and "parochial narrowness" of the pseudo-radicals of their time, "in particular the tragicomic contrast between the illusions of these heroes about their achievements and the actual achievements themselves."
  1539. The German Left and the Weimar Republic
    A Selection of Documents

    First Published: 2015
    The German Left and the Weimar Republic illuminates the history of the political left by presenting a wide range of documents on various aspects of socialist and communist activity in Germany. Separate chapters deal with the policy of Social Democracy in and out of government, the attempts of the Communist Party to overthrow the Weimar Republic, and then later to support it. Later chapters move away from the political scene to deal with the attitudes of the parties to key social issues, in particular questions of gender and sexuality.
  1540. The German Revolution, 1917-1923
    First Published: 2006
  1541. Germany East
    Dissent and Opposition

    First Published: 1989
    An overview of oppositional movements in East Germany, ranging from the 1953 insurrection to the oppositional movements of the 1908s.
  1542. Gestalt Therapy
    Excitement and Growth in the Human Personality

    First Published: 1951
    The authors believe that the Gestalt outlook is the original, undistorted, natural approach to life, to thinking, acting and feeling.
  1543. Get a Life!
    How to make a good buck dance around the dinosaurs and save the world while you're at it

    First Published: 1995
    Simultaneoulsy a textbook on new careers and lifestyles for aspiring entrepreneurs and a strategy for social, economic and environmental renewal.
  1544. Get Up, Stand Up 
    Uniting Populists, Energizing the Defeated, and Battling the Corporate Elite

    First Published: 2011
    Levine offers insights into the epidemic of political passivity in America and analyzes how major U.S. institutions have created helplessness and fatalism. He proposes ways of recovering dignity, energy, and unity in order to wrest power away from the corporatocracy.
  1545. Getting Organized
    Building A Union

    First Published: 1980
    Comprehensive guide to the process of unionization and certification.
    See also: CX2072.
  1546. Getting Organized: Building a Union
    First Published: 1980
    See also CX2340.
  1547. Getting Publicity
    A Do-It-Yourself Guide for Small Business and Non-Profit Groups

    First Published: 1990
    Step-by-step instructions illustrate what it takes to attract media attention to any enterprise.
  1548. Getting Started on Social Analysis in Canada
    Third Edition

    First Published: 1984   Published: 1988
    See also CX2933.
  1549. Getting Started on Social Analysis in Canada.
    First Published: 1984
    See also CX3147.
  1550. Getting the Goods
    Information in BC How to Find It, How to Use It

    First Published: 1990
    A guide to the basic sources of information -- the tools of the trade -- that all reporters, researchers and investigators rely on.
  1551. Getting There
    Producing Photostories With Immigrant Women

    First Published: 1983
    Photostories about immigrant women surviving in and adapting to a new culture.
  1552. Getting There
    Steps to a Green Society

    First Published: 1991
  1553. Girlhood
    Redefining the Limits

    First Published: 2005
    A collection of essays on girls. It examines girl culture, and the multi-faceted nature of girls' lived experiences. It also looks at "girl" power and the highly commercially lucrative and sexualized culture. The authors examine racism, girlhood gangs, sexuality, chatrooms, the politics of girlhood style and identity formation.The essays cover the many changing and complex aspects of girls in the 21st century.
  1554. Girls Lean Back Everywhere
    The Law Of Obscenity And The Assault On Genius

    First Published: 1992
    De Grazia, an attorney and defender of First Amendment rights, chronicles the conflict between artistic expression and censorship. Details the struggles of authors, booksellers and publishers.
  1555. Give Peace a Chance
    Exploring the Vietnam Antiwar Movement: Essays from the Charles DeBenedetti Memorial Conference

    First Published: 1992
  1556. Give Us the Ballot
    The Modern Struggle for Voting Rights in America

    First Published: 2015
    Countless books have been written about the civil rights movement, but far less attention has been paid to what happened after the dramatic passage of the Voting Rights Act (VRA) in 1965 and the turbulent forces it unleashed. Give Us the Ballot tells this story for the first time.
  1557. Giving Away a Miracle
    Lost Dreams, Broken Promises and the Ontario NDP

    A history of the Ontario NDP through the days of Stephen Lewis, Michael Cassidy and Bob Rae and how their ideas helped shape the party. They examine how the NDP transitioned itself from being a "movement" into a political party and then into the government. It documents the NDP's "opposition" mentality and how once in power it found itself with no policies to govern Ontario. Ehring and Roberts show that the party is a party "just like the others".
  1558. Giving Kids a Fair Chance
    A Strategy That Works

    First Published: 2013
    Argues for a refocus of social policy toward early childhood interventions designed to enhance both cognitive abilities and such non-cognitive skills as confidence and perseverance.
  1559. Glasnost: The Soviet Union Today
    Contemporary Social Issues: A Bibliographic Series No. 13

    First Published: 1989
  1560. Global Capitalism in Crisis
    Karl Marx and the Decay of the Profit System

    First Published: 2010
  1561. The Global Ecology Handbook:
    What You Can Do About the Environmental Crisis

    First Published: 1990
  1562. The Global Fight for Climate Justice
    Anticapitalist Responses to Global Warming and Environmental Destruction

    First Published: 2009   Published: 2010
    A guide to the debate on climate change, a sourcebook that makes the case for anti-capitalist action as the only effective way to stop global warming.
  1563. The Global Gang Thang
    A World of Change: Armed Young Men and Gansta Culture (Globalization and Community)

    First Published: 2008
  1564. Global Health Watch 4
    An Alternative World Health Report

    First Published: 2014
    Global Health Watch, now in its fourth edition, is widely perceived as the definitive voice for an alternative discourse on health and healthcare. It covers a range of issues that currently impact on health, including the present political and economic architecture in a fast-changing and globalized world; a political assessment of the drive towards Universal Health Coverage; broader determinants of health, such as gender-based violence and access to water; stories of struggles, actions and change; and a scrutiny of a range of global institutions and processes. It integrates rigorous analysis, alternative proposals and stories of struggle and change to present a compelling case for a radical transformation of the way we approach actions and policies on health.
  1565. Global Imperative
    Harmonizing Culture and Nature

    First Published: 1992
  1566. Global Lockdown
    Race, Gender, & the Prison-Industrial Complex
  1567. Global Reach
    The Power of the Multinational Corporations

    First Published: 1976
    An examination of corporate power.
  1568. Global Showdown
    How the New Activists are Fighting Global Corporate Rule

    First Published: 2001
    Documents the new forces of resistance and invitates readers to join the struggle for alternatives.
  1569. Global Slump: The Economics and Politics of Crisis & Resistance
    First Published: 2011
    Global Slump analyzes the global financial meltdown as the first systemic crisis of the neoliberal stage of capitalism. It argues that – far from having ended – the crisis has ushered in a whole period of worldwide economic and political turbulence. In developing an account of the crisis as rooted in fundamental features of capitalism, Global Slump challenges the view that its source lies in financial deregulation.
  1570. Global Visions
    Beyond the News World Order

    First Published: 1993
    This book seeks to establish how our diverse globalizing world can be turned into a common home. The authors create a dialogue about the two types of globalization occurring in the world: globalization from above and globalization from below.
  1571. Global Warming
    The Greenpeace Report

    First Published: 1990
  1572. Global Warning...Global Warming
    First Published: 1992
  1573. Globalisation
    A Systematic Marxian Account
  1574. Globalization
    A Systemic Marxian Account

    First Published: 2009
    Smith examines the issue of globalization using a systemic dialetics approach. This two-part novel first examines the models of globalization and in the second part, reconstructs a Marxian model of socialist globalization.
  1575. Globalization and the Decline of Social Reform
    Into the Twenty-First Century

    First Published: 1995
  1576. Globalization from Below
    The power of solidarity

    First Published: 2002
    When tens of thousands of protestors brought the World Trade Organization in Seattle to a halt in November 1999, it marked the "coming out party" for a new global movement. Globalization from Below: The Power of Solidaritydraws on the history of past movements and their own experience as activists to propose strategies for building this powerful coalition into a successful movement for global democratization.
  1577. Globalization Unmasked
    Imperialism in the 21st Century

    First Published: 2001
    In this book, the authors contend that “globalization” is little more than imperialism in a new form. They argue that the “inevitability” of globalization and the adjustment or submission of peoples all over the world to free market capitalism depends on the capacity of the dominant and ruling classes to bend people to their will and convince people that their interests are the people’s interests.
  1578. God and His Demons 
    First Published: 2010
    Parenti examines the dark side of religion, the many evils committed in the name of godly virtue throughout history. This is not a blanket condemnation of all believers. The focus is on the threat posed by fundamentalists and theocratic reactionaries.
  1579. God and the State
    First Published: 1916   Published: 1970
  1580. The God Delusion
    First Published: 2006
    Dawkins' basic argument is that the collective irrational belief in "The God Hypothesis" is not only wrong ("intellectual high treason"), but pernicious.
  1581. The God of Small Things 
    First Published: 1997   Published: 1998
    A novel.
  1582. Goddess of Anarchy
    First Published: 2017
    Biography of Lucy Parsons.
  1583. God's Spies
    Stories in Defiance of Oppression

    First Published: 1999
    Short stories on the theme of resistance to oppression.
  1584. Going Crazy
    The Radical Therapy of R.D. Laing and Others

    First Published: 1972
  1585. Going Down Jericho Road: The Memphis Strike, Martin Luther King's Last Campaign
    First Published: 2008
    A history of the sanitation worker strike in Memphis.
  1586. Going Home
    Building Peace in El Salvador: The Story of Repatriation

    First Published: 1991
    After a decade of disastrous civil war, hope for the rebuilding of El Salvador lies with its courageous refugee population. Tired of waiting to return home alive, the "campesinos" decided to return to homes to wage peace.
  1587. Going Public: An Inside Story of Disrupting Politics as Usual
    First Published: 2002
    An introduction to the Industrial Areas Foundation and their method of organizing.
  1588. Going up the River
    Travels in a Prison Nation

    First Published: 2001
    On the prisons in America, their unprofitable nature, and their ineffectiveness. Hallinan also explores the workings of mostly-white towns that host prisons of predominately black inmates.
  1589. Goldstone Recants
    Richard Goldstone Renews Israel's License to Kill

    First Published: 2011
    On April 1 2011, in the pages of the Washington Post, the international jurist Richard Goldstone dropped a bombshell. He effectively disowned the massive evidence assembled in the United Nations' report carrying his name that Israel had committed multiple war crimes and possible crimes against humanity in Gaza during its 2008-9 invasion.

    Israel was jubilant. “Everything that we said proved to be true,” Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu crowed. “We always said that the IDF [Israel Defense Forces] is a moral army that acted according to international law,” Defense Minister Ehud Barak declared. “We had no doubt that the truth would come out eventually,” Foreign Minister Avigdor Lieberman proclaimed. The Obama administration used the occasion of Goldstone’s recantation to affirm that Israel had not “engaged in any war crimes” during the Gaza assault while the U.S. Senate unanimously called on the United Nations to “rescind” the Goldstone Report.
  1590. Goliath: Life and Loathing in Greater Israel
    First Published: 2013
    Blumenthal depicts a portrait of Israeli society under the siege of increasingly authoritarian politics as the occupation of the Palestinians deepens.
  1591. Good Girls, Bad Girls
    Sex Trade Workers and Feminists Face to Face

    First Published: 1987
    Looks into issues like racism in pornography, reclamation of the label "whore," the concerns surrounding censorship and the myths and stereotypes that have made sex trade workers outcasts.
  1592. Good Medicine
    First Published: 1989
  1593. Good Planets Are Hard to Find!
    An Environmental Information Guide, Dictionary and Action Book for Kids (and Adults)

    First Published: 1989
  1594. Gotcha!
    How the Media Distort the News

    First Published: 1994
    Written by a mainstream journalist/commentator, this book reveals information withheld by media and describes biases and a lack of professionalism.
  1595. Governing the Commons
    The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action

    First Published: 1990
    Neither the state nor the market have been successful in solving common pool resource problems. This study analyzes communal interests in land, irrigation communities, fisheries, etc. and proposes alternative solutions.
  1596. Government in the Future
    First Published: 2005
    In this classic talk delivered at the Poetry Center, New York, on February 16, 1970, Noam Chomsky articulates a clear, uncompromising vision of social change. Chomsky contrasts the classical liberal, libertarian socialist, state socialist, and state capitalist world views and then defends a libertarian socialist vision as "the proper and natural extension . . . of classical liberalism into the era of advanced industrial society."
  1597. Government Limited
    THe Corporate Takeover of the Public Sector in Canada

    First Published: 1984
  1598. The Government of Edward Schreyer
    Democratic Socialism in Manitoba
  1599. Grace
    The Life of Grace MacInnis

    First Published: 1993
  1600. Gramsci's Marxism
    First Published: 1976
    Carl Boggs introduces Gramsci as one of the first marxist theorists to grapple with the problems of revolutionary change in advanced capitalist society and as the first to identify the importance of the ideological-cultural struggle against bourgeois values.
  1601. Graphic Design Cookbook
    Mix and Match Recipes for Faster, Better Layouts

    First Published: 1989
  1602. The Great Acceleration
    An Environmental History of the Anthropocene since 1945

    First Published: 2016
    Since the mid-twentieth century, the accelerating pace of energy use, greenhouse gas emissions, and population growth has thrust the planet into a massive uncontrolled experiment. The Great Acceleration explains its causes and consequences, highlighting the role of energy systems, as well as trends in climate change, urbanization, and environmentalism.
  1603. A Great Aridness
    Climate Change and the Future of the American Southwest

    First Published: 2011
    In A Great Aridness, William deBuys paints a compelling picture of what the Southwest might look like when the heat turns up and the water runs out. This semi-arid land, vulnerable to water shortages, rising temperatures, wildfires, and a host of other environmental challenges, is poised to bear the heaviest consequences of global environmental change in the United States.
  1604. The Great Class War

    First Published: 2016
    In this critical, revisionist account, historian Jacques Pauwels shows how the First World War was rooted in class strife that begin with the French Revolution in 1789 and continued long past the war itself. As Pauwels sees it, war seemed to offer major benefits to the European upper classes of the early twentieth century, who felt threatened by the seemingly irresistible process of democratization or, as they saw it, the "rise of the masses." War was expected to serve as an antidote to social revolution, causing workers to abandon socialism's focus on overthrowing the established order via international worker solidarity in favour of nationalism and militarism.
  1605. The Great Conspiracy Trial
    First Published: 1970
  1606. The Great Deep
    The Sea and its Thresholds

    First Published: 1992
    The author provides eloquent and meditative explanations of the deep sea, with sections on charts, islands, wrecks, fishing, and pirates, ending on an indictment of the fishing industry and other human abuses of the world's oceans.
  1607. The Great Fear in Latin America
    First Published: 1965   Published: 1969
    Gerassi indicts American policies toward Latin America and American support for corrupt dictatorships.
  1608. The Great Financial Crisis
    First Published: 2009
    Foster and Magdoff are able to examine the complex interconnections associated with rising debt, weakening production and investment, stagnant wages, burgeoning unemployment, rapidly growing class inequality, spiraling global economic instability, and spreading militarism and imperialism.
  1609. Great Gay in the Morning
    One Group's Approach to Communal Living and Sexual Politics

    First Published: 1972
  1610. The Great Grain Drain
    An Analysis of Factors Contributing to Food insecurity in the Developing Countries

    First Published: 1998
    The right to food is a fundamental human right. How then do we account for the over 800 million food insecure people in the world of which approximately 350 million reside in India? The problem, especially in India, is often not lack of food but lack of access to it.
    This book brings together the thoughts of India's foremost thinkers on the issue of food insecurity.
  1611. The Great Inequality
    First Published: 2016
    A growing inequality in income and wealth marks modern capitalism, and it negatively affects nearly every aspect of our lives, especially those of the working class. Michael Yates explains what inequality is, why it matters, how it affects us, what its underlying causes are, and what we might do about it. This book was written to encourage informed radical action by working people, the unemployed, and the poor, uniquely blending the author’s own experiences with his ability to make complex issues comprehensible to a mass audience.
  1612. Great Lakes
    An Environmental Atlas and Resource Book

    First Published: 1987
  1613. Great Peacemakers
    True Stories from Around the World

    First Published: 2008
    Profiles 20 world's most effective activists in this five-part book. Each part highlights different types of peacemakers. Part One recognizes activists who stand out for their efforts of choosing non-violence for change. Part Two covers those who spent their lives living peace. Part Three showcases people who have made their life’s work honouring diversity. Part Four highlights those who value all life. Part Five deals with those who have dedicated their lives to the health of the planet.
  1614. Great Peacemakers: True Stories from Around the World
    True Stories from Around the World

    First Published: 2008
  1615. The Great Power-Line Coverup
    How the Utilities and the Government are Trying to Hide the Cancer Hazrd Posed by Electromagnetic Fields

    First Published: 1994
  1616. The Great Reversal
    The Privatization of China

    First Published: 1991
    In these essays Hinton argues that Deng XiaoPing and his privatization reforms destroyed the achievements of the Maoist Revolution of 1949.
  1617. The Great Reversal
    The Privatization of China 1978-1989

    The Great Reversal is the first critical study of the widely heralded reforms currently transforming China's economy. From his long experience of Chinese agriculture, Hinton first examines the course of agricultural reform over the past decade, then looks at its consequences in different areas of the countryside and considers its implications for the country as a whole. He raises troubling questions about China's capitalist future; the growing landlessness; increasing inequality; and above all, the destruction of the nation's natural resources and the collectively built infrastructure that was the great achievement of the revolution.
  1618. The Great Transformation 
    The political and economic origins of our time

    First Published: 1944   Published: 1968
    Polanyi analyzes the social and political upheavals that took place in England during the rise of the market economy. Polanyi contends that the modern market economy and the modern nation-state should be understood not as discrete elements, but as a single human invention he calls the "Market Society".
  1619. The Great Turning
    From Empire to Earth Community

    First Published: 2006
  1620. The Great Unravelling
    From Boom to Bust in Three Short Years

    First Published: 2003
  1621. The Great War and Canadian Society
    An Oral History

    First Published: 1978
    Recollections of Canadian men and women who lived thorugh the First World War and recall life in the trenches and on the homefront.
  1622. The Great War for Civilisation 
    The Conquest of the Middle East

    First Published: 2005
    Fisk explores a number of key themes in the history of the modern Middle East: the Arab-Israeli conflict, the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, the Persian Gulf War as well as the 2003 Iraq War as well as other regional conflicts such as the Armenian Genocide and the Algerian Civil War.
  1623. The Greatest Story Ever Told
    The Decline and Fall of Truth from 9/11 to Katrina

    New York Times reporter Frank Rich has written a harshly critical book that looks at the Bush administrations' use of PR to justify it's political machinations. At the core is the history of the spins and fictions since 9/11. He relates the secret government propaganda-the payola to working journalists, the slipping of fake video news releases to local TV stations, the scare tactics of Condaleeza Rice. He uses the lens of popular culture from "24" to "United 93" to explain a political culture dominated by theatricality and spectacle.
  1624. Green Action
  1625. The Green Alternative
    Creating an Ecological Alternative

    First Published: 1987
  1626. Green Business: Hope or Hoax?
    Toward an Authentic Strategy for Restoring the Earth

    First Published: 1991
    Is green business a viable strategy or a contradiction in terms?
  1627. Green Cities 
    Ecologically Sound Approaches to Urban Space

    First Published: 1990
    Visions from around the world for an ecological urban model. Argues that putting wilderness in cities is good for conservation of wildlife.
  1628. A Green City Program
    For San Francisco Bay Area Cities & Towns

    First Published: 1989
    Ideas for green, sustainable cities.
  1629. The Green Economy
    First Published: 1991
  1630. Green Energy
    A Non-Nuclear Response to the Greenhouse Effect

    First Published: 1991
  1631. Green Future
    How to Make a World of Difference

    First Published: 1990
  1632. Green Guide to Germany
    First Published: 1992
    The authors advocate a new form of Tourism in Germany called Sanfter Tourismus which enourages the tourist to respect the environment and use alternative means of transportation which is environmentally sound.
  1633. A Green History of the World 
    The Environment and the Collapse of Great Civilizations

    First Published: 1991
    Ponting tracks the "green" history of the world showing how throughout history civilizations have collapsed when they exhausted the earth's natural resources.
  1634. Green Illusions: The Dirty Secrets of Clean Energy and the Future of Environmentalism
    First Published: 2012
    If consumption is the problem, as Ozzie Zehner suggests, then we need to shift our focus from suspect alternative energies to improving social and political fundamentals: walkable communities, improved consumption, enlightened governance, and, most notably, women's rights. The dozens of first steps he offers are surprisingly straightforward.
  1635. The Green List
    A Guide to Canadian Environmental Agencies & Agencies

    First Published: 1991
  1636. Green on Red
    Evolving Ecological Socialism

    Essays exploring alternative economic and political strategies within an ecological context.
  1637. Green Political Thought
    First Published: 1992
  1638. Green Politics
    Agenda For a Free Society

    An international suvey of Green political parties, their programs and their progress toward setting up a society that is ecologically sustainable, economically viable and socially just.
  1639. Green Print for Canada:
    A Federal Agenda for the Environment

    First Published: 1989
  1640. Green Production 
    Toward an Environmental Rationality

    First Published: 1995
    Explores the environment and sustainability development with a Marxist approach and provides an alternative vision for ecotechnology.
  1641. The Green Trees Beyond
    A Memoir

    First Published: 1994
    R.D. Lawrence, a self-taught biologist whose first years of life coincided with the Spanish civil war, and who later became a noted as well as self-taught Canadian biologist.
  1642. Green Web Bulletins
    First Published: 1989
  1643. The Green Zone
    The Environmental Costs of Militarism

    First Published: 2009
    Environmentalism - it's the word on everyone's tongue. Reusable shopping bags, hybrid cars, and green home energy solutions allow us to reduce our carbon footprint, but it's only the tip of the quickly melting iceberg. The Green Zone presents a sobering revelation: until we address the attack that the US military is waging on the global environment, the things we do at home won't change a thing.
  1644. Greenhouse Earth
    First Published: 1992
  1645. The Greening of Marxism
    First Published: 1996
    An examination of the influence of green politics on Marxism.
  1646. The Greening of the Cities
    First Published: 1987
  1647. Greenpeace
    First Published: 1972
  1648. Greenprint for Canada
    A Federal Agenda for the Environment

    First Published: 1989
  1649. GreenTOpia 
    Towards A Sustainable Toronto, uTOpia Volume Three

    First Published: 2007
    The third volume of the uTOpia series features a collection of essays that look at innovative and imaginative ways to promote sustainability in Toronto. Also included is a directory of resources, organizations, incentives and programs in and around the GTA.
  1650. Grenada: Island of Conflict
    From Amerindians to People's Revolution, 1498-1979

    This history of the island of Grenada is a timely account of the frequently violent transitions through which Grenadians have lived since even before the arrival of European colonialists. The author provides historical details of how these Caribbean people have always had to struggle against invaders who would enslave them.
  1651. Grey Matters --- The Peace Arts Anthology
    First Published: 1986
  1652. Groundwater Pollution
    First Published: 1991
  1653. Group Marriage
    A Study of Contemporary Multilateral Marriage

    First Published: 1973
    A study of more than 100 group marriages in the United States, exploring the psychology and sociology of this form of marital relationship. The study looks at how group marriages are established, who enters into such relationships, how they communicate, how children and adults relate, how conflicts are resolved.
  1654. Growing Together
    Programme Ideas for Children's Groups to Help Them Grow in a Multi-Racial Community

    First Published: 1980
  1655. Growing Together
    Women, Feminism and Popular Education

    First Published: 1988
  1656. Growing Up Absurd
    First Published: 1962
    Goodman offers a fundamental critique of the Organized System of semimonopolies, government, advertisers, etc., and the disaffection of the growing generation.
  1657. Growing Up Free
    Raising Your Child in the 80s

    First Published: 1981
  1658. Growing Up Male
    Identifying Violence in My Life

    This work contains forty-four exercises to help men explore and answer such questions: Have you ever worried you weren't tough enough? Have you ever reminded someone of your ability to hurt them?
  1659. The Growth Illusion
    How economic growth has enriched the few, impoverished the many and endangered the planet

    First Published: 1992   Published: 1999
    Douthwaite argues that strategies used by governments to raise national income often increase poverty and unemployment. Moreover, in the USA, Britiain, Germany and Australia, each increase in national income consumes more resources than it creates on a sustainable basis. In other words, these economies are running backwards and making their citizens worse off.
  1660. The Grundrisse 
    Outlines of the Critique of Political Economy

    First Published: 1857   Published: 1973
    Marx wrote this huge manuscript as part of his preparation for what would become A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy (published in 1859) and Capital (published 1867). The series of seven notebooks were rough-drafted by Marx, chiefly for purposes of self-clarification, during the winter of 1857-8. The manuscript became lost in circumstances still unknown and was first effectively published, in the German original, in 1953.
  1661. The GST Handbook
    A Practical Guide for Small Business

    First Published: 1990
  1662. Guantanamo North
    Terrorism and the Administration of Justice in Canada

    First Published: 2008
    After September 11, 2001, Canadian governments made significant changes to the law so that non-citizens with suspected links to terrorism could be held indefinitely with no due process. The Courts held that these and other changes including "judicial interrogations" and "convictions for terrorism without intent" are consistent with the Charter of Rights. The range of state secrecy extends now to everything related to national security. Diab contends that these measures are unnecessary and contrary to human rights and freedom.
  1663. A Guide To Basic Print Production
    First Published: 1985
  1664. Guide to Convivial Tools
    First Published: 1979
    Directories, handbooks, bibliographies. Published as Library Journal Special Report No. 13, this guide was produced as a selection and reference tool by the librarian who founded Centro Intercultural de documentation (CIDOC) in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
  1665. A Guide To Cooperative Alternatives
    First Published: 1979
    Edited by "Communities, Journal of Cooperative Living," this book is a resource guide of ideas, resources, references and contacts for people interested in living and working cooperatively. Includes well-annotated section on politics, decision making, education, community organizing and much more.
  1666. Guide to Co-operative Alternatives
    Hundreds of co-operative ventures throughout North America.
  1667. A Guide to Current Analysis of the Canadian Economy
    First Published: 1988
  1668. Guide to Ecology Information and Organizations
    First Published: 1976
    Ecology address book. Written primarily for public librarians and library patrons.
  1669. A Guide to Establishing a Human Rights Documentation Centre
    Report of a UNESCO-UNU International Training Seminar on the Handling of Documentation & Information on Human Rights

    First Published: 1988
  1670. Guide to Federal Programs and Services
    10th Edition - 1990

    First Published: 1990
  1671. A Guide to the Charter for Equality-Seeking Groups
    First Published: 1987
  1672. A Guide to the Photographic Indentification of Individual Whales
    First Published: 1990
  1673. Guidelines For Setting Up A Parish-Based Social Action Committee
    First Published: 1982
    Guidelines is a four step program designed to enable parish-based groups, interested in social justice, to act on their commitment.
  1674. The Gulf Within: Canadian Arabs, Racism, & The Gulf War
    The Gulf Within documents the experiences of Arab and Muslim Canadians during the Gulf War. It's about the subtle and not-so-subtle anger and distrust other Canadians and institutions demonstrated towards these groups.
  1675. Guns, Germs and Steel
    A Short History of Everybody for the Last 10,000 Years

    First Published: 1997
  1676. Gute Argumente: Verkehr
    First Published: 1990
    Informiert anschaulich and sachlich über die Grundlagen des Verkehrssystems, über the Hintergründe der auto-orientierten Gesleeschaft und uber unweltschonende und wirtschaflich vorteilhafte Alternativen.
  1677. Hack
    Home Truths about Foreign News

    First Published: 1989
    This book is about HACKS - journalists, the men and women who fly into famines and wars and in a few days churn out stories telling the world what has been going on. It shows how HACKS work and the pressures that they face through some of the big news stories and hidden wars of the past decade. It's also about "newspeak" and double talk to square what is actually happening to the complacencies of news organisations at home. Finally, it's about how one HACK thinks; how he has picked his way through the political minefield of journalism and survived with only the loss of a few stories chopped and a few others consigned to the waste bin.
  1678. Haiti
    State Against Nation

    After the departure of Haiti's dictator, Jean-Claude Duvalier, most Haitian and foreign analysts treated the regimes of the two Duvaliers, father and son, as a nightmare created by the leaders and their supporters. Yet the crisis, economic and political, that faces this nation did not begin with the dictatorship.
  1679. The Half Has Never Been Told 
    Slavery and the Making of American Capitalism

    First Published: 2014
    A sweeping, authoritative history of the expansion of slavery in America, showing how forced migrations radically altered the nation's economic, political, and cultural landscape.
  1680. Half the Sky
    Turning Oppression Into Opportunity for Women Worldwide

    First Published: 2009
    Describes the health and situation of women worldwide by investigating issues such as rampant gendercide in the developing world and gender discrimation in the labour force. The authors aim to bring attention to the plight of women in developing countries.
  1681. Halfbreed; A Proud and Bitter Canadian Legacy
    A Proud and Bitter Canadian Legacy

    First Published: 1973
  1682. Hamburg at the Barricades 
    First Published: 1925   Published: 1977
    Articles by the revolutionary journaliist Larissa Reissner, covering the Hamburg uprising of 1923 and the life and times for Germany in the years 1923-1925.
  1683. The Hammerhill Guide to Desktop Publishing in Business
    First Published: 1989
  1684. Hammering Swords into Ploughshares
    Essays in Honor of Archbishop Mpilo Desmond Tutu

    First Published: 1989
    This collection of essays, in the spirit of Tutu's ministry, sees the call to peace not simply as a call to lay down arms, but as a call to transform the tools of violence into materials for peaceful and productive life. This book includes personal tributes to Desmond Tutu, theological discussions on the South African struggle, and essays on the complex political and social life.
  1685. Handbook of Alternative Community Housing for Psychiatric Patients in Canada
    First Published: 1980
  1686. Handbook of alternative community housing for psychiatric patients in Canada
    First Published: 1982
  1687. The Handbook of Non-Violence
    Including Aldous Huxley's An Encyclopedia of Pacifism

    Aldous Huxley's An Encyclopedia of Pacifism, one of the key documents of the thirties peace movement in England known as the Peace Pledge Union, is here reprinted as the opening segment of this book. Seeley has added a whole series of new entries designed to define what has happened in the realm of war and peace since Huxley wrote his book, including Hiroshima, Indochina, the Cold War, the Holocaust, and Star Wars.
  1688. Handbook of the Canadian Environmental Network
    First Published: 1987
  1689. Handbooks for Cooperating Associations and Voluntary Organizations
    First Published: 1989
  1690. Hands on the Freedom Plow
    Personal Accounts by Women in SNCC

    First Published: 2010   Published: 2012
    A collection of personal stories of women working for the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) on the front lines of the U.S. Civil Rights Movement.
  1691. Hanging in Canada
    A Concise History of a Controversial Topic

    First Published: 1973   Published: 1982
  1692. Hard Earned Wages
    Women Fighting for Better Work

    First Published: 1984
    Hard Earned Wages features sixteen women telling the stories of their work - and their efforts to improve their working conditions - in their own words.
  1693. A Hard Rain Fell
    SDS and Why it failed

    First Published: 2008
  1694. Hard Times 
    An Oral History of The Great Depression

    First Published: 1970
    In a series of interviews, Studs Terkel captures a mosaic of memories of the Great Depression in the United States.
  1695. Harnessing Desktop Publishing:
    How to Let the New Technology Help You Do Your Job Better

    First Published: 1987
  1696. The Harrad Experiment
    First Published: 1966   Published: 1967
  1697. The Harrowsmith Reader
    An Anthology from Canada's National Award Winning Magazine of Country Life and Alternatives to Bigness

    First Published: 1978
    Articles on land, country careers, shelter, gardening, husbandry, food, trees, and rural life.
  1698. Harvest of Devastation
    The Industrialization of Agriculture and its Human and Environmental Consequences

    First Published: 1994
    Explains how western farming practices being imposed in other countries harm peasant communities, indigenous cultures, and the ecology.
  1699. Hastings and Main
    Stories from an Inner City Neighborhood

    First Published: 1987
  1700. Hate Inc.
    Why Today's Media Makes Us Despise One Another

    In this characteristically turbocharged new book, celebrated Rolling Stone journalist Matt Taibbi provides an insider's guide to the variety of ways today's mainstream media tells us lies.
  1701. Hatred of Democracy
    First Published: 2007   Published: 2009
    Rancière defends the principle of democracy against neoconservative repression. He argues that the West can no longer simply extol the virtues of democracy by contrasting it with the horrors of totalitarianism.
  1702. The Haunted Fifties
    First Published: 1969
    I.F. Stone reports on the 1950s in the United States, an era of political suppression, public apathy, the cold war, and the arms race.
  1703. Having Little, Being Much
    A Chronicle of Fredy Perlman's Fifty Years

    A memoir with photos written by Fredy Perlman's companion of 27 years. Fredy's life began in Czechoslovakia in 1934 and ended in Detroit in 1985. In those fifty years he lived on three continents and incorporated in his written works his experiences in graphic arts, politics, communal enterprises, historical research, music, printing, journalism, education and publishing.
  1704. The Haymarket Tragedy
    First Published: 1984
  1705. The Hazards of Being Male
    Surviving the Myth of Masculine Privilege

    First Published: 1977
  1706. Hazards of Work: How to Fight Them
    First Published: 1973
  1707. Headscarves and Hymens
    Why the Middle East Needs a Sexual Revolution

    First Published: 2015
    A condemnation of the repressive political, cultural, and religious forces that reduce millions of women to second-class citizens.
  1708. Headscarves and Hymens: Why the Middle East Needs a Sexual Revolution
    Book Review

    First Published: 2015
    One afternoon earlier this year, I stepped into the carriage of a Cairo metro train. I was on the way home from interviewing female students - all of them devout, veiled Muslims - who had been snatched off the street and sexually assaulted by police for protesting against the military regime. It was hard for them to speak openly about the attacks for fear of shaming their families and destroying their own chances of marriage.
  1709. Healing the Wounds
    The Promise of Ecofeminism

    First Published: 1989
    An anthology of writings on ecofeminism.
  1710. Health Care and the Impact of Religious and Cultural Law and Customs
    First Published: 1980
  1711. Health Dangers of the Nuclear Fuel Chain and Low-Level Ionizing Radiation
    First Published: 1979
    An annotated bibliography of resources on the nuclear fuel chain and its potential impacts on human health.
  1712. Health, Health Care, and Medicare
    First Published: 1990
  1713. The Healthsharing Book
    Resources for Canadian Women

    First Published: 1985
  1714. The HealthSharing Book, Resources For Canadian Women
    First Published: 1986
  1715. A Healthy Business
    World Health and the Pharmaceutical Industry

    First Published: 1992
  1716. Healthy Change
    Towards Equality in Health

    First Published: 1991
    Inequalities in the length of life lived and the extent of disease as experienced by different social classes speaks to the more general inequalities of Western civilisation. GPs, hospitals and local authorities all need to be reorganized before our societies can hope to reach the WHO's greater goal of "health for all".
  1717. Heat
    How to Stop the Planet From Burning

    First Published: 2006
    Concerns about the effects of global warming on the Human species - especially those unfortunate enough to live in poorer countries - require drastic action, far outstripping the recommendations of the Kyoto protocol.
  1718. The Heat Is On
    The Climate Crisis, The Cover-up, The Prescription

    First Published: 1997
    A book discussing the ever-worsening threat of global climate change.
  1719. Heavy Radicals: The FBI's Secret War on America's Maoists
    The Revolutionary Union / Revolutionary Communist Party 1968-1980

    First Published: 2015
    A history of the Revolutionary Union/Revolutionary Communist Party -- the largest Maoist organization to arise in the US -- from its origins in the explosive year of 1968, its expansion into a national organization in the early seventies, its extension into major industry throughout early part of that decade, the devastating schism in the aftermath of the death of Mao Tse-tung, and its ultimate decline as the 1970s turned into the 1980s.
  1720. Tim Hector
    A Caribbean Radical's Story

    First Published: 2006
    An account of the life of Antiguan activist Tim Hector.
  1721. Hegemony How-To
    A Roadmap for Radicals

    First Published: 2017
    Hegemony How-To is a practical guide to political struggle for a generation that is deeply ambivalent about questions of power, leadership, and strategy.
  1722. Hegemony or Survival 
    America's Quest for Global Dominance

    First Published: 2003   Published: 2004
    Chomsky documents how, for more than half a century, the United States has been pursuing a grand imperial strategy with the aim of dominating the globe.
  1723. Heidegger: L'introduction du nazisme dans la philosophie
    First Published: 2005
    Faye argues that all of Heidegger's thinking was permeated by National Socialism.
  1724. Heidegger And Nazism
    First Published: 1991
    Posits Martin Heidegger's as an influential Nazi philosopher, a manipulative thinker of great intelligence whose touchstones were anti-humanism and contempt for democracy.
  1725. Hell No
    Your Right to Dissent in 21st-Century America

    First Published: 2011
    In the Age of Terrorism, the United States has become a much more dangerous place—for activists and dissenters, whose rights are all too frequently abridged by the government. A report on government attacks on dissent and protest in the United States, along with a readable and essential guide for activists, teachers, grandmothers, and anyone else who wants to oppose government policies and actions
  1726. Help or Hindrance?
    United States Economic Aid in Central America

    First Published: 1989
    Help or Hindrance? uncovers why the economic crisis in Central America has worsened as U.S. aid has skyrocketed in the 1980s. This report shows how security and military related aid, hidden under the rubric "economic aid," has far surpassed assistance for economic development, and argues that the positions of the fiscal conservatives, seeking to save U.S. taxpayers' money, and humanitarians, seeking to help the poor, are not necessarily in opposition.
  1727. Helping Teens Stop Violence
    A Practical Guide for Parents, Counselors and Educators

    Practical workshops to show teens how to stop the violence in their lives.
  1728. Helping You Helps Me
    A Guide Book for Self-Help Groups

    First Published: 1984
  1729. Heretics and Renegades
    First Published: 1955   Published: 1969
    Essasy on the Soviet Union and the Soviet bloc.
  1730. Heritage Languages
    The development and denial of Canada's linguistic resources

    First Published: 1990
  1731. Herland
    First Published: 1915
  1732. Hidden Agendas
    First Published: 1998
    Pilger's book is an indictment of Tony Blair's government and his easy acceptance of the Thacherite view of foreign affairs. Using the examples of Indonesia, East Timor, Burma, Murdoch and China he chronicles the scale and intensity of injustice around the world.
  1733. The Hidden Connections
    A science for sustainable living

    First Published: 2002
    A fierce attack on globalism - and a manifesto for change. Contemporary scientific discoveries indicate that all of life - from the most primitive cells, up to human societies, corporations and nation-states - is organized along the same basic patterns and principles: those of the network.
  1734. Hidden from History
    Reclaiming the Gay and Lesbian Past

    First Published: 1989
    Eessays analyzing the political, philosophical, and social history of homosexuality from the ancient world to the postwar era.
  1735. The Hidden History of the Equal Rights Amendment
    First Published: 2014
    Origins and history of the debate over the Equal Rights Amendment (ERA). Feminist supporters of the ERA had been divided over the issue of whether this legislation should be extended to men as part of the ERA or whether a "pure" ERA should be the goal of the feminist movement.
  1736. The Hidden Injuries of Class
    First Published: 1966   Published: 1972
    Sennett and Cobb look at human relations between people of different classes and analyze everyday life and ordinary situations to identify class signals that make people feel inadequate.
  1737. The Hidden Persuaders
    First Published: 1957
    What makes you buy, believe, even vote, the way you do? This book answers hundreds of eye-opening questions with facts that show how advertising men are using our hidden urges and frustrations to sell every-thing from gasoline to politicians.
  1738. The High Price of Health
    A Patient's Guide to the Hazards of Medical Politics

    First Published: 1987
  1739. The High School Revolutionaries
    First Published: 1970
    Two young teachers travel across America gathering the views of young high school radicals.
  1740. High Society
    Legal and Illegal Drugs in Canada

    First Published: 1991
  1741. The Higher Circles
    First Published: 1970
  1742. Higher Superstition: The Academic Left and its Quarrels with Science
    First Published: 1994
    Describes attacks on science, and on concepts of truth and rationality, in areas of the humanities.
  1743. Highrise and Superprofits
    An Analysis of the Development Industry in Canada

    First Published: 1973
  1744. Hillbilly Nationalists, Urban Race Rebels, and Black Power
    Community Organizing in Radical Times

    First Published: 2011
    The story of some of the most important and little-known activists of the 1960s, in a deeply sourced narrative history.
  1745. Hillbilly Nationalists, Urban Race Rebels, and Black Power
    Community Organizing in Radical Times

    First Published: 2011
    Historians of the civil rights movement of the late 60s have often held classist views of those who actually protested and fought for civil liberties by depicting the poor and working-class as lazy racists who did nothing, when in fact poor and working-class radicals inspired the civil rights movement.
  1746. Hiroshima in America
    First Published: 1996
    A study of the events surrounding the Hiroshima bombing focuses on its affects in America, considering the cover-up efforts by the government and linking the bombing to current insensitivities toward violence.
  1747. Historical Atlas of Canada - Volume I: From the Beginning to 1800
  1748. Historical Atlas of Canada - Volume II: The Land Transformed 1800-1891
    First Published: 1993
  1749. Historical Atlas of Canada - Volume III: Addressing the Twentieth Century
  1750. Historical-Critical Dictionary of Marxism
    First Published: 1994
    12 volumes
  1751. History and Revolution
    A Revolutionary Critique of Historical Materialism

    First Published: 1965   Published: 1971
  1752. History and Will
    Wakeman, Frederic E.

    First Published: 1973
  1753. History and Class Consciousness
    Studies in Marxist Dialectics

    First Published: 1968   Published: 1971
  1754. A History of Africa
    A succint synopsis of over 2,000 years of the continent's history, with particular emphasis on the struggles of the past century. Jaffe has made a path-breaking attempt to de-Europeanize Marxist views of African history, and provides a new theoretical perspective within which to understand the movement of African social forces.
  1755. The History of American Trotskyism
    From Its Origins (1928) to the Founding of the Socialists Workers Party (1938): Report of a Participant

    First Published: 1944   Published: 1972
    Trotskyist leader Cannon recounts the early history of the Trotskyist movement in the United States.
  1756. The History of Canadian Business 1867-1914
    Volume I - The Banks and Finance Capital

    First Published: 1975
    A comprehensive history of Canadian business and a detailed account of the development of commerce and industry in the formative period from Confederation to the first World War. In Volume 1 on the banks and finance capital, the story of the growth of the Canadian chartered banking system is told in detail. Included is an analysis of the many bank failures, and an explanation of the techniques used successfully by the largest chartered banks to dominate banking and finance in the new confederation. Several chapters deal with hitherto unrecorded facets of the development of the financial system of Canada, the major financial institutions and the types of operations they financed.
  1757. The History of Canadian Business 1867-1914
    Volume II - Industrial Development

    First Published: 1975
    This comprehensive two-volume history of Canadian business is a detailed account of the development of commerce and industry in the formative period from Confederation to the first World War. Volume II deals mainly with the develpment of manufacturing and industry. The rapid growth of foreign branch plants which followed the National Policy is examined in detail, as are business assistance measures like patent laws, tariffs, government subsidies and municipal 'bonusing'. Naylor offers detailed accountes of the rise of big businesses through the formation of cartels and mergers assembled out of smaller independent operations.
  1758. A History of Canadian Wealth
    First Published: 1914   Published: 1972
    Myers lays bare the corruption, swindling, land deals, and bribery that are at the basis of Canadian history. This is Canada's past seen through the eyes of a muckraker.
  1759. A History of Capitalism
    1500-2000, New Edition

    Beaud's analysis provides a realistic and thorough examination of the developments of capitalism in the last twenty years, including globalization, the accelerating speed of capital transfer, and the collapse of the Soviet empire.
  1760. The History of Costa Rica
    First Published: 1998   Published: 2007
    An overview of Costa Rican history with an emphasis on how Costa Ricans have been able to make their own history, "though they do not make it just as they choose."
  1761. The History of Democracy 
    A Marxist Interpretation

    First Published: 2013
    Roper traces the history of democracy from ancient Athens to the emergence of liberal representative and socialist participatory democracy. He argues that democracy cannot be understood separately from the social and economic contexts in which democratic states operate.
  1762. History of the Makhnovist Movement 1918 - 1921
    First Published: 1923   Published: 1974
  1763. The History of Marxism
    1. Marxism in Marx's Day

    First Published: 1982
  1764. A History of Modern Palestine 
    One Land, Two Peoples

    First Published: 2004
    A history of the people of Palestine.
  1765. History of the October Revolution
    First Published: 1966
  1766. The History of Painting in Canada
    Toward a People's Art

    First Published: 1974
    A histor of Canadian painting from the art of the native peoples up to the 1970s. It explores how art in Canada was shaped by British and American imperialist influences, and how it has also been part of the fight against domination.
  1767. A History of Pan-African Revolt
    First Published: 1938   Published: 2012
    Originally published in England in 1938 and expanded in 1969, this work isa classic account of global Black resistance. This concise, accessible history of revolts by African peoples worldwide explores the wide range of methods used by Africans to resist oppression and the negative effects of imperialism and colonization as viewed in the 20th century.
  1768. A History of Printing Ink, Balls and Rollers

    First Published: 1983
  1769. A History of Reading
    First Published: 1996
    An exploration of what it means to be a reader of books.
  1770. A History of the Barricade
    First Published: 2015
    On the historical evolution of the French barricade, from the Wars of Religion to the Paris Commune.
  1771. The History of the German Resistance 1933-1945
    Widerstand, Staatsstreich, Attentat

    First Published: 1969
    A thorough portrayal of the plans, hesitations, frustrations, and failures of the opposition to Hitler.
  1772. A History of the Jews - Ancient and Modern
    First Published: 1987
    Starting from a political interpretation of the period when judges, kings and prophets held sway over Israel and Judah, Ilan Halevi traces the evolution of the Jewish identity through its numerous stages, from the Roman occupation and the decline of Temple authority, through to the Zionist settlement of Palestine in the twentieth century.
  1773. A History of Underground Comics
    First Published: 1986
    Examples of the work of the underground cartoonists of the 1960s, with accompanying text that sets the historical context and analyzes the works and their times.
  1774. A History of Violence
    Living and Dying in Central America

    First Published: 2016
    This is a book about one of the deadliest places in the world: Central America.
  1775. The History Thieves
    Secrets, Lies, and the Shaping of a Modern Nation

    First Published: 2016
    Ian Cobain uncovers the role of secrecy in the British state - and the lies, omissions and misrepresentations we've been fed to maintain the facade of a fair and just Britain.
  1776. The History Thieves - Review
    How Britain covered up its imperial crimes

    First Published: 2016
    A review of Ian Cobain's book The History Thieves, an engrossing study which identifies secrecy as a 'very British disease', exploring how, as the empire came to an end, government officials burned the records of imperial rule.
  1777. The Hite Report
    A Nationwide Study of Female Sexuality

    First Published: 1976
    The results of a survey of 3,000 American women regarding their sexuality.
  1778. The Hite Report on Male Sexuality
    How men feel about love, sex, and relationships

    First Published: 1981   Published: 1982
    Research bases on a study of 7,000 American men.
  1779. Hitler's Propaganda Machine
    First Published: 1978
  1780. Hitting the Lottery Jackpot
    Government and the Taxing of Dreams

    A critique of the economic and social costs of state reliance on lotteries to generate public revenues.
  1781. Ho
    First Published: 1971
    A portrait of Vietnamese leader Ho Chi Minh.
  1782. The Hockey Stick and the Climate Wars
    Dispatches from the Front Lines

    First Published: 2012
    Michael E. Mann, lead author of the original paper in which the Hockey Stick graph first appeared, shares the story of the science and politics behind the controversy of climate change, and the implied threat to those who oppose governmental regulation and other restraints to protect the environment and planet.
  1783. Hogtown
    Working Class Toronto at the Turn of the Century

    First Published: 1974
  1784. Holding the Bully's Coat
    Canada and the U.S. Empire

    Linda McQuaig poses questions as to why the Canadian elite of media, government, miltary and business sanction the agressive military, anti-environmental agenda espoused by the Bush/Cheney adminsitration while ignoring Canadian public policy. She asserts that these developments are a threat to Canadian values and sovereingty.
  1785. The Hollow Land
    Israel's Architecture of Occupation

    First Published: 2007
    Groundbreaking exposé of Israel's terrifying reconceptualization of geopolitics in the Occupied Territories and beyond.
  1786. The Holocaust Chronicle
    A History in Words and Pictures

    First Published: 2003
    A chronological account of the genocide of European Jews at the hands of the Nazis.
  1787. The Holocaust Industry
    Reflections on the Exploitation of Jewish Suffering

    First Published: 2001   Published: 2007
    The thrust of Professor Finkelstein's book is that powerful interests (Israel and Jewish organizations in America) have hijacked what has become known as the Holocaust. And while Israel has exploited the Holocaust as a weapon to deflect criticism, regardless how justified, American Jewish organizations have used the plight of survivors to extort staggering sums of money from the rest of the world. This was done not for the benefit of survivors, but for the financial advantage of these organizations.
  1788. Holocaust to Resistance
    My journey

    First Published: 2019
    A memoir by Suzanne Berliner Weiss, a holocaust survivor born in France, who came to North America and was active in radical causes in the United States and Canada.
  1789. The Holy Family or Critique of Critical Criticism
    First Published: 1845
  1790. Homage to Catalonia 
    First Published: 1938
    George Orwell's account of his experiences in the Spanish Civil War.
  1791. Home & Family Guide
    Practical Action for the Environment

    First Published: 1989
  1792. The Home Planet
    First Published: 1988
  1793. Home Sweet Home?
    The Impact of Poor Housing on Health

    The authors set out to research three topics: the link between overcrowding and respiratory and infectious diseases; how and if housing deprivation impacts on overall health and finally the link between housing and health in the context of the range of other possible influences on health.
  1794. Home!
    A Bioregional Reader

    First Published: 1990
    A guide to the vision and strategy of bioregionalism.
  1795. Homeland
    Oral histories of Palestine and Palestinians

    First Published: 1994
    The editors travelled throughout Israel and the occupied territories to find the multi-generational families living in towns, villages and refugee camps whose voices resonate in Homeland. This account links the people to the land, the attachment to which has created and sustained Palestinian national identity around the world.
  1796. Homelessness, Health Care and Welfare Provision
    Drawing on their extensive background in working with the homeless in East London, the editors look at the subject from different perspectives. There are chapters on mental heath, substance abuse, youth homelessness and an analysis of differing models for providing care. Two of the major themes running though the book are: that the homeless have the right to equal access to health care and that only when their needs for affordable housing are met will their health greatly improve.
  1797. Homestead Steel Mill - the Final Ten Years
    USWA Local 1397 and the Fight for Union Democracy

    First Published: 2020
  1798. Homosexuality and Civilisation
    First Published: 2003
  1799. Honourable Friends? Parliament and the Fight for Change
    First Published: 2015
    From the NHS to corporate tax evasion, from climate change to immigration, Honourable Friends? tells the story of 5 years in Westminster and offers bold and practical suggestions for a fairer British political system.
  1800. Hope for Animals and Their World
    How Endangered Species Are Being Rescued from the Brink

    First Published: 2009
    Goodall illuminates the heroic efforts of dedicated environmentalists and the truly critical need to protect the habitats of endangered species.
  1801. Hope in the Dark
    Untold histories, wild possibilities

    First Published: 2004   Published: 2016
    Solnit reminds us of how changed the world has been by the activism of the past five decades. She argues for hope - hope even in the dark. She offers a vision of cause-and-effect relations that provides new grounds for political engagement in the present.
  1802. Hope in Troubled Times
    A New Vision for Confronting Global Crisis

    First Published: 2007
  1803. Hopes and Prospects
    First Published: 2009
    Chomsky shows how new social struggles, from Bolivia to Venezuela, are challenging the Washington Consensus and posing democratic alternatives for the continent, and explores the potential for change - as well as continuity - under the new Obama administration.
  1804. Hostile Takeover
    Annual Report on Privatization

    First Published: 1999
  1805. The Hour of Sunlight
    One Palestinian's Journey from Prisoner to Peacemaker

    First Published: 2011
    Traces al Jundi's evolution from Palestinian militant to prisoner to peacemaker.
  1806. The House of Obedience
    Women in Arab Society

    First Published: 1982
    The House of Obedience is about women in the Arab world who are still largely subject to a traditional set of beliefs and customs employed to justify a multiplicity of practices against them. The veil, physical mutiliation, forced marriage, incarceration in the home, repudiation and polygamy are manifestations of this commitment to a tradional lifestyle, with the Islamic concept of the family as its keystone.
  1807. The House of Wisdom: How the Arabs Transformed Western Civilization
    First Published: 2009
    Arab scholars were exploring and extending the great works of the Persian, Hindu, and Greek civilizations. There were striking advances in the sciences and mathematics, but more fundamentally, the Arabs taught the importance of experimentation and rational thought. Eventually, through the efforts of men like Adelard, the accomplishments of the Arabs got through to the West, and shaped it.
  1808. Household Workers Unite
    The Untold Story of African American Women Who Built a Movement

    First Published: 2015   Published: 2016
    Telling the stories of African American domestic workers, this book resurrects a little-known history of domestic worker activism in the 1960s and 1970s, offering new perspectives on race, labour, feminism, and organizing.
  1809. The Householder's Guide to Community Defence Against Bureaucratic Aggression.
    First Published: 1972
  1810. Houses and Homes
    Housing for Canadians

    First Published: 1994
    Canadians need access to sound housing in decent neighborhoods, writes author Sewell. And in order to achieve this, all ideoligical freight is to be jettisoned and deliver nothing but the straight goods. One solution is to build diverse neighborhoods and abolish the many building and planning codes that suppress the creation of affordable housing.
  1811. Housing
    An anarchist approach

    First Published: 1976
  1812. How America Gets Away With Murder
    Illegal Wars, Collateral Damage and Crimes Against Humanity

    First Published: 2003
    Michael Mandel offers a critical account of America's illegal wars and a war crimes system that has granted America's leaders an unjust and dangerous impunity, effectively encouraging their illegal wars and the war crimes that always flow from them.
  1813. How Children Fail 
    First Published: 1964
    The classroom should be a place of learning. Instead it is the scene of a continual battle in which teacher and child struggle to gain the advantage. The casualties are heavy. Some children fail outright. Others have the seeds of future failure implanted. And practically none come close to realizing their potential.
  1814. How Deregulation Destroyed Canada's Airlines
    First Published: 1995
    Skene links the deregulation of Canada's airline industry with layoffs, service disruptions, higher fares, privatization, and bankruptcies.
  1815. How Did We Get Into This Mess?
    Politics, Equality, Nature

    First Published: 2016
    This selection from George Monbiot's journalism, assesses the state we are now in: the devastation of the natural world, the crisis of inequality, the corporate takeover of nature, our obsessions with growth and profit and the decline of the political debate over what to do.
  1816. How EC and World Bank Policies Are Destroying Agriculture And The Environment
    A European and Third World Perspective

    First Published: 1996
    Bond argues that bureaucrats, multinationals and banks lack the compassion and commitement to help farmers, consumers and the enviromment, and emerging nations of the South.
  1817. How Human Rights Can Build Haiti
    Activists, Lawyers, and the Grassroots Campaign

    First Published: 2014
    A cataclysmic earthquake, revolution, corruption, and neglect have all conspired to strangle the growth of a legitimate legal system in Haiti. But as How Human Rights Can Build Haiti demonstrates, the story of lawyers-activists on the ground should give us all hope.
  1818. How I Stopped Being a Jew
    First Published: 2014
    Sand, an Israeli historian, does not examine Judaism as a religion, but focuses on the question of Jewish ethnicity. Through historical and political analysis, Sand examines the implications of embracing the identity tag "secular Jew" in the 21st century. The crux of the issue for Sand is whether there is such an entity as secular Judaism.
  1819. How Nonviolence Protects the State
    First Published: 2007
    How Nonviolence Protects the State challenges the belief that nonviolence is the only way to fight for a better world. Peter Gelderloos invites activists to consider diverse tactics, passionately arguing that exclusive nonviolence often acts to reinforce the same structures of oppression that activists seek to overthrow.
  1820. How People Get Power
    Organizing Oppressed Communities for Action

    First Published: 1970
    A book about community organizing, written for organizers.
  1821. How Propaganda Works
    First Published: 2015   Published: 2016
    Jason Stanley argues that more attention needs to be paid to propaganda. He examines how propaganda operates subtly, how it undermines democracy -- particularly the ideals of democratic deliberation and equality -- and how it has damaged democracies of the past.
  1822. How the Irish became White
    First Published: 1995
    The Irish came to America in the eighteenth century, fleeing a homeland under foreign occupation and a caste system that regarded them as the lowest form of humanity. In the new country – a land of opportunity – they found a very different form of social hierarchy, one that was based on the colour of a person’s skin. Noel Ignatiev tells the story of how the oppressed became the oppressors; how the new Irish immigrants achieved acceptance among an initially hostile population only by proving that they could be more brutal in their oppression of African Americans than the nativists.
  1823. How the Other Half Dies
    The Real Reasons for World Hunger

    First Published: 1976   Published: 1977
    Why are so many people hungry? Susan George affirms with conviction and with evidence that it is not because there are too many people on the planet, nor because of bad weather or changing climates, but because food is controlled by the rich.
  1824. How the Rural Poor Got Power: Narrative of a Grassroots Organizer
    First Published: 2003
    The author's experiences as an activist in rural Minnesota.
  1825. How the World Works
    The Story of Human Labor from Prehistory to the Modern Day

    First Published: 2019
    In How the World Works, Cockshott connects scientific, economic, and societal strands to produce a sweeping and detailed work of historical analysis.
  1826. How Things Don't Work
    First Published: 1977
    Pananek and Hennessey focus on appliances, tooks, and devices that are at the nub of modern living. They show how some of our most cherished possessions, ranging from simple household fixtures to sophisticated electronics, don't work, and challenge us to rethink the uses of technology to demand and create products that are useful, built to human scale, safe, ecologically sound, and inexpensive.
  1827. How to be organized In spite of yourself
    First Published: 1989
  1828. How to Blow Up a Pipeline
    Learning to fight in a world on fire

    First Published: 2021
  1829. How to Change the World
    Tales of Marx and Marxism

    First Published: 2011
  1830. How to Dismantle the NHS in 10 Easy Steps
    First Published: 2015
    The story of how the British National Health Service (NHS) has been gradually converted into a market-based healthcare system over the past 25 years. This process is accelerating under the Coalition government and the very existence of a National Health Service is in danger.
  1831. How to Gain Power Without Gaining Control
  1832. How to Get More Miles per Gallon in the 1990s
    First Published: 1991
  1833. How to Invest Your Money with a Clear Conscience
    The Canadian Guide to Profitable Ethical Investing

    First Published: 1988   Published: 1989
    Ellman offers a guide for those who want to ensure that their investment decisions, be they major or modest, are supporting ethical institutions, companies, and governments.
  1834. How to Jump-Start Your Union
    Lessons from the Chicago Teachers

    First Published: 2014
    How to Jump-Start Your Union tells how activists transformed their union and gave members hope. Readers will learn how to run for office, work with their communities, build stewards' networks, train new leaders, run a contract campaign, and strike.
  1835. How to Lie With Statistics
    First Published: 1954
    Illustrates how statistics are misused and misunderstood.
  1836. How To Make A Whole Lot More Than $1,000,000 Writing, Commissioning, Publishing and Selling "How To: Information
    First Published: 1990
    Lant makes the point that if you know something or have something to say, them you ought to be doing everything you possibly can to get that out to as many people as possible. This book is full of advice about how to do it.
  1837. How-to-Make Big Profits Publishing City & Regional Books
    A Guide for Entrepreneurs, Writers and Publishers

    First Published: 1986
  1838. How to Make Meetings Work
    The New Interaction Method

    First Published: 1976
  1839. How to Read Karl Marx
    A brief exposition of Marx's main premises.
  1840. How to Save the World
    Strategy for World Conservation

    First Published: 1980
    "How To Save The World" discusses, "Why the world needs saving now and how it can be done". Allen breaks his work down into seven chapters, devoting each to an important aspect of the global predicament. Securing the food supply, saving forests, preserving wildlife and presenting a strategy for conservation are all discussed as methods to improve the relationship between mankind and nature.
  1841. How 2 Take an Exam... & Remake the World
    First Published: 2001
  1842. How to Watch TV News
    First Published: 1992   Published: 2008
  1843. How We Changed Toronto
    The inside story of twelve creative, tumultuous years in civic life, 1969-1980

    First Published: 2015
    By the mid-1960s Toronto was well on its way to becoming Canada's largest and most powerful city. One real estate firm aptly labelled it Boomtown. Expressways, subways, shopping centres, high-rise apartments, and skyscraping downtown office towers were transforming the city. City officials were cheerleaders for unrestricted growth.
  1844. How You Can Travel Free as a Group Tour Organizer
    First Published: 1987
  1845. Hue 1968
    A Turning Point in the American War in Vietnam

    First Published: 2017
    Hue 1968 is the story of the centerpiece of the Tet Offensive and a turning point in the American War in Vietnam.
  1846. The Huguenots in America
    A Refugee People in New World Society

    First Published: 1992
    The story of Huguenot exiles and their failure to maintain religious and social distinctiveness in the diaspora.
  1847. Human Ecology
    Issues in the North

    First Published: 1992
  1848. The Human Future Revisited
    The World Predicament and Possible Solutions

    First Published: 1978
  1849. Human Rights
    A Directory of Resources

    First Published: 1989
  1850. Human Rights and American Foreign Policy
    First Published: 1975   Published: 1978
  1851. Human Rights and the Protection of Refugees under International Law
    First Published: 1989
  1852. Human Rights Directory
    Latin America and the Caribbean (:Directorio de Organizaciones de Derechos Humanos)

    First Published: 1990
  1853. Human Rights in Asia - 1991
    First Published: 1991
  1854. Human Rights in Canada
    Into the 1990s and Beyond

    First Published: 1992
  1855. Human Rights Internet Reporter Winter 1990
    Special Bibliographic Issue

    First Published: 1990
  1856. Human Rights:
    Can't Get No Satisfaction

    First Published: 1989
  1857. Humanism Betrayed
    Ideology, and Culture in the Contemporary University

    First Published: 2001
    This book offers a defence of liberal humanism as a philosophy of higher education, particularly in the humanities, against the illiberal trends, political and intellectual, that are currently dominating the university.
  1858. Humanitarian Imperialism 
    Using Human Rights to Sell War

    First Published: 2006
    Since the end of the Cold War, the idea of human rights has been made into a justification for intervention by the world's leading economic and military powers, above all, the United States, in countries that are vulnerable to their attacks.
  1859. The Hundred Years War on Palestine
    A History of Settler Colonialism and Resistance, 1917-2017
  1860. Hungary 1956
  1861. Hungry City: How Food Shapes Our Lives 
    First Published: 2008
    Hungry City details the transformation of the food industry and it's not so benevolent impact on humanity. Obesity, diabetes and heart disease are the by-products of a system that is characterized by over consumption in one part of the world and starvation in others. Output and the complex international infrastructure that supports are controlled by profit. Steel also documents how production of food is controlled by fewer companies accountable to no one but themselves. Her examples include the following: 90% of milk in the United States comes from one breed of cow; the same proportion of commercial eggs from a single breed of hen; British supermarkets have reduced the 2000 varieties of apples down to two. The food chain becomes vulnerable to disease, contamination or terrorism. As well as a guide to the the history of the food chain from farm to plate to landfill it is also a warning on the waste and destruction of our current food systems.
  1862. Hungry for Profit 
    The Agribusiness Threat to Farmers, Food, and the Environment

    Presents a historical analysis and an incisive overview of the issues and debates surrounding the global commodification of agriculture.
  1863. I Accuse!
    Herewith a proof beyond reasonable doubt that ICC chief prosecutor Fatou Bensouda whitewashed Israel

    First Published: 2019
    This finely-honed indictment by a writer widely acknowledged for his forensic skills is directed at Fatou Bensouda, the Chief Prosecutor of the International Criminal Court. It sets out how she defiled her office by refusing to investigate credible allegations of Israeli criminality.
  1864. I Ain't Marchin' Anymore
  1865. I Have Lived Here Since the World Began 
    An Illustrated History of Canada's Native People

    First Published: 1996
    Ray shows that Native culture played an important -- and largely unrecognized -- part in Canada's economic development. Rather than being "civilized" by European explorers, the indigenous people were already accomplished traders, artisans, farmers and hunters.
  1866. "I was a stranger and you took me in"
    First Published: 1989
    This kit from the Canadian Baptist Refugee Services (CBRS) describes the refugee situation, explains typical misconceptions, and details how to sponsor a refugee.
  1867. I Was Born There, I Was Born Here (Wulidtu hunak, wulidtu huna)
    First Published: 2009   Published: 2001
  1868. I Will Bear Witness
    A Diary of the Nazi Years 1933-1941

    First Published: 1998
    These diaries, written in secrecy, provide a vivid account of everyday life in Hitler's Germany. Although he was baptized a Protestant, Klemperer was still considered a Jew by the regime and saw his freedom slowly taken away.
  1869. I Won't Learn from You
    And Other Inquiries Into the Control and Liberation of Learning

    First Published: 1994
    This collection of essays discusses what takes place when a student's intelligence, dignity, or integrity is compromised.
  1870. I would like to dodge the draft-dodgers but
  1871. IBM and the Holocaust
    The Strategic Alliance Between Nazi Germany and America's Most Powerful Corporation

    First Published: 2001
    Nazi Germany employed IBM Hollerith punch-card machines to perform critical tasks in carrying out the Holocaust and the German war effort, cranking out lists of Jews which were then turned over to the SS for deportation and eventual extermination.
  1872. The Ideal Book
    First Published: 1893
    The designer William Morris describes his ideas about book design.
  1873. The Ideas of Victor Serge 
    A Life as a Work of Art

    First Published: 1997
    Victor Serge devoted his life and his brilliant pen to the revolution which for him knew no frontiers. An anarchist turned Bolshevik, he was unorthodox by nature, often a heretic but never a renegade. This important collection presents a still insufficiently known revolutionary figure through testimonials and essays on his literary praxis.
  1874. If I Am Not For Myself 
    Journey of an Anti-Zionist Jew

    First Published: 2008
    In a journey through family memory and leftwing history, Marqusee introduces us to Jewish heretics and heroes. In proudly reclaiming the Jewish radical tradition, he reminds us that cultures are not the exclusive franchises of nation-states, and that Zionists and anti-semites share the same sinister, racialized concept of group identity.
  1875. If I Had a Hammer
    The Death of the Old Left and the Birth of the New Left

    First Published: 1993
  1876. The I.F. Stone's Weekly Reader
    First Published: 1973
    An anthology of 20 years of journalism by independent journalists I.F. Stone.
  1877. If This Is a Woman: Inside Ravensbruck, Hitler's Concentration Camp for Women
    First Published: 2015
    Ravensbruck is a camp relatively unknown because it doesn't fit the Holocaust narrative. The hundreds of survivors' stories in this account bear witness to the terrifying heterogeneity of Nazi crimes.
  1878. If This is Treason, I am Guilty
    First Published: 1989
    Allan Boesak has been in the forefront of the struggle against apartheid in South Africa and has been increasingly recognized as a political as well as a religious leader. This collection of addresses and sermons from 1979 to 1986 shows all aspects of Boesak's involvement in the anti-apartheid movement. It includes pieces that offer analysis of the church's role in political issues, as well as sermons and articles showing a deep biblical understanding of the issues at stake. Among the selections are several of Boesak's important recent public speeches.
  1879. I'll Burn That Bridge When I Get to It!
    Heretical Thoughts on Identity Politics, Cancel Culture, and Academic Freedom

    First Published: 2023
  1880. Ill Fares The Land
    First Published: 2010
  1881. Illuminations
    First Published: 1955   Published: 1969
    Litearcy essasy, general reflections, and probings into cultural phenomena.
  1882. The Illusions of Postmodernism 
    First Published: 1996
    Eagleton explores the origins and emergence of postmodernism, revealing its ambivalences and contradictions. His primary concern is less with the more intricate formulations of postmodern philosophy than with the culture or milieu of postmodernism as a whole. Above all, he speaks to a particular kind of student, or consumer, of popular "brands" of postmodern thought.
  1883. An Illustrated Guide to Growing Food on Your Balcony
    First Published: 2011   Published: 2015
    A booklet for people in the city who grow or want to grow plants in container. The information is meant to be basic enough for beginners and informattive enough to be a handy reference for even an experienced gardener.
  1884. I'm Gonna Say It Now
    The Writings of Phil Ochs
  1885. I'm Right and You're an Idiot
    The Toxic State of Public Discourse and How to Clean it Up

    First Published: 2016
  1886. Image and Reality of The Israel-Palestine Conflict
    First Published: 1995   Published: 2001
    Challenges generally accepted truths of the Israel-Palestine conflict as well as much of the revisionist literature. This new and enlarged edition critically re-examines dominant popular and scholarly images in the light of the current debacle of a "peace" process.
  1887. Image Worlds
    Corporate Identities at General Electric, 1890-1930
  1888. Images of Man and Death
  1889. Imagination in Power 
    The Occupation of Factories in France in 1968

    First Published: 1973
    A brief study of the factory occupations which were a crucial component in the May 1968 events in France.
  1890. The Imagination of the New Left
    A Global Analysis of 1968

    First Published: 1987
    Brings to life the social movements and events of the 1960s that made it a period of world-historical importance: the Prague Spring; the student movements in Mexico, Japan, Sri Lanka, Italy, Yugoslavia, and Spain; the Tet Offensive in Vietnam and guerrilla movements in Latin America; the Democratic Convention in Chicago; the assassination of Martin Luther King; and the near-revolution in France of May 1968.
  1891. Imagine
    Living in a Socialist USA

    First Published: 2014
    Imagine: Living in a Socialist USA is at once an indictment of American capitalism as the root cause of our spreading dystopia and a cri di coeur for what life could be like in the United States if we had economic as well as a real political democracy. It features thirty-one essays by revolutionary thinkers and activists on various aspects of a new society and, crucially, on how to get from where we are now to where we want to be, living in a society that is truly fair and just.
  1892. Imagine Democracy 
    First Published: 2000
    Rebick calls for the transformation of fundamental institutions in Canada: the economy, the media and the electoral system.
  1893. The IMF and the Debt Crisis
    The Third World's Dilemma

    A well-documented, up-to-date and readable account of the Third World's debt crisis, the IMF's new role in prescribing domestic economic policies on a more or less permanent basis, and the destruction of long-term development prospects this entails. The authors argue that the only feasible alternative comprises conditional loans geared to reducing the historical structural defects of LDC economics, and administered by a democratized international monetary system.
  1894. The IMF and Ghana
    The Confidential Record

    First Published: 1989
    This book offers a carefully organized selection of documents of a type which are rarely published for public scrutiny, including IMF and World Bank reports, minutes of debt rescheduling conferences, and a variety of the government's own memoranda and decisions. The author shows why the IMF set out to destroy Ghana's development plans and how the IMF-prescribed austerity programme of 1966 led to a stagnation from which the country has still not recovered.
  1895. Immigrant settlement
    First Published: 1992
  1896. Immigrant Women in the Land of Dollars
    Life and Culture on the Lower East Side, 1890- 1925

    Tells the story of the Jewish and Italian women who came to inhabit New York's Lower East Side during this period of massive migration.
  1897. The Immigrant Years
    From Europe to Canada 1945-1967

    First Published: 1986
  1898. The Impact of Inequality
    How to Make Sick Societies Better

    First Published: 2005
  1899. Impeach the President
    The Case Against Bush and Cheney

    First Published: 2007
  1900. Imperial Crusades
    Iraq, Afghanistan and Yugoslavia: A Diary of Three Wars

    First Published: 2004
    Iraq was just one of three major imperial crusades in the decade after 1992, orchestrated by a new generation of American politicians, both Democrat and Republican, who backed pre-emptive strikes to overthrow unruly regimes in Yugoslavia and Afghanistan under the pretext of humanitarian intervention. Imperial Crusades chronicles the lies that are now returning almost daily to haunt the liars in Washington and London, the secret agendas and the under-reported carnage of these wars.
  1901. Imperial Leather
    Race, Gender, and Sexuality in the Colonial Contest

    First Published: 1995
    Imperial Leather chronicles the dangerous liaisons between gender, race, and class that shaped British imperialism and its bloody dismantling. Spanning the century between Victorian Britain and the current struggle for power in South Africa, the book takes up the complex relationships between race and sexuality, fetishism and money, gender and violence, domesticity and the imperial market, and the gendering of nationalism within the zones of imperial and anti-imperial power.
  1902. Imperialism
    From the Colonial Age to the Present

    This volume contains a series of essays aimed at illuminating the theory, history, and roots of imperialism
  1903. Imperialism and Global Political Economy
    First Published: 2009
    Callinicos critically assesses the classical theories of imperialism developed in the era of the First World War by Marxists such as Lenin, Luxemburg, and Bukharin and by the Liberal economist J.A. Hobson. He then outlines a theory of the relationship between capitalism as an economic system and the international state system. He also traces the history of capitalist imperialism from the Dutch East India Company to the specific patterns of economic and geopolitical competition in the contemporary era of American decline and Chinese expansion. Imperialism, he concludes, is far from dead.
  1904. Imperialism, Nationalism, and Canada.
    First Published: 1977
    Interpretations of Canada's status in the system of world imperialism and the internal dynamics of class, race, and region within the Canadian national state.
  1905. Imperialism: Pioneer of Capitalism
    First Published: 1980
    Argues that the accepted theories of imperialism are profoundly flawed.
  1906. Imperialism, The Highest Stage of Capitalism
    First Published: 1917
  1907. Imperialism Without Colonies
    These essays explain how imperialism works, why it generates ever greater inequality, repression, and militarism, and the essential role it plays in the development of U.S. capitalism.
  1908. Imperialism and World Economy
    First Published: 1915   Published: 1929
    Bukharin's 1929 anticipation of the growth of the internationalization of capital.
  1909. Imprinting Our Image
    An International Anthology by Women with Disabilities

    First Published: 1992
  1910. Imprisoned Intellectuals
    America's Political Prisoners Write on Life, Liberation, and Rebellion

    First Published: 2003
    Anthology of writings by imprisoned intellectuals.
  1911. In a Time of Torment
    First Published: 1968
    Independent journalist I.F. Stone on the events and issues of the 1960s.
  1912. In an era of wars and revolution: American socialist cartoons of the mid-twentieth century
    First Published: 2014
    The cartoons collected in this book depict US politics, workers' struggles, Jim Crow racism, the Roosevelt New Deal, and Stalinism at its height, as revolutionary socialists saw them at the time.
  1913. In and against the state
    First Published: 1979   Published: 1980
    The state is not neutral. It does provide services and resources which most of us need – education, health care, social security. But it does not do so primarily for the good of the working class. It does it to maintain the capitalist system. Although the state may appear to exist to protect us from the worst excesses of capitalism, it is in fact protecting capital from our strength by ensuring that we relate to capital and to each other in ways which divide us from ourselves, and leave the basic inequalities unquestioned.
  1914. In and Out of Crisis 
    The Global Financial Meltdown and Left Alternatives

    First Published: 2010
    Political economists Albo, Gindin and Panitch lay bare the roots of the crisis, which they locate in the dynamic expansion of capital on a global scale over the last quarter century – and in the inner logic of capitalism itself.
  1915. In Bad Faith: What's Wrong with the Opium of the People
    First Published: 2011
  1916. In Conflict with the Law
    Women and the Canadian Justice System

    First Published: 1994
    Critique of women and the Canadian justice system. Written from a feminist perspective, the collection is organized into three thematic sextions: Federal Imprisonment of Women -- Past, Present and Future; Images and Realities -- Profiles of Women Offenders; and Theoretical Considerations about Women in Conflict with the Law."
  1917. In Contempt of All Authority
    Rural Artisans and Riot in the West of England, 1586-1660

    First Published: 1980
    An examination of the social status of the people who engaged in the food and anti-enclosure riots in late Tudor and early Stuart England and to determine the social and economic conditions which produced the disorders.
  1918. In Defence of the Terror
    Liberty or Death in the French Revolution

    First Published: 2012
    A discussion about the causes and consequences of revolutionary violence, with the premise that dismissive disgust at bloodshed is an overly simplistic response.
  1919. In Defense of Atheism
    The Case Against Christianity, Judaism, and Islam

    First Published: 2007
  1920. In Defense of Julian Assange
    First Published: 2019
    A wide range of distinguished contributors, many of them in original pieces, here set out the story of Julian Assange and WikiLeaks, the importance of their work, and the dangers for us all in the persecution they face. In Defense of Julian Assange is a vivid, vital intervention into one of the most important political issues of our day.
  1921. In His Steps
    First Published: 1897   Published: 2010
    What does it really mean to be a Christian? In His Steps was the first to ask "What would Jesus do? and quickly became one of the best-selling books of all times. A classic Christian novel. "I want volunteers from First Church who will pledge themselves, earnestly and honestly, for an entire year; not to do anything without first asking the question, 'What would Jesus do?'" The town Reverend never dreamed that among those who responded would be the most influential members of his congregation. Together they pledged themselves to a new step of faith that would change, not just a handful of people, but an entire town-for good.
  1922. In Nobody's Backyard
    Maurice Bishop's Speeches 1979-1983: A Memorial Volume

    A collection of Maurice Bishop's speeches accompanied by an introduction from Richard Hart, former Attorney-General of Grenada under the New Jewel Movement.
  1923. In Our Backyard
    A Greater Vancouver Environmental Guide...

    First Published: 1992
    In Our Backyard focuses on environmental problems that apply directly to Greater Vancouver. With detials on local garbage and recylcing facilities, water and energy consumption, sewage disposal, air quality, and more, it is designed to help ordinary people deal with the onslaught of information and value changes that will continue to surround the environmental movement.
  1924. In Our Own Backyard
    First Published: 1989
  1925. In Our Time
    The Chamberlain-Hitler Collusion

    Documents the steps taken under diplomatic cover by the West to strike a bargain with Hitler based upon shared anti-Soviet premises.
  1926. In Praise of Idleness 
    First Published: 1932
    More leisure, not work, will benefit civilization. Modern organization and technology makes a four hour work day possible for leisure to be distributed to everyone.
  1927. In Russian and French Prisons
    First Published: 1906   Published: 1991
    Kropotkin's criticism of the penal system, and an inside look into the horrors and realities of what life in prison entails.
  1928. In Search of Fatima
    A Palestinian Story

    First Published: 2004
    A frank and intimate memoir by diaspora Palestinian Ghada Karmi, detailing her experiences of displacement, nostalgia and loss.
  1929. In Search of the Lost Chord
    1967 and the Hippie Idea

    First Published: 2017
    An extensive look into the social and cultural events that shaped 1967. Golberg touches on influencial musicians such as the Doors, Jimi Hendrix and Janis Joplin as well as LSD, the Summer of Love and the Vietnam War.
  1930. In Service of the Wild
    Restoring and Reinhabiting Damaged Land

    First Published: 1995
  1931. In Struggle
    SNCC and the Black Awakenning of the 1960's

    First Published: 1981
  1932. In the Absence of the Sacred
    The Failure of Technology and the Survival of Indian Nations

    First Published: 1991
  1933. In the Crossfire 
    Adventures of a Vietnamese Revolutionary

    First Published: 2000   Published: 2010
    This book is the story of those other movements and revolts in Vietnam, caught in the crossfire between the French and the Stalinists, told by one of the few survivors.
  1934. In The Feminine: Women And Words/Les Femmes Et Les Mots
    First Published: 1987
  1935. In the Name of Progress
    The Underside of Foreign Aid

    First Published: 1985
  1936. In The Name of Progress: The Underside Of Foreign Aid
    First Published: 1986
  1937. In the Radical Camp
    A Political Autobiograpy 1890-1921

    First Published: 2021
  1938. In The Rapids
    Navigating the Future of First Nations

    First Published: 1994
    A collection of speeches by Mercredi with contributions by the Dalhousie law professor who assisted him in 1992 constitutional negotiations.
  1939. In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts
    First Published: 2008
    Gabor Mate looks at the epidemic of addictions in our society, tells us why we are so prone to them, and outlines what he thinks is needed to liberate ourselves from their hold on our emotions and behaviours.
  1940. In the Shadow of Empire
    Canada for Americans

    Joseph K. Roberts brings into focus every major feature of Canada's politics, from the distinctiveness of a society that does not stigmatize government action, to the struggles of indigenous peoples and the quest of French-speaking Quebec for autonomy.
  1941. In the Sleep Room
    The Story of the CIA Brainwashing Experiments in Canada

    First Published: 1988
  1942. In the Tiger's Mouth
    An empowerment guide for social action

    First Published: 1992   Published: 1994
    Information for ordinary people to become activists for social change.
  1943. In the Tracks of Historical Materialism
    First Published: 1984
  1944. In This Timeless Time
    Living and Dying on Death Row in America

    First Published: 2012
    An exploration of life on Death Row in Texas and in other states, as well as the convoluted and arbitrary judicial processes that populate all Death Rows. In chronicling the lives and deaths of these prisoners in words and pictures, the authors document the capriciousness of capital punishment and capture the day-to-day experiences of Death Row inmates in the official "nonperiod" between sentencing and death.
  1945. Income and Health
    First Published: 1991
  1946. The Incomplete, True, Authentic, and Wonderful History of May Day
    First Published: 2016
    This book's reflections on the Red and the Green -- out of which arguably the only hope for the future lies -- are populated by the likes of Native American anarchocommunist Lucy Parsons, the Dodge Revolutionary Union Movement, Karl Marx, José Martí, W. E. B. Du Bois, Rosa Luxemburg, SNCC, and countless others, both sentient and verdant.
  1947. The Incomplete Work of the Situationist International
    First Published: 1974
  1948. The Inconvenient Indian 
    A Curious Account of Native People in North America

    First Published: 2012
  1949. India-China: Underdevelopment and Revolution
    First Published: 1974
  1950. India and the Third World
    Altruism or Hegemony?

    A study of Indian foreign policy concentrating on the political and economic forces which shaped the country's external relations.
  1951. The Indian Act and What it Means
    First Published: 1975
    The Union of British Columbia Indian Chiefs is the political organization representing some 52,000 status Indians in the Province.
  1952. Indian Giver
    A Legacy of North American Native Peoples

    First Published: 1986
    Traces some of the significant contributions made by Native people to the modern world.
  1953. Indians at Work: An Informal History of Native Indian Labour in B.C.
    First Published: 1979
  1954. India's Struggle for Freedom
    First Published: 1962
  1955. An Indigenous People's History of the United States
    First Published: 2014
    Historian and activist Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz offers a history of the United States told from the perspective of Indigenous peoples and reveals how Native Americans, for centuries, actively resisted expansion of the US empire.
  1956. Indigenous Peoples
    A Report for the Independent Commission on International Humanitarian Issues (ICIHI)

    The provocative report is about the plight - and resilience - of some 200 million people spread out in all continents. They are the descendants of the original inhabitants of lands which boasted a rich culture and advanced civilization before they were ravaged by alien colonizers. The issues of direct relevance to their survival and welfare are concisely analyzed here in an objective yet compassionate manner. It is a compelling plea for action on the part of the world community.
  1957. An Indigenous Peoples' History of the United States
    First Published: 2015
    Dunbar-Ortiz challenges the founding myth of the United States and shows how policy against the Indigenous peoples was colonialist and designed to seize the territories of the original inhabitants, displacing or eliminating them.
  1958. Indigenous Sovereignty & Socialism
    First Published: 2018
  1959. Indo-China
    Underdevelopment and Revolution
  1960. The Indochina Story
    A Fully Documentary Account

    First Published: 1970
  1961. Indonesia
    Law, Propaganda, and Terror

    In this study of Indonesia under the Suharto regime, the authors describe and explain the violent means the regime has consistently resorted to in order to maintain and legitimize its position. The significance of this book lies in the detailed account which illuminates the complex ways in which such regimes combine terror, a perverted legal system, and propaganda to force entire populations into submission.
  1962. Industrial Cathedrals of the North
    First Published: 1998
  1963. The Industrial Development of Poland
    First Published: 1898
    First published in 1898, under the title Die Industrielle Entwicklung Polens.
  1964. Industry and Empire
    The Pelican Economic History of Britian: Volume 3: From 1750 to the Present Day

    First Published: 1968   Published: 1969
    Hobsbawm documents the rise of the industrial revolution in Britain from its origins around the mid 1700s, its expansion throughout the Victorian decades and finally its effects on British society up to the 1960s.
  1965. Industry and Labour
    Class Struggle at Work and Monopoly Capitalism

    First Published: 1978
  1966. Inequality at Work
    First Published: 1983
  1967. An Infantile Disorder?
    The Crisis and Decline of the New Left

    First Published: 1977
  1968. Infidel
    First Published: 2007
    Ayaan Hirsi Ali is a Somali woman who escaped a forced marriage and moved to the Netherlands, where she became a spokeswoman for Muslim women's rights. She tells the story of how her experiences led her to question her faith.
  1969. Information concerning the Canadian Security Intelligence Service Bill C-9
    First Published: 1984
  1970. Inhuman Bondage
    First Published: 2008
    Looks at slavery in the American South, desribing black slaveholding planters, the rise of the Cotton Kingdom, the daily life of ordinary slaves, the highly destructive slave trade, the sexual exploitation of slaves, the emergence of an African-American culture, and much more.
  1971. Initiation a la vie economique
    First Published: 1980
  1972. An Injury to All
    The Decline of American Unionism

    The author, a union organizer and activist, details the decline of the American union movement.
  1973. Injustice: Why social inequality persists
    First Published: 2011
    Dorling examines who is most harmed by social injustices and why, and what happens to those who most benefit.
  1974. The Inquisition of Climate Science
    First Published: 2011
    The Inquisition of Climate Science is the first book to comprehensively take on the climate science denial movement and the deniers themselves, exposing their lack of credentials, their extensive industry funding, and their failure to provide any alternative theory to explain the observed evidence of warming. Lawrence Powell's book clearly reveals that the evidence of global warming is real and that an industry of denial has deceived the American public, putting them and their grandchildren at risk.
  1975. Inside Broadside: A Decade of Feminist Journalism
    Broadside: A Feminist Review was a groundbreaking Canadian feminist newspaper published between 1979 and 1989. This is a collection of articles which appeared in Broadside.
  1976. Inside Israel-Palestine The Conflict Explained
    First Published: 2007
    An ideal guide, in question and answer format, to this most complex of conflicts.
  1977. Inside Lebanon
    Journey to a Shattered Land with Noam and Carol Chomsky

    First Published: 2007
    Documents Noam and Carol Chomsky's journey and situates it within the tragically altered context of Lebanon and Palestine before and after the war of 2006.
  1978. Inside the Company: CIA Diary
    First Published: 1975
  1979. Inside the Monster
    Writings on the United States and American Imperialism

    Explores the emergent threat of U.S. imperialism from 1881 to 1895.
  1980. Insight and Action
    How to Discover and Support a Life of Integrity and Commitment to Change

    First Published: 1994
  1981. Instead of Education
    Ways to Help People Do Things Better

    First Published: 1976
    Holt returns to the old truth that we learn things by doing them. He says this has been forgotten by today's educators, who believe we shouldn't start to do things until after they have been "learned."
  1982. Instead of Prisons
    A Handbook for Abolitionists

    First Published: 1976
    A Meditation on the abolition of prision system - chapters include "Demythologizing our views of prison," "Diminishing/Dismantling the Prison System," "Decarcerate," and "Excarcerate."
  1983. Institut de Recherche Applicquee sur la Travail
    First Published: 1978
  1984. Institute for: Christian Life in Canada
    First Published: 1978
    The various essays in the book "The Institue for: Christian Life in Canada" raise many social issues and problems that are found in the four major regions of Canada. The political and economic structures of our nation often create marginalization as the inability to get out of structured oppressive situations, and it is argued that this has been forced on the peoples of the Atlantic region.
  1985. Institutions for Peace Vs. Instruments of War
    First Published: 1984
  1986. Insurgency Online
    Web Activism and Global Conflict

    First Published: 2005   Published: 2006
    Explores the nature of the web and its potential for facilitating participation in political debate.
  1987. The Intellectual Life of the British Working Classes
    First Published: 2001
    Now in its second edition, this landmark book provides an intellectual history of the British working classes from the preindustrial era to the twentieth century.
  1988. The Intellectual Roots of Independence
    An Anthology of Puerto Rican Political Essays

    Explores the impact of colonial domination and defends Puerto Rican anti-imperial struggles.
  1989. The Interesting Narrative and Other Writings
    First Published: 1789   Published: 1996
    Olaudah Equiano's Narrative recounts his kidnapping in Africa at the age of eleven, his service as the slave of an officer in the British Navy, and his years of labour on slave ships until he was able to purchase his freedom in 1766. As a free man on a Central American plantation, he supervised slaves; increasingly disgusted by his co-workers, he returned to England in 177. In England he worked for the resettlement of blacks in Sierra Leone, married an Englishwoman, and became a leading and respected figure in the anti-slavery movement.
  1990. Interesting Times
    A Twentieth-Century Life

    First Published: 2002
    Autobiography of the eminent Marxist historian.
  1991. International Blacklist 1983
    An Anti-Authoritarian Directory

    First Published: 1983
    An International directory of anti-authoritarian groups and publications. P. 123 has a list of documentation centres on anarchism. P. 139 has publishing houses and disributors.
  1992. International Communism in the Era of Lenin
    A Documentary History

    First Published: 1972
  1993. International Development: Illusions and realities
    First Published: 2015
    Explores the myriad shapes of development, and argues for an organic approach driven by the people it's meant to benefit.
  1994. An International Fraud
    How The Schools Cheat Your Children

    First Published: 1988
  1995. International Human Rights
    A Selected Bibiliography

    First Published: 1978
    Human Rights resources directory. Each category inthis directory contains a brief introductory description and is followed by Bibliographic listing with no critical commentary. Topics include such areas as "Basic Issues", "Genocide Convention," "United N
  1996. The International Permaculture Solutions Journal
    Volume 1, Number 1

    First Published: 1990
  1997. Die Internationalisierung der kapitalistischen Produktionsverhältnisse und der Nationalstaat
    Internationale Marxistische Diskussion 42

    First Published: 1973
  1998. Interpersonal Peacemaking: Confrontations and Third Party Consultation
    First Published: 1969
    Provides a model for diagnosing recurring conflict between two parties and shows how a third-party facilitator can help interrupt and resolve the conflict. The theory is demonstrated with three in-depth case studies drawn from standard work situations.
  1999. The Interregnum 1923-1924
    First Published: 1954   Published: 1969
    Tje fourth volume of E.H. Carr's History of Soviet Russia, covering the months of Lenin's illness and death
  2000. Interventions
    First Published: 2007
    Noam Chomsky says that the freedom to challenge power is not just an opportunity, it's a responsibility. Concise and fiercely argued, Interventions covers the invasion and occupation of Iraq, the Bush presidency, Israel and Palestine, national security, the escalating threat of nuclear warfare, and more.
  2001. Intifada:
    The Palestinian Uprising Against Israeli Occupation

    First Published: 1989
  2002. Intimate Enemies
    Violence and Reconciliation in Peru

    First Published: 2012   Published: 2013
    Theidon explores how Peruvians are rebuilding both individual lives and collective existence following twenty years of armed conflict. A compilation of stories and dialogues of Peruvian peasants and Theidon's own experiences to encompass the broad and varied range of conciliatory practices.
  2003. Intimate Friendships 
    First Published: 1976
    Examines various forms of intimate relationship, from monogamy, to monogamy with adultery, to polygyny, polyandry and group relationships.
  2004. Into the Buzz Saw
    Accounts of journalists investigating stories which the power structure doesn't want investigated.
  2005. Intractable: Hell Has a Name
    Life Inside Australia's First Super-Max Prison

    First Published: 2006
    A firsthand account spanning two generations of high-security confinement in the 1970s NSW Australian prison system.
  2006. Introducing Liberation Theology
    First Published: 1987
    This work deals with the basic questions that are tackled by liberation theology--oppression, violence, domination and marginalization. It then goes on to show how the Christian faith can be used as an agent in promoting social and individual liberation, and how faith and politics relate.
  2007. Introduction: Time, Age, Myth: Towards a History of the Sixties
    First Published: 2012
    Published in Debating Dissent: Canada and the Sixties, Lara Campbell, Dominique Clement, and Greg Kealey, eds. Toornto; Buffalo; London: University of Toronto Press, 2012
  2008. An Introduction to Marxist Political Economy
    This is a response to what the author sees as a gap in modern Marxist literature, especially in the Third World. The nature of exploitation and profit, capitalist development and crises, the periphery's dependent monetary system, imperialism, multi-nationals, underdevelopment, the state, the need for socialist revolution, and the rise of the bourgeoisie in underdeveloped countries are all explained in detail.
  2009. Introduction to Marx's Capital
    First Published: 2009
    This book is aimed to guide the first time reader through a difficult and intricate text. Harvey makes CAPITAL relevant to the understanding of contemporary capitalism.
  2010. Inuit Hunungar - The People's Land
    First Published: 1978
  2011. The Invasion of Compulsory Sex-Morality
    First Published: 1971
  2012. Inventing Human Rights: A History
    First Published: 2004
    A history of human rights, from the initial conceptualization that 'all men are created equal' to current ramifications.
  2013. Inventing Reality 
    The Politics of News Media

    First Published: 1993
    Parenti sets out to demonstrate how the news media distort important aspects of social and political life and why they do.
  2014. Inventing Tax Rage
    Misinformation in the National Post

    First Published: 2004
    How the National Post created an agenda for the tax cuts that mostly benefits the wealthy.
  2015. Inventing Tax Rage (excerpt)
    Misinformation in the National Post

    First Published: 2004   Published: 2005
    The propaganda campaign to invent "tax rage".
  2016. Inventing the People
    The Rise of Popular Sovereignity in England and America

    First Published: 1989
    The author makes the case that the United States has remained politically stable because the Founding Fathers invented the idea of the American people and used it to impose a government on the new nation. Morgan ties the notion of popular sovereignty to the older, equally fictional notion, the "divine right of kings."
  2017. The Invention of the Jewish People 
    First Published: 2009
    In this new book, Shlomo Sand shows that the Israeli national myth has its origins in the nineteenth century, rather than in biblical times - when Jewish historians, like scholars in many other cultures, reconstituted an imagined people in order to model a future nation.
  2018. The Invention of the Land of Israel
    From Holy Land to Homeland

    First Published: 2012
    The Invention of the Land of Israel deconstructs the age-old legends surrounding the Holy Land and the prejudices that continue to suffocate it. Sand’s account dissects the concept of “historical right” and tracks the creation of the modern concept of the “Land of Israel” by nineteenth-century Evangelical Protestants and Jewish Zionists.
  2019. The Invention of the White Race
    Volume One: Racial Oppression and Social Control

    First Published: 1994
    One of the great contributions of Allen's study is a complete debunking of the myth that race and skin colour are the same thing.
  2020. The Invention of the White Race
    Volume Two: The Origin of Racial Oppression in Anglo-America

    First Published: 1997
    Argues that the propertyless classes in continental Anglo-American and United States society have been recruited into the "intermediate buffer control stratum" (the so-called "middle class") through anomalous white-skin privileges.
  2021. Inversions
    Writing by Dykes, Queers & Lesbians

    First Published: 1991
  2022. Investor Beware
    Investigating Investments & Scams

    First Published: 1988
  2023. The Invisible Empire
    Racism in Canada

    First Published: 1995
    Cannon asks how can a tolerant nation like Canada be racist? Several incidents are documented in regard to minorities, employment, the justice system, and immigrants from Third World countries.
  2024. Invisible Giant
    First Published: 2002
    A far-reaching analysis of a global food company that now has 800 locations in over 60 countries and more than 50 lines of business.
  2025. Ireland and the Irish Question
    First Published: 1971
    Brings together all of Marx's and Engels' writing on Ireland in one volume.
  2026. The Iron Cage
    The Story of the Palestinian Struggle for Statehood

    First Published: 2007
    Rashid examines the history of the Nakba and the circumstances and context that surrounded it.
  2027. An Iron Hand Upon the People
    The Law Against The Potlach On The Northwest Coast
  2028. The Iron Heel
    First Published: 1907   Published: 1971
  2029. Ironies of History
    Essays on Contemporary Communism

    First Published: 1957   Published: 1966
    A series of essays by Deutscher examinig the evolution of the so-called Communist world after Stalin.
  2030. The Irresistible Revolution
    Living as an Ordinary Radical

    First Published: 2006
  2031. The Irreversible Crisis
    Five Essays

    The economies of the capitalist world have been in an ongoing state of crisis since the early 1970s. This crisis has gone through several phases but has not at any time shown signs of giving way to a renewed long wave of prosperity.
  2032. Is Capitalism Sustainable?
    Political Economy and the Politics of Ecology

    First Published: 1994
    The book concludes that world-scale capitalism may be viable for some time, but its costs (cultural, ecological, increased conflict) will be great.
  2033. Is Democracy Possible?
    The Alternative to Electoral Politics

    First Published: 1985
    In this provocative book, John Burnheim argues that there is an alternative to our current political and economic structure. In a bold discussion of how and why the present system fails and what we might do to bring about genuine democracy, Burnheim offers the outline of a new kind of society, forcing us to reexamine our assumptions about the limits and possibilities of modern political systems.
  2034. Is Feminist Ethics Possible?
    First Published: 1991
  2035. Is God a Racist?
    The Right Wing in Canada
  2036. Islam, Politics and the State
    The Pakistan Experience

    Mohammad Asghar Khan, prominent in the Movement for the Restoration of Democracy, has assembled leading Pakistani scholars at home and abroad to assess critically the consequences of Zia's Islamicisation measures, and the relationship between Islam and politics. The history of right-wing Islamic movements and the current Islamicisation drive are examined.
  2037. Islamic Peril
    Media And Global Violence

    First Published: 2000
  2038. Islands of Hope
    Ontario's Parks and Wilderness

    First Published: 1992
    This is a collection of essays, published on the 100th birthday of Algonquin Park and Ontario's provincial park system, arguing for the completion of the provincial parks system.
  2039. Israel
    An Apartheid State

    First Published: 1989
    In this book, Dr. Uri Davis examines those legal and constitutional structures of the Israeli state that define the national status and rights of its population. He focuses especially on the Jewish National Fund and the Israel Lands Administration, illustrating the legal provisions in their charters which institutionalize discrimination in Israel.
  2040. Israel: A Colonial-Settler State?
    First Published: 1967   Published: 1973
    Rodinson argues that Zionism fits into the general pattern of Western colonialism, and that Arab opposition to Israel is the opposition of a colonized people towards their colonizers.
  2041. Israel and Palestine
    Reappraisals, Revisions, Refutations

    First Published: 2009
    Reflections on the causes and consequences of the Israel Palestine conflict, by the author of The Iron Wall.
  2042. Israel and the Clash of Civilisations
    Iraq, Iran and the Plan to Remake the Middle East

    First Published: 2008
    Cook examines Israel’s key role in persuading the Bush administration to invade Iraq, as part of a plan to remake the Middle East, and their joint determination to isolate Iran and prevent it from acquiring nuclear weapons that might rival Israel’s own.
  2043. Israel: Democracy or Apartheid State?
    First Published: 2018
    Josh Ruebner draws on personal anecdotes and reflections, historical documents, and legal analyses to answer one of the most pressing issues in international affairs today: is Israel a democracy or does its separate and unequal treatment of the Palestinian people render it an apartheid state?
  2044. The Israel Lobby and U.S. Foreign Policy 
    First Published: 2007
    Mearsheimer and Walt describe the remarkable level of material and diplomatic support that the United States provides to Israel and argue that this support cannot be fully explained in either strategic or moral grounds. This exceptional relationship is due largely to the political influence of a loose coalition of individuals and organizations that actively work to shape U.S. foreign policy in a pro-Israel direction. Mearsheimer and Walt contend that the lobby has a far-reaching impact on America's posture throughout the Middle East and the policies it has encouraged are in neither America's national interest nor Israel's long-term interest.
  2045. Israel: Politics, Myths and Identity Crises
    First Published: 1994
    Essays dealing with the politics and ideology of Zionism, the sociology of Israel, and politics of ethnicity generally.
  2046. Israeli Apartheid: A Beginner's Guide
    First Published: 2009
    A readable introduction to the history and practice of apartheid in Israel.
  2047. An Israeli in Palestine
    Resisting Dispossession, Redeeming Israel

    First Published: 2008
    Jeff Halper's book is, in part, the story of the evolution of a "white moderate" peace campaigner from Hibbing, Minnesota, to a radical Israeli campaigner for justice for the Palestinians.
  2048. An Issue Of Justice 
    Origins Of The Israel/Palestine Conflict

    First Published: 2005
    Finkelstein lays out the history of the Israel/Palestine conflict with clarity and passion, arguing that any other similar conflict would be perfectly understood, yet this one exists beneath a blanket of ideological fog. Finkelstein cuts through the fog with indisputable historical facts, optimistic that the struggle is winnable, and that it is simply an issue of justice.
  2049. It Doesn't Have To Be Like This
    Green Politics Explained

    First Published: 1991
  2050. It Runs in the Family
    On Being Raised by Radicals and Growing into Rebellious Motherhood

    First Published: 2015
    It Runs in the Family is a book about how parents can create lasting and meaningful bulwarks between their kids and the violence endemic in our culture. It posits discipline without spanks or slaps or threats of violence, while considering how to raise thoughtful, compassionate, fearless young people committed to social and political change-- without scaring, hectoring or scarring them with all the wrongs in the world.
  2051. It Started in Wisconsin
    Dispatches from the Front Lines of the New Labor Protest

    First Published: 2012
    A collection of accounts of the first great wave of grassroots resistance to the corporate restructuring of the Great Recession in Wisconsin in the spring of 2011.
  2052. It Started in Wisconsin: Dispatches from the Front Lines of the New Labor Protest
    First Published: 2012
    First-hand accounts of the largest pro-labour mass mobilization in modern American history. In the spring of 2011, Wisconsinites took to the streets in what became the largest and liveliest labour demonstrations in modern American history.
  2053. Its Here...Somewhere
    First Published: 1991
  2054. It's Never Been Easy
    Essays on Modern Labor

    First Published: 2009
    Most of the labor essays included here were written over the last seven years and appeared originally in various publications, including CounterPunch, The Exception Magazine, Liberalati, Los Angeles Times, Philadelphia Inquirer, State of Nature, and Synthesis/Regeneration. This book is dedicated to working men and women everywhere, but particularly to the members of America's labor unions' those individuals who carry out the work, solve the problems, make it happen, but who, alas, rarely share in the treasure or glory.
  2055. It's Not Over: Learning From the Socialist Experiment
    First Published: 2016
    The path to a better world can't be found without knowledge of history. "It's Not Over" analyzes attempts to supplant capitalism in the past in order to draw lessons for emerging and future movements that seek to overcome the political and economic crises of today. This history is presented through the words and actions of the men and women who made these revolutions, and the everyday experiences of the millions of people who put new revolutionary ideas into practice under the pressures of enormous internal and external forces. This is history that can be applied to today's struggles to shape our world, in which new ideas are emerging to bring about the economic democracy that is indispensable to a rational and sustainable future.
  2056. It's Not the Money, It's the Principle
    Why User Charges for Some Services and Not Others?

    First Published: 1994
  2057. It's Our Own Knowledge
    Labour, Public Education, and Skills Training
  2058. It's the Media, Stupid
    First Published: 2000
  2059. I've Got the Light of Freedom: The Organizing Tradition and the Mississippi Freedom Struggle
    First Published: 2007
    A study and history of the legacy of community organizing in Mississippi.
  2060. J is for Junk Economics: A Guide to Reality in an Age of Deception
    First Published: 2017
    Michael Hudson's new book covers contemporary terms that are misleading or poorly understood as well as many important concepts that have been abandoned -- many on purpose -- from the long history of political economy.
  2061. James P. Cannon and the Origins of the American Revolutionary Left, 1890-1928
    First Published: 2010
    Covers James Cannon's early years through to his 1928 expulsion from the Communist Party USA.
  2062. Jay Wiseman's Erotic Bondage Handbook
    First Published: 2000
    A compendium of advice on how to tie up your sweetie, or get tied up yourself.
  2063. J.B. McLachlan
    A Biography

    First Published: 2000   Published: 2023
    This is the story of Canadian Unionist, James Bryson Mclachlan. In his work, he campaigned for social justice and industrial safety for miners in Nova Scotia.
  2064. Jean-Paul Marat
    Tribune of the French Revolution

    First Published: 2012
    Biography of Jean-Paul Marat and an analysis of his role in the French Revolution. Conner emphasizes Marat's total identification with the struggle of the propertyless classes.
  2065. Jewish Currents goes to heaven, Jewish Currents goes to hell
    First Published: 2017
    A collection of writings, poems and images reflecting the traditions of thought, activism, and culture of the Jewish left.
  2066. Jewish History, Jewish Religion
    The Weight of Three Thousand Years

    First Published: 1995
  2067. The Jewish Question
    A Marxist Interpretation

    First Published: 1946   Published: 1970
    Abram Leon offers a materialist approach to the study of Jewish history.
  2068. The Jewish Wife & Other Short Plays
    First Published: 1965
    A collection of six short plays.
  2069. The Jihadis Return
    ISIS and the New Sunni Uprising

    First Published: 2014
    Though capable of staging spectacular attacks like 9/11, jihadist organizations were not a significant force on the ground when they first became notorious in the shape of al-Qa'ida at the turn of century. The West's initial successes in the 2001 invasion of Afghanistan weakened their support still further. Today, as Middle East commentator Patrick Cockburn sets out in this new book, that's all changed. Exploiting the missteps of the West's wars in Afghanistan, Iraq and Libya, as well as its misjudgments in relation to Syria and the uprisings of the Arab Spring, jihadist organizations, of which ISIS is the most important, are swiftly expanding.
  2070. Joe Zuken, Citizen and Socialist
    First Published: 1990
    Examines the forces that dominated Winnipeg's social and political life from the 1930s to the 1980s - the impact of European migration, the growth of radicalism, the internment of communists in World War Two, and the political witchunting of the Cold War - through the life of a man who, through good times and bad, remained passionately devoted to social justice.
  2071. Joelito's Big Decision
    First Published: 2015
    Story of ten-year old Joelito, who learns about the struggle for economic justice as he heads toward the door of MacMann’s Burger Restaurant for his regular Friday-night family dinner.
  2072. The John A. Livingston Reader
    First Published: 2007
  2073. Jose Marti
    Architect of the Cuban Revolution

    This book looks at Marti as both thinker and man of action in relation to his own country (Cuba), Latin America as a whole, and the United States. Turton presents Marti as a contradictory man, avoiding the hagiographical tendencies of many biographers. An original and readable portrait of this great patriot of the Americas and forerunner of the Cuban Revolution.
  2074. Journalism: A Very Short Introduction
    First Published: 2003   Published: 2005
    Ian Hargreaves discusses the history, development, future and ethics of journalism and describes journalists' relationship with the public.
  2075. Journey of an Unrepentant Socialist
    First Published: 2014
    Kneen describes his book as his “political theological autobiography.” The book is a personal life-story with a focus on the 1950s and '60s, coming from someone who was active in the peace and social justice movements in the USA and Canada over the past 5 decades or so. It starts with an inside story of the New Left and the peace and Civil Rights movements in North America, and the Prague-based Christian Peace Conference, and continues with his life as a farmer and writer in Canada.
  2076. The Joy of Service!
    Bringing service excellence to the world thriugh your world

    First Published: 1989
  2077. The joyful community
    An account of the Bruderhof, a communcal movement now in its third generation

    First Published: 1971   Published: 1980
    An in-depth study of the Bruderhof community.
  2078. J.P. Stevens - Boycott Kit
    First Published: 1979
    This kit provides extensive background information on the organized boycott against J.P. Stevens and Company Inc. The boycott, now in its third year, was organized to bring wide attention to the unjust and dangerous working conditions in the 85 textile plants of J.P. Stevens. Over 45,000 women and men are employed by the multi-national corporation that operates mostly in North and South Carolina, U.S.A.
  2079. Judaism or Zionism?
    What Difference for the Middle East?

    American Jewish Alternatives to Zionism (AJAZ) and the Organization for the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination (EAFORD) here bring together diverse and notable scholars, religious figures, and others - Jewish and Arab, American and European - to debate what, over the past century, Zionism as a political movement has done to Judaism as one of the world's oldest religious faiths.
  2080. Judgment unto Truth
    An Armenian Memory

    First Published: 1989
    Jernazian was born in Turkish Armenia in 1890 and lived there until he was forced to flee in 1922. This autobriography tells of a way of life in those years now destroyed forever. His sensitive and engrossing account weaves together his personal experiences with the history of his people at the end of the Ottoman Empire. He bears witness to the treatment of the Armenian people and their desperate defence.
  2081. The Jungle
    First Published: 1906
    Upton Sinclair's sixth novel and first popular success, written when he was sent by the socialist weekly newspaper Appeal to Reason to Chicago to investigate conditions in the stockyards. Though intended to create sympathy for the exploited and poorly treated immigrant workers in the meat-packing industry, The Jungle instead aroused widespread public indignation at the quality of and impurities in processed meats and thus helped bring about the passage of federal food-inspection laws. Sinclair ironically commented at the time, "I aimed at the public's heart and by accident I hit it in the stomach." The Jungle is the most enduring of the works of the "muckrakers".
  2082. The Junius Pamphlet 
    The Crisis of Social Democracy

    First Published: 1916
    The voting of war credits in August 1914 was a shattering moment in the life of individual socialists and of the socialist movement in Europe. Those who had worked for, and wholly believed in the ability of, organized labour to stand against war now saw the major social democratic parties of Germany, France, and England rush to the defense of their fatherlands. Worker solidarity had proved an impotent myth. Rosa Luxemburg had for years warned against the stultifying effects of the overly bureaucratized German Social Democratic Party and the anti-revolutionary tendencies of the trade unions that played such a large role in the party's policy decisions. She spent much of the war in jail, where she wrote and then smuggled this pamphlet. Published under the name "Junius," the pamphlet became the guiding statement for the International Group, which became the Spartacus League.
  2083. Just Another Car Factory?
    Lean Production and Its Discontents

    First Published: 1997
  2084. Just Around the Corner
    The Paradox of the Jobless Recovery

    First Published: 2005
    Aronowitz details how U.S. capitalism has achieved higher profits at the expense of the quality and quantity of jobs, and contradicts the ideological justifications that seek to justify deteriorating jobs, showing how they are neither a mark of efficiency nor a merely temporary problem.
  2085. Just Mobility: Postfossil Conversion and Free Public Transport
    First Published: 2012
    In the face of a growing world population and metropolitan areas growing to accomodate them, Brie and Candeias analyze electric cars and free transit as alternatives to urban mobility.
  2086. Justice Behind the Walls
    Human Rights in Canadian Prisons

    First Published: 2003
    An account of the state of justice in Canadian prisons, weaving together the threads of correctional history, penal philosophy, landmark court decisions, the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, and legislative changes.
  2087. Justice for All: the Struggle for Worker Rights in Egypt
    A Report by the Solidarity Center

    First Published: 2010
    A report on recent workers' struggles in Egypt, against falling wages, oppressive working conditions, and violations of workers' rights, in the face of an authoritarian and repressive government.
  2088. Justice Not Charity: A New Global Ethic for Canada
    First Published: 1976
  2089. Kafka's Prayer
    First Published: 1947   Published: 1976
    Kafka said that writing is a form of prayer and it is in that light that Paul Goodman confronts the body of Kafka's work and ideas.
  2090. Kampuchea, Decade of the Genocide
    Report of a Finnish Inquiry Commission

    First Published: 1990
    Commissioned by the Finnish Inquiry Commission this a straight forward account of the history of Kampuchea from the saturation bombing by the United States during the Vietnam war in the 1970's to the continued border warfare with remnants of the Kmer Rouge. The authors address the issue of human rights violations during the regime of Pol Pot and the legitimacy of the Vietnamese role in overthrowing that regime. Other main concerns of the authors are the questions of refugees, external opposition movements, intervention by the superpowers and the attempt to rebuild the agricultural and industrial infrastructure devastated during the Pol Pot era.
  2091. Karl and Rosa
    November 1918: A German Revolution

    First Published: 1983
    A novel about the German Revolution of 1918, focusing on Karl Liebknect and Rosa Luxemburg.
  2092. Karl Marx 
    First Published: 1938
    It is the purpose of this book to restate the most important principles and contents of Marx's social science in the light of recent historical events and of the new theoretical needs which have arisen under the impact of those events. In so doing we shall deal throughout with the original ideas of Marx himself rather than with their subsequent developments brought about by the various 'orthodox' and 'revisionist, dogmatic and critical, radical and moderate schools of the Marxists on the one hand, and their more or less violent critics and opponents on the other hand.
  2093. Karl Marx
    A Life

    First Published: 1999
    A biography of Karl Marx that shows the human side as well as the intellectual and political dimensions.
  2094. Karl Marx and the Anarchists
    Shows the continuity of Marx's political theory in the context of different ideological opponents.
  2095. Karl Marx: Early Writings
    First Published: 1844   Published: 1964
  2096. Karl Marx: Essential Writings
    First Published: 1972
    A selection of Marx's writings ranging from his early works on philosophy, religion, alienation, and Hegelianism, through the materialist conception of history, the theoretical analysis of capitalism, and the politics of revolution. Bender provides informatative introductions setting the context for each set of materials.
  2097. Karl Marx: His Life and Thought
    First Published: 1973
    A biography of Karl Marx.
  2098. Karl Marx: His Life and Works
    First Published: 1928   Published: 1943
    Therewith our appraisement of Marx's personality has likewise been profoundly modified. Whereas persons of the last generation, in view of the opposing nature of their interests, reflected in their ideology, looked upon Marx either as a criminal disturber of the peace and a devil, or else as a saint and as an infallible pope-those of our own generation can admit him to have been a man equipped both with human weaknesses and with human strengths, both with human vices and with human virtues. We are, indeed, compelled to regard him thus, unless we would refuse to apply the materialist interpretation of history to individuals as well as to general processes. Marx had to be an obstinate, pig-headed, intolerant thinker and investigator; had to regard other people's opinions with suspicion; had to be hostile towards every alien trend; had to be cantankerous, dictatorial, fanatically obsessed with the rightness of his own convictions, fiercely opposed to any deviations from, any falsifications of, his ideas. He had to concentrate his genius, his understanding, his creative energy, for decade after decade, upon this one point, upon this one scientific task; had to neglect his calling, his family, his livelihood, his friends.
  2099. Karl Marx: Selected Writings in Sociology and Social Philosophy
    First Published: 1956   Published: 1961
    A selection of Marx's writings intended to present the evolution of his ideas, the main features of his mothod, and the chief conclusions of his research.
  2100. Karl Marx: The Story of His Life
    First Published: 1918   Published: 1936
    A biography of Karl Marx
  2101. Karl Marxs Capital
    First Published: 1939
    Otto Rühle's abridged version of Volume One of Das Capital. First published undeer the title "Living Thoughts of Karl Marx".
  2102. Karl Marx's Ecosocialism: Capital, nature, and the unfinished critique of political economy
    First Published: 2017
    A re-evaluation of Karl Marx's views on ecology.
  2103. Karl Marx's Theory of Revolution 
    Volume I: State and Bureaucracy

    First Published: 1977
    A wide-ranging and thorough exposition of Marx's views on democracy.
  2104. Karl Marx's Theory of Revolution 
    Volume II: The Politics of Social Classes

    First Published: 1978
    Draper ranges through the development of the thought of Marx and Engels on the role of classes in society.
  2105. Karl Marx's Theory of Revolution
    Volume III: The Dictatorship of the Proletariat

    First Published: 1986
    Hal Draper examines how Marx and Marxism dealt with the issue of dictatorship in relation to the revolutionary use of force and repression, particularly as this debate has centered on the use of the term "dictatorship of the proletariat." Draper strips away the layers of misinterpretation and misinformation that have accumulated over the years to show what Marx and Engels themselves meant by the term.
  2106. Karl Marx's Theory of Revolution 
    Volume IV: Critique of Other Socialisms

    First Published: 1990
    Much of Karl Marx's most important work came out of his critique of other thinkers, including many socialists who differed significantly in their conceptions of socialism. Draper looks at these critiques to illuminate what Marx's socialism was, as well as what it was not.
  2107. Karl Marx's Theory of Revolution
    Volume 5: War & Revolution

    First Published: 2005
    The subject of this volume is Marx and Engels' views on the relation between war and revolution. Its thesis is that, over the course of decades, their views on this question changed -- evolved is a better word -- although, in this case as in others, they wrote no definitive statement of their views. Instead, we have a considerable corpus of ad hoc responses to the events of the hour, many of them politically explosive, from which we have to reconstruct, not a line, but an approach. To complicate things further, many of these crises, while they were the news of the day at the time, have since faded from memory.
  2108. Käthe Kollwitz: Woman and Artist
    First Published: 1976
    A biography of the German artist Käthe Kollwitz.
  2109. Keepers of the Earth
    Native Stories and Environmental Activies for Children

    First Published: 1992
  2110. Keeping the Dream Alive
    The Survival of the Ontario CCF/NDP, 1950-1963

    First Published: 1997
  2111. Keeping the Peace
    Practicing Co-operation and Conflict Resolution with Preschoolers

    First Published: 1990
  2112. Keeping the Rabble in Line
    First Published: 1994
    Interviews with Noam Chomsky covering issues such as free trade, health care, global warming, the nature of corporations, human rights, and democracy.
  2113. Kenya's Freedom Struggle
    The Dedan Kimathi Papers

    First Published: 1989
    Here, for the first time, as a result of years of village-level research, historian Maina wa Kinyatti has recovered some of the most important papers of the Mau Mau and its leader, Dedan Kimathi. Translated into English, they make clear the movement's own perspectives on their struggle and its difficulties, the advanced nature of their goals as a national liberation movement, and their radical vision of a liberated Kenyan society.
  2114. Keywords
    A Vocabulary of Culture and Society

    First Published: 1977
    Williams examines more than 100 familiar words and explores how they are used.
  2115. Kill Anything That Moves
    The Real American War in Vietnam

    First Published: 2013
    Turse demonstrates that violence against Vietnamese noncombatants was not at all exceptional during the American war against Vietnam. Rather, it was pervasive and systematic, the predictable consequence of orders to "kill anything that moves."
  2116. Kill Chain: Drones and the Rise of High-Tech Assassins
    First Published: 2015
    History of drone warfare, a development in military technology that has its origins in long-buried secret programmes dating to US military interventions in Vietnam and Yugoslavia. Cockburn follows the links in a chain that stretches from the White House, through the drone command center in Nevada, to the skies of Helmand Province.
  2117. Kill The Messengers
    Stephen Harper's Assault on Your Right to Know

    First Published: 2015
    Ottawa has become a place where the nation's business is done in secret, and access to information - the lifeblood of democracy in Canada - is under attack.
  2118. Killing Hope 
    U.S. Military and CIA Interventions Since World War II

    First Published: 2008
    Is the United States a force for democracy? William Blum serves up a forensic overview of U.S. foreign policy spanning sixty years. For those who want the details on the U.S.'s most famous actions (Chile, Cuba, Vietnam, to name a few), and for those who want to learn about lesser-known efforts (France, China, Bolivia, Brazil, for example), this book provides a window on what U.S. foreign policy goals really are. "If you flip over the rock of American foreign policy of the past century, this is what crawls out… invasions … bombings … overthrowing governments … occupations … suppressing movements for social change … assassinating political leaders … perverting elections … manipulating labor unions … manufacturing “news” … death squads … torture … biological warfare … depleted uranium … drug trafficking … mercenaries … It’s not a pretty picture. It’s enough to give imperialism a bad name."
  2119. Killing Me Softly
    Toxic Waste, Corporate Profit, and the Struggle for Environmental Justice

    Examines the growth of the toxic waste industry and the economic logic behind its expansion. It gives a hard-hitting account of the damage it has done throughout the United States.
  2120. The Killing Season: A History of the Indonesian Massacres, 1965-66,
    First Published: 2018
  2121. Killing the Host 
    How Financial Parasites and Debt Bondage Destroy the Global Economy

    First Published: 2015
    In Killing the Host, economist Michael Hudson exposes how finance, insurance, and real estate (the FIRE sector) have seized control of the global economy at the expense of industrial capitalism and governments.
  2122. King Leopold's Ghost 
    A Story of Greed, Terror, and Heroism in Colonial Africa

    First Published: 1999
    The brutal story of Belgian colonialism in the Congo, resulting in the death of between five and eight million Africans.
  2123. Kingdom of Night
    Witnesses to the Holocaust

    First Published: 2022
  2124. Kingdom of the Unjust
    Behind the U.S.-Saudi Connection

    First Published: 2016
    The co-founder of CODEPINK's research on the sinister nature of the relationship between the U.S. and Saudi Arabia.
  2125. Klan-destine Relationships
    A Black Man's Odyssey in the Ku Klux Klan

    First Published: 1998
    A professional musician recounts his courageous, lifelong confrontations and conversations with members of the Ku Klux Klan in an attempt to unearth the roots of bigotry and foster harmony between black and white, often using music to bridge the divide.
  2126. Klanwatch
    Bringing the Ku Klux Klan to Justice

    First Published: 1992
  2127. Knowing Too Much
    Why the American Jewish Romance with Israel is Coming to an End

    First Published: 2012
    Norman Finkelstein studies the history of Jewish American support for Israel and how it is shifting.
  2128. Knowledge of Language
    Its Nature, Origin and Use
  2129. Korea
    Division, Reunification, and U.S. Foreign Policy

    According to Cold War history, South Korea emerged from the conflict to create a prosperous and dynamic economy, while U.S. troops served as the nation's peacekeepers. This book, in a wide canvass of the historical background, contests those claims.
  2130. Krieg im Kosovo
    First Published: 1999
  2131. The Kronstadt Commune
    First Published: 1938   Published: 1971
    A history of the Kronstadt Uprising 1921 which highlights one of the most important yet neglected events of the Russian Revolution. The suppression of the most revolutionary section of the Navy by the Bolsheviks was the final blow to any hope of a genuine revolution based on democratic workers' control. Mett dispels many of the contemporary mistruths put forward by Bolshevik propagandists and includes a number of original sources from the commune.
  2132. Kropotkin's Revolutionary Pamphlets
    A Collection of Writings by Peter Kropotkin

    First Published: 1970
    A collection of pamphlets about liberty, anarchism and anarcho-communism written and published by Peter Kropotkin in exile in England.
  2133. Kropotkin's Conquest of Bread
    First Published: 1990
  2134. The Ku Klux Klan in Canada
    A Century of Promoting Racism and Hate in the Peaceable Kingdom

    First Published: 2021
  2135. Die Kunst findet nicht im Saale statt
    Politische Plakate

    First Published: 1976
  2136. Labour Gains, Labour Pains
    50 Years of PC 1003

    First Published: 1994
    This book is comprised of 4 parts: Historical Context, Origins and Evolution of the Fordist Accord, Case Studies, International Comparisons.
  2137. Labour in Newfoundland
    First Published: 1991
  2138. Labour Left Out
    Canada's Failure to Protect and Promote Collective Bargaining as a Human Right

    First Published: 2006
  2139. Labor and the Locavore
    The Making of a Comprehensive Food Ethic

    First Published: 2013
    Gray examines one of the most vibrant local food economies in the country, the Hudson Valley. Based on more than a decade's in-depth interviews with workers, farmers, and others, the author depicts how the currency of agrarian values can serve to mask the labour concerns of an already hidden workforce.
  2140. Labour Martyr: Joe Hill
    First Published: 1972
    The story of the rebel songwriter and union activst Joe Hill, who was murdered by the state of Utah in 1915.
  2141. Labor & Monopoly Capital 
    The Degradation of Work in the Twentieth Century, 25th Anniversary Edition

    This widely acclaimed work, first published in 1974, overturned the reigning ideologies of academic sociology and became the standard text for many basic areas of sociological inquiry.
  2142. Labor Pains
    Inside America's New Union Movement

    An insider's account of the struggle to rebuild a vibrant and powerful trade union movement in the United States. It takes as its starting point the daily experience of a union organizer, and brings that experience to life.
  2143. The Labor Wars
    First Published: 1973   Published: 1974
    A survey of landmark events in the U.S. labour movement.
  2144. Labor's Giant Step
    The First Twenty Years of the CIO: 1936–55

    First Published: 1964   Published: 1972
    The story of the explosive labor struggles and political battles in the 1930s that built the industrial unions.
  2145. The Lacemakers of Narsapur
    Indian Housewives Produce for the World Market

    First Published: 1982
    This book offers a sensitive portrait of women in India and the conditions under which they work at home to produce luxury goods for the Western market. Maria Mies shows how this "cottage" industry is a permanent and ever more prevalent part of the process of primitive capital accumulation. By defining women as 'non-working housewives' a system has been created which makes possible rates of pay far below the levels necessary for the reproduction of the labour force.
  2146. Lament for a Nation
    The Defeat of Canadian Nationalism

    First Published: 1965
  2147. Lament for an Ocean
    The Collapse of the Atlantic Cod Fishery: A True Crime Story

    First Published: 1998
    Harris's account of why and how the northern cod was taken to the brink of extinction in little more than thirty years.
  2148. Land and Community 
    Crisis in Canada's Countryside

    First Published: 1988
    Sim's thesis is that rural society is overlooked due to urban dependence upon "great associations," economies of scale, and other socio-cultural institutions of unmanageable size.
  2149. Land, Food, Freedom
    Struggles for the Gendered Commons in Kenya

    First Published: 2009
  2150. Land, Freedom and Fiction
    History and Ideology in Kenya

    A unique exploration of the contrasting ways in which the Mau Mau struggle for land and independence was mirrored in the novels of settler writers, English authors at home, and subsequently indigenous Kenyan novelists. The author explores the relationships between historical events, the myths that are cultivated to serve particular social interests, and literary creation.
  2151. The Land Grabbers 
    The New Fight over Who Owns the Earth

    First Published: 2012
    How Wall Street, Chinese billionaires, oil sheikhs, and agribusiness are buying up huge tracts of land in a hungry, crowded world.
  2152. Land & Labour: Marxism, Ecology and Human History
    First Published: 2014
    Explores humanity's contradictory relationship with the environment: our role in destroying nature, and our potential to for positive change.
  2153. The Land of Milk and Honey
    The National Report of the People's Food Commission

    First Published: 1980
  2154. The Lands We Lost
    First Published: 1974
    The Lands We Lost is a history of the cut-off lands and land losses from Indian reserves in British Columbia.
  2155. Landscapes of the Interior
    Re-explorations of Nature and the Human Spirit

    First Published: 1996
  2156. Landscaping With the Land
    Communities Restoring the Earth

    First Published: 1992
    A collection of essays which describe 14 communities using alternative forms of development; to rebuild sustainable communities and environments.
  2157. Language and Politics
    First Published: 1998
    A series of previously unpublished interviews, spanning the twenty year period from 1968 to 1988, that looks at the connection between Chomsky's linguistic studies and his political analysis.For those who know Chomsky as media analyst and critic of foreign policy, this wide-ranging book offers glimpses of his studies on language, anarchist theory and critiques of radical politics.
  2158. The Language of Empire
    Abu Ghraib and the American Media

    First Published: 2005
    A study of how and why the torture of Iraqi prisoners at Abu Ghraib was white-washed by the American media.
  2159. The Last Codfish
    Life and Death of the Newfoundland Way of Life

    First Published: 1993
  2160. The Last Frontier
    Fighting Over Land in the Amazon

    This richly detailed study of the Amazon region spells out the mismanagement, corruption, and resulting chaos and brutality of successive Brazilian government development schemes. The present situation in the Amazon and how it came about are vividly portrayed, often in the words of the people interviewed. We learn of the problems and resistance of the indigenous peoples, the conflicts between landowners and peasants, and the ecological damage large scale ranching and mining are causing.
  2161. The Last Heroes
    Foot Soldiers of Indian Freedom

    First Published: 2022
    So who really spearheaded India’s Freedom Struggle? Millions of ordinary people -- farmers, labourers, homemakers, forest produce gatherers, artisans and others -- stood up to the British. People who never went on to be ministers, governors, presidents, or hold other high public office. They had this in common: their opposition to Empire was uncompromising. In The Last Heroes, these footsoldiers of Indian freedom tell us their stories.
  2162. The Last Jews in Berlin
    Powerful true story of the men and women who lived and survived in the dark heart of the Nazi Holocaust

    First Published: 1982   Published: 1983
  2163. Last Resorts
    The Cost of Tourism in the Caribbean

    First Published: 2005
    Examines the real impact of tourism on the people and landscape of the Caribbean. It explores the structure of ownership of the industry and shows that the benefits it brings to the region do not live up to its claims.
  2164. Last Stand
    A Riveting Expose of Environmental Pillage and a Lone Journalist's Struggle to Keep Faith

    First Published: 1992
    The author describes his confrontation with big business, examining the clash between nature and consumer society.
  2165. Last Stand of the Lubicon Cree
    First Published: 1991
  2166. The Late Great Lakes
    An Environmental History

    First Published: 1986
    Ashworth presents five common misunderstandings about the Great Lakes and advocates for improvements, remedial action and ecosystem strategies.
  2167. Latin America
    Peace, Democratization and Economic Crisis

    Wars between countries in Latin and Central America may be rare, but peace in the region is a fragile hostage both to economic crisis and repressive regimes, and Cold War conflicts and U.S. intervention. This book, which represents the views of leading Latin American scholars, explores the links between economic, military, and human rights issues and poses the question of possible solutions.
  2168. Latin America after Neoliberalism
    Turning the Tide in the 21st Century?

    First Published: 2007
    A primer on the social and economic changes sweeping across contemporary Latin America. The region is an epicentre of dissent from neoliberal ideas and resistance to U.S. economic and political dominance.
  2169. Latin America: Reform or Revolution
    A Reader

    First Published: 1968   Published: 1969
  2170. Latin America Revolution
  2171. Latin America: Underdevelopment or Revolution
    Essays on the Development of Underdevelopment and the Immediate Enemy

    First Published: 1969   Published: 1970
    It is the colonial structure of world capitalism, in Frank's view, which produced and maintains the underdevelopment characteristic of Latin America and the rest of the Third World.
  2172. Latin America: Undervelopment or Revolution
    Essay on the Development of Undervelopment and the Immediate Enemy

    First Published: 1969
  2173. The Latin American City
    Looks at the region's urban explosion from the perspective of the poor.
  2174. Laughing Back at Empire
    The Grassroots Activism of the Asianadian Magazine, 1978-1985

    First Published: 2023
  2175. The Law of Freedom in a Platform
    First Published: 1652
  2176. Lawyers and the Nuclear Debate
    First Published: 1988
  2177. Laying the Children's Ghosts to Rest
    Canada's Home Children in the West

    First Published: 2014
    Between 1869 and the early 1930s more than 100,000 children were rounded up from the streets of Britain to be used as labourers in Canadian homes; often little more than slaves. Today there are two million or more descendants of what were derisively known in Canada as 'home children'. Writer and journalist Sean Arthur Joyce was shocked to learn in middle age that he was one of those descendants.
  2178. Leadership for Change
    First Published: 1978
    Traditional, "patriarchal" leadership is compared to "feminist" or shared leadership in groups. Tactics for changing leadership syle are described.
  2179. Learning Activism
    The Intellectual Life of Contemporary Social Movements

    First Published: 2015
    What do activists know? Learning Activism is designed to encourage a deeper engagement with the intellectual life of activists who organize for social, political, and ecological justice.
  2180. Learning from our History
    Community Development by Immigrant Women in Ontario 1958 - 1986

    First Published: 1986
  2181. Leaving the 20th Century
    The Incomplete Work of the Situationist International

    First Published: 1974
    An anthology of Situationist writings.
  2182. Lebanon
    Dynamics of Conflict

    In this clear delineation of the major forces at work in Lebanon, the author unravels the causes of the 1975-76 Civil War and relates them to subsequent events, including the Israeli invasion and its aftermath. Rejecting simplistic notions like 'Muslim vs. Christian,' he examines the complex contending forces, and the economic and political underpinnings which have given rise to them.
  2183. Lectures in Canadian Labour and Working-Class History
    First Published: 1985
    This volume presents lectures in 1983 and 1984 on the history of the Canadian working class.
  2184. The Left Alternative 
    First Published: 2009
    Unger writes a manifesto that engages a vital question of our time: where should the Left go from here? In his analysis, Unger examines the major debates in the world today and he rallies for alternative forms of change.
  2185. Left at the Post
    First Published: 1970
  2186. A Left for Itself
    Left-Wing Hobbyists and Performative Radicalism

    First Published: 2019
    David Swift argues that the left is dominated by what he terms hobbyists and performative radicals.
  2187. The Left in British Columbia
    A History of Struggle

    First Published: 2013
    This comprehensive history of the left in British Columbia from the late nineteenth century to the present explores the successes and failures of individuals and organizations striving to make a better world.
  2188. The left and the Porn Wars
    A Case Study in Sexual Politics

    First Published: 1987
    Published in Who's on Top?: The Politics of Heterosexuality, edited by H. Buchbinder et al. Toronto: Garamond Press, 1987
  2189. "Left-Wing" Communism
    An Infantile Disorder

    First Published: 1918
    Lenin's repsonse to ultraleftists who advocate 'no compromises' and refuse to work in 'reactionary' trade unions and parliamentary elections.
  2190. The Legacy of Luna
    The Story of a Tree, a Woman, and the Struggle to Save the Redwoods

    First Published: 2000
  2191. The Legacy of Rosa Luxemburg
    First Published: 2015
    Norman Geras sets out to interrogate and refute the myths that have developed around Rosa Luxemburg's work.
  2192. Legal Process for Battered Women
    First Published: 1979
  2193. Legitimacy Versus Industrialism
    First Published: 1934   Published: 1965
  2194. Lenin
    First Published: 2011
  2195. Lenin as Philosopher
    First Published: 1938   Published: 1948
    Since the importance of Lenin's philosophy is so strongly emphasised in Leninist organizations, it is necessary to make it the subject of a serious critical study. The doctrine of Party-Communism of the Third International cannot be judged adequately unless their philosophical basis is thoroughly examined.
  2196. Lenin Rediscovered
    What is to Be Done? in Context

    First Published: 2008
  2197. Leninism Under Lenin
    Liebman offers a portrayal of Lenin as primarily a revolutionary, focusing both on his fallibility and successes.
  2198. Lenin's Electoral Strategy from 1907 to the October Revolution of 1917
    The Ballot, the Streets - or Both

    First Published: 2014
    Nimtz details Lenin's efforts to guide the electroal strategy of the Russian Social Democratic Labour Party in the Third and Fourth State Dumas.
  2199. Lenin's Electoral Strategy from Marx and Engels Through the Revolution of 1905
    The Ballot, the Streets - or Both

    First Published: 2014
    This book explores the time in which Lenin developed his attitude to electoral strategy, beginning with the Marxist roots of Lenin's politics, and then detailing his efforts to lead the deputies of the Russian Social Democratic Labour Party in the First and Second State Dumas, concluding with Russia's first experiment in representative institutions from 1906 to 1907.
  2200. Lenin's Last Struggle
    First Published: 1967   Published: 1968
    An account of the last few months of Lenin's political life, when he was seriously ill but still attempting to guide the course of the Soviet state.
  2201. Lenin's Moscow
    First Published: 1953   Published: 1971
    Rosmer traces the furtunes of the Russian Revolution and the Communist International from 1920 to 1924.
  2202. The Lesbian S/M Safety manual
  2203. Lesbians in Canada
    First Published: 1990
  2204. Less Than 2 Dollars a Day
    A Christian View of World Poverty and Free Markets

    First Published: 2007
  2205. Lessons of the Spanish Revolution 1936 - 1939 
    First Published: 1953   Published: 1972
  2206. Let Freedom Ring
    A Collection of Documents from the Movements to Free U.S. Political Prisoners
  2207. Let Me Speak!
    Testimony of Domitila, A Woman of the Bolivian Mines

    The author is the wife of a Bolivian tin miner and a pro-marxists activist. This is a vivid account of her activities and imprisonment, accompanied by her observations on the clergy, military, and upper-class abandonment of Bolivia's repressed poor.
  2208. Let the People Decide: Neighbourhood Organizing in America
    First Published: 1994
    A history of neighbourhood-based community organizing in the United States.
  2209. Let Them Call Me Rebel: Saul Alinsky, His Life and Legacy
    First Published: 1992
    A biography of Saul Alinsky and the evolution of his ideas on organizing.
  2210. Let Them Eat Ketchup!
    The Politics of Poverty and Inequality

    Explains how governments define and measure poverty, how and why official definitions of poverty fall short, and the failure to deal with the real suffering and inequality in our "class-free" society.
  2211. Let's Play Together 
    Co-operative Games for All Ages

    First Published: 1989
    A collection of over 300 games and sports which put co-operation before competition.
  2212. Letters from Lexington
    Reflections on Propaganda

    First Published: 1993
  2213. Letters from the Edge
    First Published: 2008
    A powerful collection in which women home in on nuances of life in far-flung countries.
  2214. Letters from the Spanish Civil war
    A U.S. Volunteer Writes Home

    Following the 1936 uprising, Carl Geiser decided that more needed to be done than simply raising money to fight fascim so he joined the volunteers to help defend the beleaguered and isolated government in Spain. His letters collected here eloquently describe the deep personal motivations that led him to defend democracy in a foreign country.
  2215. Letters from Young Activists
    Today's Rebels Speak Out

    First Published: 2005
  2216. Letters of Insurgents 
    First Published: 1976
    A fictional exchange of letters between people grappling with the question of what the struggle for freedom means in the West and in the countries of the Soviet bloc. A gripping discussion of the issues of social change and liberation as they affect real people.
  2217. The Letters of Rosa Luxemburg 
    First Published: 1990   Published: 2011
    Blending a passionate sensibility and a steely intellect with an unshakeable commitment to revolutionary socialism, Rosa Luxemburg is one of the towering figures of the twentieth century. In this comprehensive collection selection of Luxemburg's letters, her political concerns are revealed alongside the story of a vivid inner life.
  2218. Letters to a Quebecois Friend
    First Published: 1990
    Philip Resnick, a political scientist and long-time radical, formerly from Quebec, but now teaching at the University of British Columbia, wrote the "letters" in this volume to an imaginary Quebecois friend in the aftermath of the 1988 Free Trade election, when Quebec's votes gave the Mulroney government a majority of seats in the House of Commons even though a strong majority of Canadians voted against Free Trade and against the Conservatives.
  2219. Letters to My Torturer
    Love, Revolution, and Imprisonment in Iran

    First Published: 2010
    In these letters, Asadi confronts the man who tortured him while he was held prisoner in Iran.
  2220. Lettuce Wars
    Ten Years of Work and Struggle in The Fields of California

    First Published: 2013
    An account of ten years working as a farmworker in California and participating in the struggles over wages, working conditions, and unionization.
  2221. Li Ta-Chao and the Origins of Chinese Marxism
    First Published: 2008
  2222. Libel
    A Handbook for Canadian publishers, Editors and Writers

    First Published: 1987
  2223. The Liberal Defence of Murder
    First Published: 2008
    A searching examination of the influence of the "pro-war Left" on US foreign policy.
  2224. Liberal Dreams and Nature's Limits
    Great Cities of North America Since 1600

    First Published: 1996
    An exploration of city life through time, focusing on the life [economically, socially, politically, etc.] of five large North American cities at various times in the past - Philadelphia during the time of Benjamin Franklin (1760), New York in the mid nineteenth-century (1860), Chicago at the beginning of the Progressivist Civic Movements (1910), Los Angeles during the immediate Post-war boom (1950) and Toronto at the beginning of its own ascendancy in the 1970's. (1975).
  2225. The Liberal Virus
    Permanent War and the Americanization of the World

    First Published: 2004
    Argues that the ongoing American project to dominate the world through military force has its roots in European liberalism, but has developed certain features of liberal ideology in a new and uniquely dangerous form.
  2226. The Liberated Man
    Beyond Masculinity: Freeing Men and Their Relationship with Women

    First Published: 1975
    Farrell explores the problems that men face and suggests new approaches to better male-female relationships.
  2227. Libertarian Socialism: Politics in Black and Red
    First Published: 2017
    Explores the important, too often neglected left-libertarian currents that have thrived in revolutionary socialist movements. By turns, the collection interrogates the theoretical boundaries between Marxism and anarchism and the process of their formation, the overlaps and creative tensions that shaped left-libertarian theory and practice, and the stumbling blocks to movement cooperation.
  2228. Liberties
    First Published: 1989
    Aside from the subject of civil liberties itself, the book addresses the civil libertarian approach to such issues as censorship and freedom of speech, victimless crimes, and police powers. Specific articles target AIDS testing, legal aid, drug use, and psychological testing by employers.
  2229. Liberty Against the Law
    Some Seventeenth-century Controversies

    First Published: 1996
  2230. Libraries, Erotica & Pornography
    First Published: 1991
  2231. Libraries in an Information Society
    First Published: 1987
  2232. The Library at Night 
    First Published: 2006
    The Library at Night tells the story of the important role of libraries in human civilization and how books are an essential link between the individual and the world.
  2233. Libya
    From Colony to Revolution

    First Published: 2011
    Provides the background to the Libyan revolution by discussing its history from colonization up through the 2011 rebellion/foreign intervention that ousted Mu'ammar al-Qadafi.
  2234. Les licenciements: .les eviter eles reglementer .les compenser
    First Published: 1980
  2235. The Lichen Factor
    The Quest for Community Development in Canada

    First Published: 1998
  2236. Lies and the Lying Liars Who Tell Them
    A Fair and Balanced Look at the Right

    First Published: 2003
  2237. Lies The Media Tell us
    First Published: 2007
    Outlines the extent to which the mainstream media is subject to its corporate publishers and advertisers.
  2238. Life After Death for Labor?
    First Published: 2015
    A review of Stanley Aronowitz's book "The Death and Life of American Labor: Toward a New Workers’ Movement."
  2239. Life After Oil: A Renewable Energy Policy For Canada
    First Published: 1983
  2240. Life Against Death
    Psychoanalytical meaning of history

    First Published: 1959
  2241. The Life and Death of Stalinism
    A Resurrection of Marxist Theory

    First Published: 1990
    A leftwing analysis of Stalinism.
  2242. Life as Politics
    How Ordinary People Change the Middle East

    First Published: 2009
    Asef Bayat reveals how under the shadow of the authoritarian rule, religious moral authorities, and economic elites, ordinary people can make meaningful change through the practices of everyday life.
  2243. Life Before Medicare
    Canadian Experiences

    First Published: 1996
  2244. Life, Money & Illusion
    Living on Earth as if We Want to Stay

    First Published: 2006
    The failure to reduce green house gas emissions, the success of efforts to curb ozone depletion, causes related to prosperity and social justice are just some the topics covered. By using the example of Kerela, India, Nickerson shows how a society by working together can become car-free, religious and bigotry free, have a high level of health care and literacy and be able to sustain itself on a fraction of the money on which we depend.
  2245. The Life of Mahatma Gandhi
    First Published: 1950
    A biography.
  2246. The Life of the Automobile
  2247. A Life on the Jewish Left
    An Immigrant's Experience

    First Published: 2000
    Biderman was a leader of the Labour League and the United Jewish Peoples Order, Communist-led organizations whose members were unted by progressive ideals and a love of Yiddish culture.
  2248. The Life You Can Save
    Acting Now to End World Poverty

    First Published: 2009
    This is the right time to ask yourself: "What should I be doing to help?" For the first time in history, it is now within our reach to eradicate world poverty and the suffering it brings. The people of the developed world face a profound choice: If we are not to turn our backs on a fifth of the world's population, we must become part of the solution.
  2249. The Light of Days
    Women Fighters of the Jewish Resistance

    First Published: 2021
    Judy Batalion draws on overlooked, untranslated Yiddish memoirs, supplemented by recorded testimonies, to reconstruct the wartime lives and ground level exploits of a remarkable cadre of Jewish women ghetto fighters.
  2250. Limits of Capital
    An exposition and development of Marx's critique of political economy. Harvey updates his text with a discussion of the turmoil in world markets today.
  2251. Limits to Medicine: Medical Nemesis: The Expropriation of Health
    First Published: 1976   Published: 1977
  2252. A Line in the Tar Sands
    Struggles for Environmental Justice

    First Published: 2014
    The fight over the tar sands in North America is among the epic environmental and social justice battles of our time, and one of the first that has managed to quite explicitly marry concern for frontline communities and immediate local hazards with fear for the future of the entire planet.
  2253. Lineages of Revolt
    Issues of Contemporary Capitalism in the Middle East

    First Published: 2013
    While the outcomes of the tumultuous uprisings that continue to transfix the Arab world remain uncertain, the root causes of rebellion persist. Drawing upon extensive empirical research, Lineages of Revolt tracks the major shifts in the region’s political economy over recent decades.
  2254. Lip and the Self-Managed Counter-Revolution
    First Published: 1973   Published: 1975
    Analyses of the struggle in the LIP watch-making factory in France.
  2255. Literature as Pulpit
    The Christian Social Activism of Nellie McClung

    First Published: 1993
  2256. The Little Band
    The Clashes Between the Communists and the Political and Legal Establishment in Canada, 1928-1932

    First Published: 1983
  2257. The Little Green Book: A Guide to Self-Reliant Living in the 1980's
    First Published: 1981
  2258. A Little Matter of Genocide
    Holocaust and Denial in the Americas 1492 to the Present

    First Published: 1997   Published: 2001
    In this provocative collection of essays, Ward Churchill examines the definition of genocide -- in legal as well as cultural terms. Churchill reveals how the international definition of the crime of genocide has been subverted to meet various political ends -- and demonstrates why the historic and contemporary suffering of indigenous peoples should be included in this category.
  2259. Live From Death Row
    First Published: 1995
    A collection of prison writing by Mumia Abu-Jamal, who was sentenced to death in 1982 for the murder of a police officer after a dubious trial.
  2260. Live Working or Die Fighting
    How the Working Class Went Global

    First Published: 2010
    Mason relates a series of struggles for worker and human rights over the past two hundred years and compares them to current struggles.
  2261. The Living Economy
    A New Economics in the Making

    First Published: 1986
    An attempt to summarize the "new economics" for a wider audience. The new economics can be briefly described as that body of work, beginning with E.F. Schumacher, Herman Daly, and Hazel Henderson, which is critical of tradiational economic theory and seeks alternatives to the devastating impact of our current economic system on communities, individuals and the biosphere.
  2262. Living for Change
    An Autobiography

    First Published: 1998
    This fascinating autobiography traces the story of a woman who transcended class and racial boundaries to pursue her passionate belief in a better society.
  2263. Living "Illegal"
    The Human Face of Unauthorized Immigration

    First Published: 2011
  2264. Living in a Dark Age
    First Published: 1991
  2265. Living in the Crosshairs
    The Untold Stories of Anti-Abortion Terrorism

    First Published: 2015
    Abortion is a legal, common, and safe medical procedure that one in three American women will undergo. Yet ever since Roe v. Wade was decided in 1973, anti-abortion forces have tried nearly every tactic to eliminate it. Legislative and judicial developments dominate the news, but a troubling and all-too-common phenomenon -- targeted vigilante action against individual abortion providers -- is missing from the national discussion, only cropping up when a dramatic story like the murder of an abortion provider pushes it to the forefront.
  2266. Living Inside Our Hope 
    A steadfast radical's thoughts on rebuilding the movement

    First Published: 1997
    Staughton Lynd here reaffirms ideas central to the New Left of the sixties: nonviolence, participatory democracy, an experiential approach to education, and anti-capitalism.
  2267. Living More With Less
    First Published: 1980
  2268. Living My Life
  2269. Living Naked and Frugal
    A Handbook for Parsimonious Nudity

    First Published: 1997
    Paul Penhallow's experience of living naked in a non-naked world spanned nearly ten years, and ranged from SunSpace, his 21st-floor high-rise apartment in downtown Syracuse, New York, to the many highways and parks of the Northern Atlantic states. Penhallow's "Four Laws of Naturism" ("Accept Yourself," "Respect Others," "Live Simply," and "Relax Daily") comprise the springboard for this book, which also contains a comprehensive listing of nudist resorts throughout the United States.
  2270. Living the Revolution
    The Yippies in Chicago

    First Published: 1969
    David Lewis Stein portrays the Yippie movement as a middle-class endeavour in which the leaders (Rubin and Hoffman) represent a new version of an old middle-class virtue: ambition. They are media savvy and know how to court the press and televison.
  2271. Living with the Land
    Communities Restoring the Earth

    First Published: 1992
    A collection of stories from grassroots communities about the benefits of ecological living.
  2272. Loaves and Fishes
    The Inspiring Story of the Catholic Worker Movement
  2273. Lobbying for Your Cause
    First Published: 1986
  2274. Local Places In the Age of the Global City 
    First Published: 1996
    The contributors to Local Places look at the complex social, economic and political contexts of cities in the 1990s and suggest that cities and urbanity, while part of the problem, also need to be considered as part of the solution.
  2275. Lockdown America 
    Police and Prisons in the Age of Crisis

    First Published: 1999   Published: 2008
    Why is criminal justice so central to American politics? Lockdown America not only documents the horrors and absurdities of militarized policing, prisons, a fortified border, and the federalization of the war on crime, it also explains the political and economic history behind the massive crackdown.
  2276. Lockdown High
    When the Schoolhouse Becomes a Jailhouse

    First Published: 2011
    Schools in the U.S. are increasingly imposed unprecedented restrictions on students' rights, dignity, and educational freedom. In what is being called the school-to-prison pipleline, the police and practices of the juvenile justice system, including so-called "zero tolerance" policies, are pushing students out of schools.
  2277. The Logic of Marx's Capital
    Replies to Hegelian Criticisms

    First Published: 1990
  2278. Logics of Disintegration
    Post-Structuralist Thought and the Claims of Critical Theory

    First Published: 1987
    Essays summarizing and critiquing post-structuralism. According to Dews, for all its posture of radicality, post-structuralist thought is itself bound to certain vulnerable assumptions. Dews argues that the fatal philosophical fault of post-structuralism is its failure to preserve the proper dialectical distinction between the subject and the object.
  2279. The London Hanged
    First Published: 1993   Published: 2006
    History and examination of how punishment and crime changed to reflect the changes taking place in society itself.
  2280. As Long as the River Runs
    Hydroelectric Development and Native Communities in Western Canada

    First Published: 1988
    Waldram examines the politics of hydroelectric dam construction in the vast hinterland of the Canadian Northwest, focusing particularly on the negotiations and agreements between the developers and the Native residents.
  2281. The Long Haul 
    An autobiography

    First Published: 1990   Published: 1991
    Myles Horton tells the story of the Highlander Folk School. A major catalyst for social change in the United States for over sixty years, this school has touched the lives of so many people, including Martin Luther King, Jr., Rosa Parks, and Eleanor Roosevelt.
  2282. The Long Loneliness
  2283. Long March, Short Spring 
    The Student Uprising at Home and Abroad

    First Published: 1969
    An examination of the world student rebellions of the late 1960s.
  2284. A Long and Terrible Shadow
    White Values, Native Rights in the Americas 1492-1992

    First Published: 1991
    Against the odds, Native peoples have waged a tenacious struggle to survive and the re-emerge as distinct cultures.
  2285. The Long Twentieth Century
    Money, Power and the Origins of Our Times

    First Published: 1994   Published: 2009
    A comprehensive analysis of the development of world capitalism over the millennium.The Long Twentieth Century traces the epochal shifts in the relationship between capital accumulation and state formation over a 700-year period.
  2286. A Long View from the Left
    Memoirs of an American Revolutionary

    First Published: 1972
    A memoir of a member of the American Communist Party.
  2287. Long Walk to Freedom
  2288. Long Way From Home 
    The story of the Sixties generation in Canada

    First Published: 1980
    An account of the upheavals and transformations experienced by those who came of age in the 1960s, a time when international currents of change intersected with specifically Canadian events and circumstances.
  2289. Longer Hours, Fewer Jobs
    Employment and Unemployment in the United States

    Explains how employment and unemployment are inextricably connected in an economic system where employers are driven by the search for profits.
  2290. Look Me in the Eye
    Old Woman, Aging, and Ageism

    First Published: 1985
    About ageism, aging, and the inevitability and imminence of death.
  2291. Looking Backward From 2000 to 1887
    First Published: 1888
    Tells of a Rip van Winkle who wakes in the year 2000 to discover that a form of top-down socialism has been established.
  2292. Looking Good In Print
    A Guide to Basic Design for Desktop Publishing.

    First Published: 1988
  2293. Loon Directory
    First Published: 1992
  2294. The Looting Machine: Warlords, Tycoons, Smugglers and the Systematic Theft of Africa's Wealth
    First Published: 2015
    Augustin Katumba Mwanke was a young banker in South Africa when persuaded to return home to help rebuild the Democratic republic of the Congo by the new government of Laurent Kabila. A year later he got a call from the president, a fellow Katangan, and was stunned to be appointed governor of an area the size of France, with control over some of the world's most valuable mineral seams.
  2295. Lore
    Capturing Traditional Environmental Knowledge

    First Published: 1993
    This work is a collection of case studies of aboriginal and non-aboroginal research about traditonal environmental knowledge, from projects in the South Pacific, the African Sahel, northern Thailand and Canada.
  2296. Loser Take All
    Election Fraud and The Subversion of Democracy, 2000 - 2008

    First Published: 2008
    The U.S. election system is a shambles, run by private corporations with a partisan agenda, and largely based on a technology that anyone can rig.
  2297. Loss of Faith
    How the Air India Bombers Got Away with Murder

    First Published: 2005
    An account of the Air India Bombing trial and investigations.
  2298. Lost Nuke: The Last Flight of Bomber 075
    First Published: 2012
    In a story seemingly drawn out of a Hollywood action script, the tale of America's first "broken arrow" - code for a lost nuclear weapon - is gripping stuff. The fact that the weapon disappeared over Canadian airspace makes this a unique chapter in Canadian aviation history.
  2299. The Lost Revolution 
    Germany 1918 to 1923

    First Published: 1982   Published: 2008
    Without an understanding of the defeat of the revolution in post-World War I Germany, the great barbarisms that swept Europe in the 1930s cannot be understood. Here, Chris Harman unearths the history of the lost revolution, and reveals its lessons for the future struggles for a better world.
  2300. The Lost Traveller's Dream
    A Memoir

    First Published: 2017
    A memoir of Kovel's first 80 years, from his early Jewish upbringing, his academic career, to his embracing of Marxist political economy and commitment to radical ecosocialism.
  2301. Louder Voices: The Corporate Welfare Bums
    First Published: 1972
    NDP leader Davis Lewis provides facts and analysis to support his charge that "government and big business are holding hands -- in your pocket."
  2302. Love, Anarchy, and Emma Goldman
    First Published: 1984   Published: 1990
  2303. Love and Capital 
    Karl and Jenny Marx and the Birth of a Revolution

    First Published: 2011
    A biography of Karl and Jenny Marx.
  2304. Love & Politics
    Judith Malina and her longtime companion-comrade Julian Beck founded the Living Theatre in New York City in 1947. In these poems Judith shares her anguish at injustices inflicted by bureaucratic authority: the rewards she found in love and collaboration with Julian: her difficulties in making some life-defining choices.
  2305. Lucasville
    The untold story of a prison uprising

    First Published: 2004
    In 1993 prisoners took control of the maximum-security prison in Lucasville, Ohio. Their 11-day ordeal started with a dispute between the warden and Muslim prisoners and ended with a negotiated settlement, but only after nine prisoners and one hostage had been killed.This offers the inside story of the uprising, the subsequent trial and sentencing.
  2306. The Lucifer Effect
    Understanding How Good People turn Evil

    Philip Zimbardo as a young psychologist at Stanford conducted the seminal experiment on undergratuate students dividing them into "guards" and "prisoners". After the release of the Abu Graib tapes he revisits the question of the nature of evil and the systems and circumstances that foster it. While the focus of the book is on Abu Graib he begins with an examination of some of the 20th century's worst examples of man's inhumanity to man. He chronicles the dehumanization of the guards at Abu Graib and the policies of Rumsfeld, the CIA and US military to facilitate the serious and widespread violations of the law. He argues that all of us are capable of monstrous acts when we are "caught up in the crucible of social forces".
  2307. M is for Miriam
    First Published: 2020
    An illustrated children's book about the Canadian physician and activist Miriam Garfinkle. Each page is devoted to some page of her life: C is for Community, D is for Doctor, G is for Garden, L is for Laughter, N is for Nature, P is for Piano, Q is for Questions, S is for Solidarity, W is for Waffles....

    Identifiers: Canadiana 20190236663 - ISBN: 9781927470077
    Subjects: LCSH: English language - Alphabet - Juvenile literature - LCSH Alphabet books. - LCSH: Garfinkle, Miriam, 1954-2018.
    Classification: LCC PE1155.D54 2020 - DDC j421--dc23
  2308. Mackenzie
    A political biography of William Lyon Mackenzie

    First Published: 2002
    History has often dismissed William Lyon Mackenzie as a comical figure, or as the political hothead who bungled the Upper Canada Rebellion of 1837. Former Toronto mayor John Sewell suggests he may actually be the best model this country has ever had of a responsible politician.
  2309. The Mackenzie - Papineau Battalion
    Canadian Participation in the Spanish Civil War

    First Published: 1969
    The story of over twelve hundred Canadians who fought against fascism in the Spanish Civil War.
  2310. The Macmillian Atlas of Irish History
    First Published: 1997
    A full-colour atlas of Irish history.
  2311. Macrocosm USA
    Possibilities for a New Progressive Era

    First Published: 1992
    An environmental, political and social solutions handbook and directory.
  2312. Madness and Ruin
    Politics and Economy in the Neoconservative Age

    First Published: 1992
    Watkin's book, based on his monthly articles in This Magazine is a scathing attack on the Mulroney government's adoption of neo-conservative economics. With their adoption of Reaganite policies they have cut back on transfer payments to the provinces thus hitting secondary school funding and medicare. They have also linked Canada to the United States with the adoption of the Free Trade Agreement and launched a full scale attack on the welfare state. The NDP is not spared his criticism and is blasted for its "appalling" performance in the free- trade election. It is a poweful jounalistic book that stands up well despite the passage of years.
  2313. Magic or Medicine?
    An Investigation of Healing & Healers

    First Published: 1993
  2314. The Magna Carta Manifesto 
    Liberties and Commons for All

    First Published: 2008
    Linebaugh shows how longstanding restraints against tyranny -- and the rights of habeas corpus, trial by jury, and due process of law, and the prohibition of torture -- are being abridged. In providing a sweeping history of Magna Carta, the source of these protections since 1215, this book demonstrates how these ancient rights are repeatedly laid aside when the greed of privatization, the lust for power, and the ambition of empire seize a state.
  2315. Magnificent FIght: the 1919 Winnipeg General Strike
    First Published: 2019
    In Magnificent Fight, Dennis Lewycky lays out the history of this iconic event, which remains the biggest and longest strike in Canadian history. He analyzes the social, political and economic conditions leading up to the strike.
  2316. The Mahatma: a Marxist Symposium
    First Published: 1969
  2317. The Mahatma and the Ism
    First Published: 1958
  2318. Mahatma Gandhi
    An Apostle of Applied Human Ecology

    First Published: 1994
  2319. Main Currents of Marxism
    Volume 1: The Founders

    First Published: 1978
    Kolakowski gives his interpretation of the origins of Marxism, and analyses the development of Marx's thought and its divergence from other forms of socialism.
  2320. Main Currents of Marxism
    Volume 2: The Golden Age

    First Published: 1978
    Kolakowski examines the theories of the leading Marxists, and the controversies between them, in the era of the Second International.
  2321. Main Currents of Marxism
    Volume 3: The Breakdown

    First Published: 1978
    Kolakowski examines the origins and development of Stalinism, as well as the contributions of Trotsky, Gramsci, Lukacs, Marcuse, and others, and traces developments in Marxism it period after the Second World War.
  2322. Make a Difference
    Student Activities for a Better Environment

    Make a Difference is book for students in grades 6, 7 and 8. It provides educational material on a variety of environmental concerns through exercises, charts and tables, illustrations and a glossary of environmental terms. The students can evaluate their lifestyle at school, at home, in the community and learn practical ways to use our resources sensibly.
  2323. The Makeover Book
    101 Design Solutions for Desktop Publishing

    First Published: 1989
  2324. Making a Living - Ten Days for World Development 1980.
    First Published: 1980
  2325. Making Change
    First Published: 1977
    How to effect community change as an individual or as a member of a support group, a neighborhood organization, a board of directors, or other political group. Organizing skills, conflict diagnosis and resolution, communication skills, and running meetings are a few of the skills described in the context of neighbourhood/community change.
  2326. Making Ends Meet
    A History of Women's Economic Contributions to the Family Farm in Manitoba

    First Published: 1992
    Based on hundres of interviews with Manitoba farm men and women, Making Ends Meet reconstructs the common history shared by modern farm women as well as by their mothers and grandmothers.
  2327. Making the Future
    Occupations, Interventions, Empire and Resistance

    First Published: 2012
  2328. Making Monsters 
    False Memories, Psychotherapy, and Sexual Hysteria

    First Published: 1994
    An exposee of the damage and falsity of recovered-memory therapy.
  2329. The Making of a Counter Culture
    First Published: 1969
    Roszak examines some of the leading influences on the youthful counter culture of the late 1960s - Herbert Marcuse and Norman Brown, Allen Ginsberg and Alan Watts, Timothy Leary and Paul Goodman -- and shows how each has helped call into question the conventional scientific world view and in so doing has set about undermining the foundations of the technocracy.
  2330. The Making of E.P. Thompson 
    Marxism, Humanism, and History

    First Published: 1981
    This study is an analysis of E.P. Thompson's humanism and Marxism as they are woven throughout his politics, theory, and historical studies. Arguing against a "purely academic reading" of Thompson, Palmer examines the criticisms of Thompson's work and defends the view of history and human agency that leads to a politics of practice, rather than a politics of theory.
  2331. The Making of New World Slavery
    From the Baroque to the Modern 1492-1800

    First Published: 1997
    Traces the development of slavery in the new world, with its origins in trade and business enterprise.
  2332. The Making of the English Working Class 
    First Published: 1963   Published: 1968
    Discusses the development of a working class consciousness from the 1790s to the Great Reform Bill
  2333. The Making of the Modern World
    An Introductory History

    This book's global approach to world history puts the major political, economic and social transformations of the past hundred years into context. Focusing on the growth and transformation of capitalism as a world system, and its accompanying dialectic of uneven development, Dr. Robertson shows how the Western industrial powers and the underdeveloped Third World form a single continuum of change.
  2334. Making Schools Matter
    Good Teachers at Work

    First Published: 1998
    An anthology of articles and interviews relevant to combating racism and sexism in the classroom as well as tips for making history and social studies relevant and including social justice to the curriculum.
  2335. Making Sense of the Media
    A Handbook of Popular Education Techniques

    A handbook for teaching critical analysis of the mass media. It is designed for classroom use in any group setting, including high school, adult literacy, ESL, labour, and community organizing.
  2336. Making the News: A Guide for Activists and Nonprofits
    First Published: 2003
    Salzman explores ways in which organizers can be creative and innovative in using the media to publicize their cause.
  2337. Making Trouble
    Essays on Gay History, Politics, and the University

    First Published: 1992
  2338. Making Waves: The Grindstone Story
    First Published: 1984
  2339. Malcolm X Speaks
    First Published: 1965
    A series of speeches, seminars and press conferences given by Malcolm X during the last years of his life in 1964 and early 1965.
  2340. Male Chauvinism!
    How it Works and How to Get Free of it

    First Published: 1974
  2341. A Man Apart
    The Life of Henri Curiel

    Curiel was a key figure in founding the Egyptian and Sudanese communist movements; he trained and influenced most of the left militants in Nasser's Free Officer movement. Curiel remained one of the most prominent figures on the Middle East scene until he was assassinated in 1978. Eqypt, and especially the radical movement within it, is the backdrop.
  2342. Man, Beast and Zombie
    What Science Can and Cannot Tell Us About Human Nature

    First Published: 2000   Published: 2001
    Drawing upon the ideas of evolutionary biology, cognitive science and artificial intelligence, Malik questions many of our assumptions about human nature.
  2343. Man for Himself
    An Inguiry into the Psychology of Ethics

    First Published: 1969
    Fromm reaffirms the validity of humanistic ethics, to show that our knowledge of human nature does not lead to ethical relativism but, on the contrary, to the conviction that the sources of norms for ethical conduct are to found found in human nature itself.
  2344. Man of the Trees: Richard St. Barbe Baker
    First Published: 1984
  2345. The Man Who Killed Slavery, Sparked the Civil War, and Seeded Civil Rights
    First Published: 2005
    A biography of John Brown.
  2346. The Man Who Recorded the World 
    A Biography of Alan Lomax

    First Published: 2011
    Documentarian of the folk culture of American life,, Lomax was diligent and tireless in preserving the irreplaceable vernacular cultures that have fallen into the past.
  2347. Managing Wastes
    A Guide to Citizens' Involvement

    First Published: 1985   Published: 1992
    Second editon of booklet first published in 1984, outling how citizens can involve themselves in decision-making about waste management.
  2348. The Mandate of Heaven
    Marx and Mao in Modern China

    First Published: 1978
    China’s transformation from a poor country devastated by war into a major world power is a modern legend. But how did this change come about? What are the real living conditions of the peasants and workers? Why, when apparently united in their beliefs, are Russia and China enemies? And why, if Mao is right, must Marx be wrong? Using publications from the People’s Republic and his own extensive research, Nigel Harris has written a serious critique of the history, aims and actions of the communist Party in China.
  2349. Manifestations And Declarations
    Of the Twentieth Century

    First Published: 1998
    This collection of original documents describes what significance they had for the social change and political movements of the twentieth century.
  2350. Manifesto of a Tenured Radical
    First Published: 1997
    Divided into three parts: "The Politics of English," "The Academy and the Culture Debates," and "Lessons from the Job Wars."
  2351. Manituana
    First Published: 2009
    1775. The conflict between the British Empire and the American colonies erupts in all-out war. Meanwhile, in the secluded Mohawk Valley, a utopian community thrives: white Irish, Scots and Native Americans live harmoniously together in "Iroquireland."
  2352. Man's Worldly Goods
    The Story of the Wealth of Nations

    First Published: 1936   Published: 1968
    Huberman sets out to explain history using economic theory, and to explain economic theory using history. He tries to explain, in terms of the development of economic thought, why certain doctrines arose when they did, how they originated in the very fabric of social life, and how they were developed, modified, and overthrown when the pattern of that fabric was changed.
  2353. The Mantle of Struggle
    A Biography of Black Revolutionary Rosie Douglas

    First Published: 2023
    A biography of a little known figure in Canadian black radical politics: Rosie Douglas.
  2354. A Manual for Group Facilitators
    The Center for Conflict Resolution

    First Published: 1977
    The values, assumptions and techniques of group facilitation. Especially useful to people planning workshops. Includes sections on communication, conflict, problem solving, what can go wrong and what to do about it, and many other relevant topics.
  2355. Manual for Revolutionary Leaders
    First Published: 1972
    A devious satire aimed at Leninists, Trotskyists, Maoists, and vanguardists of all stripes.
  2356. A Manual on Nonviolence and Children
    First Published: 1977   Published: 1984
    The authors felt that an important way of building a peaceful world would be to develop a program for young children. It would help children and their caregivers develop non-violent attitudes and skills.
  2357. Manufacturing Consent 
    The Political Economy of the Mass Media

    First Published: 1988
    Contrary to the usual image of the press and cantankerous, obstinate, and ubiquitious in its search for truth, Herman and Chomsky depict how an underlying elite consensus largely structures all facets of the news. They analyze how issues are framed and topics chosen, and the way in which the marketplace and the economics of publishing significantly shape the news.
  2358. Manufacturing Consent: Noam Chomsky and the Media
    Part 1: Thought Control in a Democratic Society. Part 2: Activating Dissent

    First Published: 1993
  2359. Manufacturing the Enemy: The Media War Against Cuba
    First Published: 2019
    Mainstream media in the United States for the past 60 years has converged with the neo-colonial foreign policy objectives of the state to create a misinformed, biased narrative against the Cuban revolution. Using extensive examples, including pre-revolutionary historic coverage, journalist Keith Bolender reveals how the national press has established an anti-Cuba chronicle in adherence to Washington's unrelenting regime change policies.
  2360. The Many-Headed Hydra 
    The Hidden History of the Revolutionary Atlantic

    First Published: 2002
    With the expansion of trade and colonization around the Atlantic in the seventeenth century, sailors, indentured servants, market women, prostitutes, and slaves came to inhabit European cities, American colonies and trade ships. Linebaugh and Rediker show how this motley crew had their own versions of democracy.
  2361. Many Minds, One Heart
    SNCC's dream for a new America

    First Published: 2007   Published: 2009
    Wesley Hogan explores what SNCC accomplished and, more important, how it fostered significant social change in such a short time.
  2362. Mao's China
    Economic and Political Survey

    First Published: 1957
  2363. Mapoon - Book Three
    The Cape York Aluminum Companies (Alcan, Comalco, R.T.Z., Kaiser, C.R.A., Billiton, Pechiney, Tipperary) and the Native Peoples

    First Published: 1976
    Chronicle of the policies and actions of the Aluminium Companies with respect to the native peoples and their land claims.
  2364. Maps and Dreams
    Indians and the British Columbia Frontier

    First Published: 1981   Published: 1997
    Brody's account of his extraordinary eighteen-month journey through the world of a people who have no intention of vanishing into the past.
  2365. Jean Paul Marat
    Tribune of the French Revolution

    First Published: 2012
    Biography of Jean Paul Marat and his contributions to the French Revolution.
  2366. The March of Socialism
    First Published: 1974
    A view of the history of socialism.
  2367. Marcus Garvey
    Anti-Colonial Champion

    First Published: 1989
    Marcus Garvey articulated ideas about self-reliance, about the relationship between oppressed people throughout the world regardless of colour; he put forward ideas which are central to the process of decolonialization.
  2368. Maritime Radical
    The Life & Times of Roscoe Fillmore

    First Published: 1992
  2369. The Market Tells Them So
    The World Bank and Economic Fundamentalism

    First Published: 1995
    Mihevic asserts that World Bank policy can be viewed as a powerful fundamentalist quasi-religion whose effect is to perpetuate and even worsen inequities between developed and developing countries.
  2370. Marketing Mirage
    How To Make It A Reality

    First Published: 1987
  2371. Marketing Your Books
    A collection of profit-making ideas for authors and publishers

    First Published: 1990
  2372. Marketing Your Books
    A Collection of Profit-Making Ideas for Authors and Publishers

    First Published: 1989
  2373. Marketplace Medicine
    the Rise of For-Profit Hospital Chains

    First Published: 1992
    An expose of America's health-care system, focusing on the growing corporatization of American medicine in the form of for-profit hospital chains run by large corporations.
  2374. Married to Another Man 
    Israel's Dilemma in Palestine

    First Published: 2007
    Karmi argues that Israel has never been able to solve the original and unresolved Zionist quandary of how to create and maintain a Jewish state in a land inhabited by another people. She maintains that the problem is unsoluble and that the only solution is a single secular state in which Jews and Palestinians are equal.
  2375. Martin Luther King (Revised Edition)
    The Inconvenient Hero

    First Published: 1995   Published: 2008
    In these eloquent essays that reflect upon King's legacy over the past two decades and the meaning of his life today, a portrait emerges of a man constantly evolving and going deeper into the roots of violence and injustice -- a man whose challenge remains as timely and necessary as ever.
  2376. Martov and Zinoviev
    Head to head in Halle

    First Published: 2011
    A new chapter in understanding the significance of a congress that shaped the 20th century European workers’ movement.
  2377. Marx & Engels
    The Intellectual Relationship

    First Published: 1983
    Carver looks at the early years before Marx and Engels met, assesses the contribution each made to their joint works, pinpoints Engels' divergences from Marx, and examines the ways that Engels created a Marx to match his Marxism.
  2378. Marx and Engels
    Basic Writings on Politics and Philosophy

    First Published: 1959
  2379. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 3
    Marx and Engels 1843 - 1844

    First Published: 1844
  2380. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 4
    Marx and Engels 1844 - 1845

    First Published: 1845
    Includes The Holy Family, or Critique of Critical Criticism, and The Condition of the Working-Class in England.
  2381. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 5
    Marx and Engels 1845 - 1847

    First Published: 1847
    Includes The German Ideology.
  2382. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 6
    Marx and Engels 1845 - 1848

    First Published: 1848
    Includes the Poverty of Philosophy and The Communist Manifesto.
  2383. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 7
    Marx and Engels 1848

    First Published: 1848
    Includes articles from the Neue Rheinische Zeitung, June 1 - November 7, 1848.
  2384. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 8
    Marx and Engels 1848 - 1849

    First Published: 1849
    Includes articles from the Neue Rheinische Zeitung November 8, 1848 - March 5, 1849.
  2385. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 9
    Marx and Engels 1849

    First Published: 1849
    Includes articles from the Neue Rheinische Zeitung March 6 - May 19, 1849.
  2386. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 10
    Marx and Engels 1849 - 1851

    Includes The Peasant War in Germany.
  2387. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 11
    Marx and Engels 1851 - 1853

    Includes Revolution and Counter-Revolution in Germany and The Eighteenth Brumaire
    of Louis Bonaparte and Revelations Concerning the Communist Trial in Cologne
  2388. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 12
    Marx and Engels 1853 - 1854

    Articles mainly on British colonialism.
  2389. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 13
    Marx and Engels 1854 - 1855

    Includes Revolutionary Spain
  2390. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 14
    Marx and Engels 1855 - 1856

    Includes material on British politics and the Crimean War.
  2391. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 15
    Marx and Engels 1856 - 1858

    First Published: 1858
    Mainly articles about Europe, colonialism, and India.
  2392. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 16
    Marx and Engels 1858 - 1860

    Mainly events in Europe.
  2393. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 17
    Marx and Engels 1859 - 1860

    Includes Herr Vogt and articles on military matters.
  2394. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 18
    Marx and Engels 1857 - 1862

    Articles for The New American Cyclopaedia.
  2395. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 19
    Marx and Engels 1861 - 1864

    Colonialism, slavery, and the American Civil War.
  2396. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 20
    Marx and Engels 1864- 1868

    Includes The Prussian Military Question and the (German Workers' Party), and Value, Price and Profit, and articles and Reviews written in connection with the publication of Volume One of Capital.
  2397. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 21
    Marx and Engels 1867 - 1870

    Materials related to the International Workingmen's Association.
  2398. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 22
    Marx and Engels 1870 - 1871

    Includes The Civil War in France and other materials on the Franco-Prussian War.
  2399. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 23
    Marx and Engels 1871 - 1874

    Articles on the International, Bakunin, and the Housing Question.
  2400. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 24
    Marx and Engels 1874 - 1883

    Includes the Critique of the Gotha Programme, and Socialism: Utopian and Scientific.
  2401. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 25

    Anti-Dühring & Dialectics of Nature
  2402. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 26
    Engels 1882 - 1889

    First Published: 1889
    Includes Manuscripts on Early German History and The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State, and Ludwig Feuerbach and the End of Classical German Philosophy, and The Role of Force in History
  2403. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 27
    Engels 1890 - 1895

    First Published: 1895
    Includes The Foreign Policy of Russian Tsardom, and A Critique of the Draft Social-Democratic Program of 1891, and On the History of Early Christianity, and The Peasant Question in France and Germany
  2404. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 33
    Marx 1861 - 1863

    First Published: 1863
    Economic Manuscript of 1861-63. A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy (Continuation).
  2405. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 34
    Marx 1861 - 1864

    Economic Manuscripts of 1861-64 (Conclusion). A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy.
  2406. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 35
    Capital Volume 1

    Capital. Volume 1.
  2407. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 38
    Marx and Engels 1844 - 1851

  2408. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 39
    Marx and Engels 1852 - 1855

  2409. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 40
    Marx and Engels 1856 - 1859

  2410. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 41
    Marx and Engels 1860 - 1864

  2411. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 42
    Marx and Engels 1864 - 1868

  2412. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 43
    Marx and Engels 1868 - 1870

  2413. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 44
    Marx and Engels 1870 - 1873

  2414. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 45
    Marx and Engels 1874 - 1879

  2415. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 46
    Marx and Engels 1880 - 1883

  2416. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 47
    Engels 1883 - 1886

    First Published: 1886
  2417. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 48
    First Published: 1890
  2418. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 49
    First Published: 1892
  2419. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 50
    First Published: 1895
  2420. Marx & Keynes
    The Limits of the Mixed Economy

    First Published: 1969
    According to Mattick, "Keynesianism merely reflects the transition of capitalism from its free-market to a state-aided phase and provides an ideology for those who mementarily profit by this transition. It does not touch upon the problems Marx was concerned with. As long as the capitalist mode of production prevails, Marxism will retain its relevance, since it concerns itself neither with one or another technique of capital production, nor with the social changes within the frame of capital production, but only with its final abolition".
  2421. Marx at the Margins 
    On Nationalism, Ethnicity, and Non-Western Societies

    First Published: 2010   Published: 2016
    Marx’s critique of capital was far broader than is usually supposed. To be sure, he concentrated on the labor-capital relation within Western Europe and North America. But at the same time, he expended considerable time and energy on the analysis of non-Western societies, as well as race, ethnicity, and nationalism.
  2422. Marx and the Earth
    An Anti-Critique

    First Published: 2016   Published: 2017
    John Bellamy Foster and Paul Burkett respond to recent ecosocialist criticisms of Marx, offering a full-fledged anti-critique. They thus extend their earlier pioneering work on Marx’s ecology, providing the basis for a new red-green synthesis.
  2423. Marx-Engels Chronicle, The
    A Day-by-Day Chronology of Marx and Engels' Life and Activity. Vol. 1 of the Marx-Engels Cyclopedia

    First Published: 1985
  2424. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 1
    Marx 1835 - 1843

    First Published: 1835
  2425. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 2
    Engels 1838 - 1842

    First Published: 1842
    Works of Frederick Engels, August 1838-December 1842.
  2426. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 28
    Marx 1857 - 1861

    First Published: 1861
    Economic Manuscripts of 1857-58.
  2427. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 29
    Marx 1857 - 1861

    Economic Manuscripts of 1857-58.
  2428. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 30
    Marx 1861 - 1863

    Economic Manuscripts of 1861-63.
  2429. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 31
    Marx 1861 - 1863

    First Published: 1863
    A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy.
  2430. Marx and Engels Collected Works Volume 32
    Marx 1861 - 1863

    First Published: 1863
    Economic Manuscript of 1861-63 (Continuation). A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy.
  2431. Marx-Engels Glossary, The
    Glossary to the Chronicle & Register, & Index to the Glossary. Vol. 2 of the Marx-Engels Cyclopedia

    First Published: 1986
  2432. Marx-Engels Register, The
    A Complete Bibliography of Marx Engels' Individual Writings. Vol. 3 of the Marx-Engels Cyclopedia

    First Published: 1985
    The Marx-Engels Register contains a detailed bibliographical listing of all the individual writings of Marx and Engels. Each entry in the Register gives all the basic data about a given work: English-language title, language of the original text, original-language title (if not English), date and circumstances of writing, date and circumstances of publication, reprints or republications of the original text, etc. The volume alsp provides "Sources and Translations" lists and some appendiices. An inclusive title index provides access to the Register by title alone.
  2433. Marx for Beginners
  2434. Marx, Freud, and the Critique of Everyday Life
    Toward a Permanent Revolution

    First Published: 1974
    The theory and practice of revolutionary social transformation, Brown argues, must encompass the subjective, psychological dimensions of the revolutionary process.
  2435. Marx and Nature 
    A Red and Green Perspective

    First Published: 1999   Published: 2014
    While recognizing that production is structured by historically developed relations among producers, Marx insists that production as a social and material process is shaped and constrained by natural conditions. Paul Burkett shows that it is Marx's overriding concern with human emancipation that impels him to approach nature from the standpoint of materialist history, sociology, and critical political economy.
  2436. Marx on Economics
    First Published: 1961
    A systematic compilation of extracts drawn from Marx's publications with brief summaries of their arguments.
  2437. Marx on Gender and the Family: A Critical Study
    First Published: 2013
    A study devoted exclusively to Marx's perspectives on gender and the family.
  2438. The Marxian Legacy
    First Published: 1977   Published: 1979
    Working within the Marxian legacy, Howard poses is problems across the fields of philosophy, sociology, political science and history.
  2439. Marxism: A Re-Examination
    First Published: 1967
    A study of the social and political theory of Karl Marx, by an academic sociologist.
  2440. Marxism and Bourgeois Economics
    First Published: 1983
    Just as the proletariat opposed the bourgeoisie, so Marx confronted bourgeois economic theory: not in order to develop it, or to improve it, but to destroy its apparent validity and, finally, with the abolition of capitalism, to overcome it altogether.
  2441. Marxism and Freedom 
    From 1776 to Today

    First Published: 1958   Published: 2000
    Dunayevskaya argues that Marx's theory is the generalisation of the instinctive striving of the proletariat for a new social order, a truly human society.
  2442. Marxism and Politics
    First Published: 1977
    Miliband sets out to present an overview of the main themes and problems of the Marxist approach to politics.
  2443. Marxism and the Mass Media
    Toward a Basic Bibliography

    First Published: 1974
  2444. Marxism and the Oppression of Women
    Toward a Unitary Theory

    First Published: 1983   Published: 2014
    Lise Vogel revisits classical Marxian texts, tracking analyses of “the woman question” in socialist theory and drawing on central theoretical categories of Marx's Capital to open up a theorization of gender and the social production and reproduction of material life.
  2445. Marxism and the Party
    First Published: 1978
    Molyneux examines the views of Marx, Lenin, Luxemburg, Trotsky, and Gramsci on the question of party organisation. He takes as his central theme their concern with the relationship between the party and the working class.
  2446. Marxism and the Russian Anarchists
    Studies of the ideas of Russian anarchists, including anarcho-syndicalists, anarchist-communists, Makheavists, council anarchists, Makhnovism, and soviet anarchists.
  2447. Marxism and Ecological Economics
    Towards a Red and Green Political Economy

    First Published: 2006
    A general assessment of ecological economics from Marxist point of view, demonstrating the potential contributions of Marxist political economy to ecological economical theory.
  2448. Marxism, Feminism, the State
    Volume 1

    First Published: 1983
    Includes essays on the sexual division of labour, and socialist organizing in the 80s, referring to Engels, Ryerson, and MacPherson.
  2449. Marxism and Philosophy 
    First Published: 1923   Published: 1970
  2450. Marxism and Women's Liberation
    First Published: 2015
    Why are women more often to be found on the sticky floor of low pay than above the glass ceiling where the rich reside? Why is there an assault on the gains of the women's movement? As austerity bites and new debates about oppression rage, Judith Orr steers a path through the history and future of the fight for women's liberation.
  2451. Marxist Economic Theory
    First Published: 1962   Published: 1971
    Marxist Economic Theory is a major intellectual project which adapts Marx's analysis of capitalism to the world of the late 20th century. Mandel examines post-war upheavals in the development of imperialism, monopoly capitalism and the structure of the state-controlled economies.
  2452. A Marxist History of Capitalism
    First Published: 2018
    A short history of capitalism by a history professor at University of Manitoba
  2453. The Marxists and the Jewish Question
    The History of a Debate 1843 - 1943

    First Published: 1994
    Covers the difficult history of European Marxists' efforts to comprehend what "The Jewish Question" was about. The assumption that Jewish life and religion were a historical anachronism, something that would naturally disappear with the end of their specific economic function in the development of capitalism, also implied that the medieval legacy of Jew-hatred would vanish as well.The possibility of a new and even more virulent, racialist revival of Jew-hatred -- anti-Semitism -- was overlooked by thinkers and parties who envisioned an inevitable evolution toward socialism.
  2454. Marx's Concept of Man 
    First Published: 1961
    It is one of the peculiar ironies of history that there are no limits to the misunderstanding and distortion of theories, even in an age when there is unlimited access to the sources; there is no more drastic example of this phenomenon than what has happened to the theory of Karl Marx in the last few decades....I shall try to demonstrate that this interpretation of Marx is completely false; that his theory does not assume that the main motive of man is one of material gain; that, furthermore, the very aim of Marx is to liberate man from the pressure of economic needs, so that he can be fully human; that Marx is primarily concerned with the emancipation of man as an individual, the overcoming of alienation, the restoration of his capacity to relate himself fully to man and to nature; that Marx's philosophy constitutes a spiritual existentialism in secular language and because of this spiritual quality is opposed to the materialistic practice and thinly disguised materialistic philosophy of our age.
  2455. Marx's Concept of the Alternative to Capitalism 
    First Published: 2013
    In contrast to the traditional view that Marx's work is restricted to a critique of capitalism – and that he consciously avoided any detailed conception of its alternative – this work shows that Marx was committed to a specific concept of a post-capitalist society which informed the whole of his approach to political economy.
  2456. Marx's Ecology 
    Materialism and Nature

    First Published: 2000
    This account overturns conventional interpretations of Marx. Marx, it is often assumed, cared only about industrial growth and the development of economic forces. John Bellamy Foster examines Marx's neglected writings on capitalist agriculture and soil ecology, philosophical naturalism, and evolutionary theory. He shows that Marx, known as a powerful critic of capitalist society, was also deeply concerned with the changing human relationship to nature.
  2457. Marx's Theory of Alienation 
    First Published: 1970
    Meszaros provides a comprehensive treatment of Marx's theory of alienation by surveying Marx's work as a whole. In doing so, he argues against the commonly held distinction between a young philosophically-oriented Marx and a mature economics-oriented Marx.
  2458. The Masks of Proteus
    Canadian Reflections on the State

    First Published: 1990
    A multi-faceted study of the modern state.
  2459. Masques of Morality
    Females in Fiction

    First Published: 1987
  2460. Mass Communications and American Empire
    First Published: 1971
    An in-depth look at international and domestic media, and the effect of capitalism on mass communications.
  2461. Mass Media in the Making and Unmaking of the New Left
    First Published: 1980
    An analysis of the media's prediliction for "politics of confrontation" in America in the late 60's. He focuses on how the media distorted the anti-war movement.
  2462. The Mass Psychology of Fascism 
    First Published: 1933   Published: 1970
    Wilhelm Reich's class study, written during the years of the German crisis. Reich repudiates the concept that fascism is the ideology or action of a single individual or nationality, or any ethnic or political group. He understands fascism as the expression of the irrational character structure of human beings whose needs and impulses have been suppressed.
  2463. The Mass Strike, the Political Party and the Trade Unions 
    First Published: 1906
    Luxemburg writes that "the mass strike in Russia [in 1905] has been realised not as means of evading the political struggle of the working-class, and especially of parliamentarism, not as a means of jumping suddenly into the social revolution by means of a theatrical coup, but as a means, firstly, of creating for the proletariat the conditions of the daily political struggle and especially of parliamentarism. The revolutionary struggle in Russia, in which mass strikes are the most important weapon, is, by the working people, and above all by the proletariat, conducted for those political rights and conditions whose necessity and importance in the struggle for the emancipation of the working-class Marx and Engels first pointed out, and in opposition to anarchism fought for with all their might in the International."
  2464. Mass Trespass on Kinder Scout in 1932 and the Founding of our National Parks
    First Published: 2012
  2465. Massacre: The Life and Death of the Paris Commune
    First Published: 2014
    A narrative account of the Paris Commune.
  2466. Die Massenstreikdebatte
    Arbeiterbewegung Theorie und Geschicthe

    First Published: 1970
  2467. Mastering the Machine
    Poverty, Aid and Technology

    First Published: 1992
  2468. Masterless Men: Poor Whites and Slavery in the Antebellum South
    First Published: 2017
    Analyzing land policy, labour, and legal history, Keri Leigh Merritt reveals what happens to excess workers when a capitalist system is predicated on slave labor.
  2469. Masters of Illusion
    The World Bank and the Poverty of Nations

    First Published: 1999
  2470. A Match to a Blasty Bough
    How FFAW-Unifor Confronted Power and Shared the Wealth
  2471. Materialist Feminism: A Reader in Class, Difference, and Women's Lives
    First Published: 1997
    A look at how "identitiy politics" of the 1980's marginalized materialist feminism.
  2472. Maximum Gifts by Return Mail
    First Published: 1989
    Excellent book on direct mail fundraising.
  2473. Maximum, Minimum, Medium
    A Journey Through Canadian Prisons

    First Published: 1995
    Serving a nine-year sentence, Melnitzer documented his experience in three different prisons, along with his own introspections.
  2474. The Maximum Wage
    A Common-Sense Prescription for Revitalizing America---by Taxing the Very Rich

    First Published: 1992
    The author traces the history of attempts to limit incomes and proposes the adoption of a maximum wage to revitalize American economy.
  2475. McLuhan's Children
    The Greenpeace Message and the Media

    First Published: 1996
    Looks at Greenpeace's rise to global prominence through its savvy use of mass media. Traces the evolution of Greenpeace's relations with the media.
  2476. The Meaning of Race
    Race History and Culture in Western Society

    First Published: 1996
    The Meaning of Race has two key themes. First it explores the intellectual and philosophical basis of racial thinking, examining the origins and development of the concept of race from the Enlightenment to the present day. Second, it also looks at the way in which recent social and political developments - such as the end of the Cold War, the erosion of the postwar liberal consensus, and the demise of the left - have shaped our ideas about race.
    The book argues that much of contemporary antiracism is rooted in the same anti-humanist philosophies of human differences that gave rise to the idea of race in the first place. Only a philosophy based on a universalist and humanist outlook, I suggest, can hope to transcend the discourse of race.
  2477. Meat: A Benign Extravagance
    First Published: 2010
    An exploration of the difficult environmental and ethical issues that surround the human consumption of animal flesh.
  2478. Meatpackers
    An Oral History of Black Packinghouse Workers and Their Struggle for Racial and Economic Equality

    Provides an important window into race and racism in the American workplace. In their own words, male and female packinghouse workers in the Midwest - mostly African-American - talk of their experiences on the shop floor and picket lines.
  2479. Media Alert
    A Directory Of Media Contacts In Ontario

    First Published: 1987
  2480. The Media and the Rwanda Genocide
    First Published: 2007
    The news media played a crucial role in the 1994 Rwanda genocide. Local media fueled the killings, while international media either ignored or seriously misunderstood what was happening. This is the first book to explore both sides of the media equation. Examining how local radio was used as a tool of hate, encouraging neighbors to turn against each other, the book also presents a critique of international media coverage.
  2481. The Media Book: Making the Media Work for Your Grassroots Group
    A Step-by-Step Guide

    First Published: 1981
    This "how-to" manual sets out to outline a model media campaign that can be modified and used by other reproductive rights groups with low budgets and staffs, around the U.S.
  2482. Media Censorship in a Plural Context
    A Report on the Kenya Broadcasting Corporation

    First Published: 1998
  2483. Media Censorship in the Middle East
    First Published: 2007
    Examines Middle-Eastern media censorship and shows how the censorial culture grew as the media developed in this region. It also illustrates the illusionary and deceptive arguments presented by the authorities citing articles and stipulations from the constitution that speaks for the freedom of the press and free speech.
  2484. Media Control
    The Spectacular Achievements of Propaganda

    First Published: 1997   Published: 2002
    Chomsky begins by asserting two models of democracy: one in which the public actively participates, and one in which the public is manipulated and controlled. According to Chomsky "propaganda is to democracy what the bludgeon is to a totalitarian state," and the mass media is the primary vehicle for delivering propaganda in the United States.
  2485. Media Lies And The War Drive Against Iran
    First Published: 2009
    Iran's crime is its independence. Having thrown out the US's favourite tyrant, Shah Reza Pahlavi, Iran remains the only resource-rich Muslim state beyond US control. As only Israel has a 'right to exist' in the Middle East, the US goal is to cripple the Islamic Republic. This will allow Israel to divide and dominate the region on Washington's behalf, undeterred by a confident neighbour.
  2486. The Media Monopoly
    First Published: 1985
  2487. Media Think
    First Published: 2000
    Increasingly the news media are owned by a small group of very large corporations with extensive interests outside the industry, run by the corporate elite.Winter argues that instead of offering diverse perspectives on events and issues, the media portray an increasingly dogmatic and orthodox corporate picture of the world around us. The consistency with which they do this has its consequent, intended effect on public opinion and policy formation.
  2488. The Mediator's Handbook
    First Published: 1982   Published: 1997
  2489. The Meek and the Militant
    Religion and Power Across the World

    This wide-ranging comparative study of religion by an eminent American scholar opens with the Marxist critique of religion - its explanation of religion's origin and persistance, and how it has acted historically as a bulwark of the social order but also under certain circumstances as a revolutionary force. Part 2 examines the historical roots of Judaism, Catholicism and Protestantism. Part 3 makes a similar study of Hinduism, and Part 4 examines the Soviet Union and China.
  2490. Meeting the Expectations of the Land 
    Essays in Sustainable Agriculture and Stewardship

    First Published: 1984
    Addresses the problems facing agriculture today, such as topsol erosion, lowered water tables, reliance on pesticides, dependence on machinery, the overcapitalization of agriculture, the decline of the rural economy, the energy and dollar cost as well as the health problems associated with commercial fertizlers, the shrinking number of family farms, the increasing dependence on fossil fuels.
  2491. The MegaCity Saga
    Democracy and Citizenship in This Global Age

    First Published: 2000
  2492. Meltdown
    The End of the Age of Greed

    First Published: 2009
    Paul Mason, the economics editor of BBC Newsnight, discusses the current economic recession and how it has caused for the neo-liberal orthodoxy to be undermined. He explores the roots of the crisis , and envisions a new era of hyper-regulated capitalism.
  2493. The Membership Mystigue
    First Published: 1986
  2494. Meme Wars
    The Creative Destruction of Neoclassical Economics

    First Published: 2012
    Meme Wars presents a new way of looking at our world that challenges and debunks many of the assumptions of neoclassical economics and brings to light a more ecological model. The book is image-heavy and full-color throughout,
  2495. Memoir of General Toussaint L'Ouverture
    Written by Himself
  2496. Memoirs from the Women's Prison
    First Published: 1994
    Nawal El Saadawi was imprisoned in 1981 by Anwar Sadat for alleged "crimes against the State." She offers both firsthand witness to women's resistance to state violence and insights into the formation of women's community. Saadawi describes how political prisoners, both secular intellectuals and Islamiists, forged alliances to demand better conditions.
  2497. Memoirs of a Media Maverick
    First Published: 2003
    An engaging memoir of a radical socialist who also was a recognized journalist, writer, and filmmaker.
  2498. Memoirs of a Revolutionary 1901- 1941 
    First Published: 1943   Published: 1967
    Victor Serge, who was bron in 1890 and died in 1947, was an anarchist, a Bolshevik, a Trotskyist, and a revisionist-Marxist. Belgian by birth and upbringing, French by adoption and in literary expression, Russian by parentage and later by citizenship, he eventually became stateless and was put down as a Spanish national for purposes of his funeral documents. He was a journalist, a poet, a pamphleteer, a historian, a political prisoner, an agitator, and a novelist.
  2499. Memory of Fire: Genesis 
    Part One of a Triology

    First Published: 1985
    A meditation on the clashes between the Old World and the New, and an an attempt "to rescue the kidnapped memory of all America." A fierce, impassioned, and kaleidoscopic historical experience that takes us from the creation myths of the Makiritare Indians of the Yukatan to Columbus's first joyous moments in the New World to the English capture of New York.
  2500. Memory of Fire: Faces & Masks 
    Part Two of a Trilogy

    First Published: 1984   Published: 1998
    A view of the 'New World' in the making, from the 1700s to the end of the nineteenth century.
  2501. Memory of Fire: Century of the Wind 
    Part Three of a Trilogy
  2502. Men in Love
    Men's Sexual Fantasies: The Triumph of Love Over Rage

    First Published: 1981
    Friday examines men's sexual fantasies.
  2503. Men in Prison
    First Published: 1931
    Victor Serge's novel based on his own experiences as a politcal prisoner.
  2504. Men's Work
    How to Stop the Violence that Tears Our Lives Apart

    First Published: 1992
    Helps men understand the spectrum of male violence and contains helpful exercises so they can make alternatives to violence.
  2505. Menopause Examined
    First Published: 1992
  2506. Merchants of Doubt
    How a Handful of Scientists Obscured the Truth on Issues from Tobacco Smoke to Global Warming

    First Published: 2010   Published: 2012
    Investigative reportage on how private interests and lobbies in America use hired gun scientists to spread doubt and misinformation. The media's binary understanding of balanced repoting has given these individuals a soapbox and allowed the public to believe there are divisions in the mainstream scientific opinion on global warming where none exist.
  2507. Mercury, Silt and Fear
    First Published: 1992
  2508. Message of a Wise Kabouter
    First Published: 1972
  2509. Method and Madness
    The Hidden Story of Israel's Assaults on Gaza

    First Published: 2015
    In the past five years Israel has mounted three major assaults on the 1.8 million Palestinians trapped behind its blockade of the Gaza Strip. Taken together, Operation Cast Lead (2008-9), Operation Pillar of Defense (2012), and Operation Protective Edge (2014), have resulted in the deaths of some 3,700 Palestinians. As Norman G. Finkelstein sets out in this concise, paradigm-shifting new book, an examination of Israel's motives reveals a state whose repeated recourse to savage war is far from irrational. Rather, Israel's attacks have been designed to sabotage the possibility of a compromise peace with the Palestinians, even on terms that are favorable to it.
  2510. Michael Bakunin
    First Published: 1937   Published: 1975
  2511. Michael Bakunin: Roots of Apocalypse
    First Published: 1981
  2512. Micro Futures: Who Pays?
    First Published: 1986
  2513. Middle East Illusions
    including Peace in the Middle East? Reflections on Justice and Nationhood

    First Published: 2003
    Written during the last 30 years, these pieces display many characteristics of Chomsky's thought: a deep mistrust of U.S. and Israeli intentions and a desire to change the course of history. Chomsky is erudite, and some of the points are now standard in discussion about the Middle East, such as the contradiction of Israel being both a Jewish state and a democracy.
  2514. Midnight on the Mavi Marmara
    The Attack on the Gaza Freedom Flotilla and How It Changed the Course of the Israel/Palestine Conflict

    First Published: 2010
    Eastern Mediterranean, Monday, May 31st, 2010, 4.30am: Israeli commandos, boarding from sea and air, attack the six boats of the Gaza Freedom Flotilla as it sails through international waters bringing humanitarian relief to the beleaguered Palestinians of Gaza. Within minutes, nine peace activists are dead, shot by the Israelis. Scores of others are injured. The 700 people on board the ships are arrested and transported to detention centres in Israel, and then deported.
  2515. Miemose Raconte
    First Published: 1988
  2516. The Mighty Wurlitzer
    How the CIA Played America

    Wilford's illuminating book reveals a largely unknown history of the CIA during the Cold War. Using the Soviet Union's technique of "front organizations" the agency spent millions creating organizations with names such as the Congress for Cultural Freedom, or the Free Trade Union Committee. Few people in the groups, the artists and writers suspected that the CIA were meeting with their leaders and paying their bills. His book is a systematic look at the agency from the 1940's to the investigative report in Rampart's Magazine 20 years later that explained their cultural offensive. With wit he also describes that few of the fronts behaved as the agency desired and that they couldn't "play" the opinionated citizens raised on the First Amendment. They were not like a disciplined Stalinist cadre.
  2517. Migration
    Changing the World

    First Published: 2011
    The author discusses the increasing trend of migration in the modern world, its causes and effects, and peoples and governments responses.
  2518. Mike Harris's Ontario
    Open for Business, Closed to People

    First Published: 1997
  2519. Mikhail Bakunin: A Study in the Psychology and Politics of Utopianism
    First Published: 1982
  2520. Militant Minority: British Columbia Workers and the Rise of a New Left, 1948-1972
    First Published: 2011
    Militant Minority tells the compelling story of British Columbia workers who sustained a left tradition during the bleakest days of the Cold War. Through their continuing activism on issues from the politics of timber licenses to global questions of war and peace, these workers bridged the transition from an Old to a New Left.
  2521. Militarism and the World Military Order - A Study Guide for Churches
    First Published: 1980
  2522. Militarizing the Environment
    Climate Change and the Security State

    First Published: 2015
    In this extensive historical study of scientific, military, political, and economic formations across five centuries, Robert P. Marzec reveals how environmentality has been instrumental in the development of today's security society -- informing the creation of the military-industrial complex during World War II and the National Security Act that established the CIA during the Cold War.
  2523. Military Inc
    Inside Pakistan's Military Economy

    First Published: 2007
    Ayesha Siddiqa probes into the Pakistani military's long and troubling relationship with corporate giants, and its disastrous effects on the development of a healthy democracy and civil society.
  2524. Milton: A Co-operative Neighborhood
    First Published: 1984
  2525. A Mind of its Own
    A Cultural Historyt of the Penis

    First Published: 2001
  2526. Minetown, Milltown, Railtown
    Life in Canadian Communities of Single Industry

    A sociological description of life in company towns.
  2527. Mineworkers of Guyana
    The Making of a Working Class

    Written by a former worker who himself grew up on Alcan's Plantation Mackenzie bauxite mine in Guyana, this is a readable account of the life and history of a Third World working class. It throws new light on the constantly recurring themes of company exploitation, trade union democracy, and the limits of nationalization in transforming management-worker relations.
  2528. Mining Town Crisis
    Globalization, Labour and Resistance in Sudbury

    First Published: 2008
  2529. Minority Organizations:
    A National Directory (Third Edition)

    First Published: 1987
  2530. Mirage of Health
    Utopias, Progress, and Biological Change

    First Published: 1959   Published: 1979
    Dubos attempts to show that while it may be comforting to imagine a life free of stresses and strains in a carefree world, this will remain an idle dream. Humans cannot hope to find another Paradise on earth, because paradise is a static concept while human life is a dynamic process.
  2531. Mirrors 
    Stories of Almost Everyone

    First Published: 2009
    Open any history book and you'll learn about revolutionary leaders, decorated generals, genius scientists and passionate artists. What about the leaders’ assistants? The loyal soldiers? The helpful lab assistants and the inspirations for great art? History books are so filled with greatness that the stories of the people are often neglected. Mirrors resolves this issue. Mirrors is a mosaic of humanity.
  2532. The Mismeasure of Man
    First Published: 1981   Published: 1996
    A history and critique of the methods and motivations underlying biological determinism, the belief that "the social and economic differences between human groups- primarily races, classes, and sexes - arise from inherited, inborn distinctions and that society, in this sense, is an accurate reflection of biology." The book critiques the principal theme of biological determinism, the idea that "worth can be assigned to individuals and groups by measuring intelligence as a single quantity."
  2533. The Missing News 
    Filters and Blind Spots in Canada's Press

    First Published: 2000
    Asks a number of questions, including: How well do the news media filter reality, for what purposes, through what processes and in whose interests? How do newspapers and TV stations choose what news is printed or aired, which letters will be published, or who will be accorded credibility?
  2534. Missing Pieces II
    An Alternative Guide to Canadian Post-Secondary Education

    First Published: 2001
  2535. Mission For Peace:
    A Report

    First Published: 1987
  2536. Mississauga Portraits: Ojibwe Voices from Nineteenth-Century Canada
    First Published: 2013
    This book is about a group of Mississaugans that few people who live in Mississauga, Ontario, today are likely familiar with. The people profiled are none other than a handful of the original inhabitants of much of the land that is now covered by the sprawling city of more than seven hundred thousand people in the Greater Toronto Area.
  2537. Mixed Media, Mixed Messages
    First Published: 1991
    This is a collection of columns by Vancouver Sun columnist Persky. Specifically, Persky tries to address moral and philosophical questions raised by media practices.
  2538. Modem Capitalism and Other Essays
    First Published: 1973
    A collection of essays on the state of modern capitalism.
  2539. Modern Capitalism
    Sweezy treats capitalism as a world system within which the so-called underdeveloped regions are a necessary part, backward precisely because they have been forced to contribute so much to the development of the advanced capitalist countries.
  2540. Modern Capitalism and Revolution
    First Published: 1959   Published: 1975
    For revolutionaries one central point must be grasped to understand how the system works: the struggle of human beings against their alientation, and the ensuing conflict and split in all spheres, aspects and moments of socia life. As long as this struggle is there there ruling strata will continue to be unable to organise their system in a coherent way, and society will lurch from one accident to another. These are the conditions for revolutionary activity in the present epoch -- and they are amply sufficient.
  2541. The Modern Crisis
  2542. Modern India: 1885-1947
    First Published: 1983
    This book uses recently released data to focus on India's anti-imperialist struggle within the larger context of its economic, socio-cultural and political developments in that era.
  2543. The Modern North
    People, Politics and the Rejection of Colonialism

    First Published: 1989
  2544. Modern Politics
  2545. The Modern Prince
    First Published: 1971
  2546. Momentos
    Compendio Poetico

    The author of these peoms was a teenage activist in Barcelona during the 1936 revolution. His commitment to anarchist principles and to his ideal are communicated in these poems.
  2547. Money and Rain: Tom Wayman Live!
    First Published: 1975
  2548. The Money Crisis: How bankers grabbed our money -- and how we can get it back
    First Published: 2015
    A historical analysis exposing the flaws in the system that led to financial crisis.
  2549. Money isn't Everything
    A Survival Manual for Non-Profit Organizations

    First Published: 1977
    Addresses the problems affecting non-profit groups today, providing examples and practical solutions.
  2550. Money Making Marketing
    Finding the People Who Need What You're Selling and Making Sure They Buy It

    First Published: 1991
    Practical advice on marketing.
  2551. The Monkey Wrench Gang 
  2552. Monopoly Capital
    An essay on American economic and social order

    First Published: 1966   Published: 1969
    An analysis of American capitalism.
  2553. The Monster 
    How a Gang of Predatory Lenders and Wall Street Bankers Fleeced America -- and Spawned a Global Crisis

    First Published: 2010
    Hudson explains the rise and fall of the subprime mortgage business by chronicling the rise and fall of two corporate empires: Ameriquest and Lehman Brothers, who did more than any other institutions to create the feeding frenzy that flooded the U.S. with high-risk, high-profit home mortgage loans.
  2554. Monsters of the Market
    Zombies, Vampires, and Global Capitalism

    First Published: 2012
    Drawing on folklore, literature and popular culture, this book links tales of monstrosity from England to recent vampire- and zombie-fables from sub-Saharan Africa, and it connects these to Marx’s persistent use of monster-metaphors in his descriptions of capitalism. Reading across these tales of the grotesque, McNally offers a novel account of the cultural economy of the global market-system.
  2555. Montage: John Heartfield
    Vom Club Dada zur Arbeiter-Illustrierten Zeitung - Dokumente - Analysen - Berichte

    First Published: 1977
  2556. The Montgomery Bus Boycott and the Women Who Started It: The Memoir of Jo Ann Gibson Robinson
    First Published: 1987
    Robinson recounts the origins and sustaining force of the famous boycott led by Montgomery's African American women.
  2557. Montreal
    A Citizen's Guide to Politics

    First Published: 1990
  2558. Montreal
    A Citizen's Guide to Politics

    First Published: 1990
    In 1986, The Montreal Citizens' Movement (MCM) were elected at City Hall defeating the Drapeau Administration. In this collection of articles, every aspect of reform under the MCM Administration is scrutinized: Employment, Housing and Planning, Ecology, Crime, Relations between ethnic groups, Public Transportation and Public Health.
  2559. The Moral Ambiguity of America
    The Massey Lectures for 1966

    First Published: 1967
  2560. The Moral and Political Writings of Mahatma Ghandi
    Iyer has selected Gandh's writings from lectures, newspaper articles and correspondence to friends, the grassroots network of followers and sympathizers. Features writings on morality, politics, non-violent resistance, religion and a host of other topics.
  2561. Moral Panic
    Biopolitics Rising

    First Published: 1994
    Biopolitics, politics based on the grievances of sex and race, is said to distort facts especially with respect to violence against women.
  2562. Moral Threats and Dangerous Desires
    AIDS in the News Media

    First Published: 1994
    "The mass media have played a key role in constructing public understandings of the epidemic. In the majority of instances, HIV-related disease has been presented as a condition affecting social and/or demographic minorities -- groups whose exceptional behaviour has put them at special risk. Yet at the same time, HIV and AIDS are said to threaten us all: be we heterosexual, lesbian or gay, be we young or somewhat older; be we of minority or majority ethnic status."
  2563. More Incredible than Fiction
    First Published: 1981
    The story of the St. Lawrence community recounts the working past of a small Newfoundland coastal town.
  2564. A More Perfect Union
    Why Straight America Must Stand Up for Gay Rights

    Mohr uses lively examples and historical cases to explore both private and public issues affecting the gay and lesbian community.
  2565. More Than Medicare
    First Published: 1988
  2566. More Than the Troubles
    A Common Sense View of Northern Ireland

    The authors argue that religion is only one of many factors stemming from differing traditional, cultural, and historical allegiances that separate the people of Northern Ireland.
  2567. More Unequal
    Aspects of Class in the United States

    First Published: 2007
    Yates looks at class from a global vantage point integrating discussions of race, gender, and class, and the emergence of an international capitalist class.
  2568. More Years for the Locust
    The Origins of the SWP

    First Published: 1997
  2569. The Morning After
    Sex, Fear, and Feminism

    First Published: 1993   Published: 1994
    When Katie Roiphe arrived at Harvard in the fall of 1986, she found that the feminism she had been raised to believe in had been radically transformed. The women's movement, which had once signaled such strength and courage, now seemed lodged in a foundation of weakness and fear. At Harvard, and later as a graduate student at Princeton, Roiphe saw a thoroughly new phenomenon taking shape on campus: the emergence of a culture captivated by victimization, and of a new bedroom politics in the university, cloaked in outdated assumptions about the way men and women experience sex.
  2570. The Mortal Sea
    Fishing the Atlantic in the Age of Sail

    First Published: 2012
    Reveals the long history of warnings against overfishing and that the sea is not an 'infinite resource'.
  2571. The Most Dangerous Man in Detroit
    Walter Reuther and the Fate of American Labor

    Lichtenstein shows us the origins of some of the union movement's current weaknesses--little organization at the workplace level, no capacity to act independently in the political sphere, viewed by many non-union workers as a "special interest group."
  2572. The Most Radical Gesture
    The Situationist International in a postmodern age

    First Published: 1992
    This book is the first major study of the Situationist International. Tracing the history, ideas and influences of this radical and inspiring movement from dada to postmodernism, it argues that situationist ideas of art, revolution, everyday life and the spectacle continue to inform a variety of the most urgent poltical events, cultural movements, and theoretical debates of our times.
  2573. Mother, Sing for Me
    People's Theatre in Kenya

    First Published: 1989
    This play, acted by the villagers of Kamiriithu, was banned after a few public rehearsals. The Kenyan authorities subsequently ordered the total destruction of the village cultural centre which had been the play's birthplace. The thousands who saw the rehearsals recognized the play's message that the oppression of colonial times still bore down on them in the 1980s and the key to freedom lay in rejecting the divisive myth of tribalism and uniting as Kenyans.
  2574. A Mother's Story
    The Fight To Free My Son David

    First Published: 1999
  2575. Mothers of the Disappeared 
    First Published: 1990
    This is the story of the mothers who risked their lives to demonstrate in the plazas by holding placards of the children they lost during the "guerra sucia" the dirty war fought in Argentina during the 1976-1983 repression by the Alfonsin junta. Through the Mother's own words we see the unfolding of Argentinian history, the growing polarization of society and how they coped with the effects not only on their family but the social structure of a country.
  2576. Mountain Justice 
    Homegrown Resistance to Mountaintop Removal, for the Future of Us All

    First Published: 2010
    In recent years, local people fighting against Mountaintop Removal's destruction of their homes in West Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky, and Virginia have invited volunteers from outside Appalachia's coalfields to help them bring national attention to this shameful practice, and abolish it. This on-the-ground, insider report of a grassroots effort to end mountaintop removal in Appalachia is a fascinating account of why building solidarity across geographic, age, class, and philosophical lines in such struggles is so important but so hard.
  2577. The Movable Airport
    The politics of government planning

    First Published: 1973
    An account of the manoeuvring and bureaucratic runaround that went into the planning of the Pickering airport, and of the resistance that it produced.
  2578. The Movement and the Sixties
    First Published: 1995
    Drawing on interviews, manuscripts, and archives, Anderson reveals how one event built upon another and exploed into the kaleidoscope of activism in the United States by the early 1970s. Civil rights, student power, and the crusade against the Vietnam War composed the first wave of the movement, and during after after the rip tides of 1968, the movement changed and expanded, flowing into new currents of counterculture, minority empowerment, and women's liberation.
  2579. A Movement of Movements
    Is another world really possible?

    First Published: 2004
    The Movement of Movements charts the strategic thinking behind the mosaic of movements currently challenging neoliberal globalization.
  2580. Movements and Messages
    Media and Radical Politics on Quebec

    First Published: 1984
    A study of the attempt by social and political movements in Quebec to shape their own communication strategies in oppostion to the power of the state and the mainstream media.
  2581. Moving Toward A New Society
    First Published: 1976
    A vision of a new society, with a strategy for achieving it through non-violent revolution, and specific suggestions for what individuals can do now to work for fundamental social change.
  2582. The Muckraker's Manual
    How To Do Your Own Investigative Reporting

    First Published: 1980
    The skills of investigative reporting described for non-journalists.
  2583. Multicultural Information Resources:
    A Guide to Metropolitian Toronto

    First Published: 1987
  2584. Multiculturalism at Work
    A Guide to Organizational Change

    First Published: 1987
    This book is primarily intended for managers of human services organizations and front-line trainers. It offers a chart of the kind of thinking process which has emerged from the YWCA's experience with the Multicultural Development Project.
  2585. The Multilateral Agreement and the Threat to Canadian Sovereignty
    First Published: 1998
    Explains how international agreements like the MAI are a systematic attack on democratic governments on all levels.
  2586. Mumming in Outport Newfoundland
    First Published: 1977
    A study of folk culture in Newfoundland's outport villages and its decline in the face of modern industrialism.
  2587. The Murals of Revolutionary Nicaragua 1979-1992
    First Published: 1995
    The dawn of the new society reveals itself in the murals as a very child-centered world. Children's presence in so many of the murals forces one to concur with Kunzle's comment, "The insistence, again and again, on children, in school or (more often) at play, illustrates the axiom, proclaimed by the public art of Allende's Chile, that in an egalitarian society children are the only privileged sector."
  2588. Murdered by Capitalism
    A Memoir of 150 Years of Life & Death on the American Left

    First Published: 2004
    Much of this book is in the form of a fictional dialogue between two radicals discussing the political events of both of their lifetimes.
  2589. Murdoch's Politics
    How One Man's Thirst For Wealth and Power Shapes our World

    First Published: 2013
    McKnight tracks Murdoch's influence, from his support for Reagan and Thatcher, his deal with Tony Blair and attacks on Barack Obama. He examines the secretive corporate culture of News Corporation: its private political seminars for editors, its support for think tanks and its global campaigns on issues like Iraq and climate change.
  2590. The Murray Bookchin Reader
    First Published: 1997
    This collection offers an overview of Bookchin's political philosophy, known as libertarian municipalism, which draws on the best of both Marxism and anarchism for the emancipatory tools to build a democratic libertarian alternative. Consistent throughout his work is a search for ways in which to replace today's capitalist society with a more rational and humane alternative.
  2591. Muscle & Blood
    The Massive, Hidden Agony of Industrial Slaughter in America

    First Published: 1974
  2592. Mutual Aid: A Factor of Evolution 
    First Published: 1902
  2593. My Disillusionment in Russia
    First Published: 1925
    Anarchist Emma Goldman recounts her experiences in Russia during the early years of the Revolution, and her subsequent disillusionment with the Bolshevik regime.
  2594. My Father's House:
    A Memoir of Incest and Healing

    First Published: 1987
  2595. My Fight Against Apartheid
    First Published: 1989
    Imprisoned for 15 years on Robben Island in 1965, Michael Dingake's autobiography clearly reveals how his whole life has been bound up with the struggle for liberation in South Africa. His story, full of humour as well as political insight, takes us from his childhood days in Botswana to his recruitment into the ANC during the mass struggles of the 1950s, from his underground work in the 1960s to his kidnapping and imprisonment in 1965.
  2596. My Friend, the Enemy
    This is the remarkable story of the secret contacts between a daring group of Israeli patriots and the PLO - told by the man who started them in 1974 and who became the first Israeli politician to meet Yassir Arafat. This book sheds light on the Middle East conflict, and the divisions inside both Israel and the PLO today. It needs to be read by all who want to understand the Israeli peace movement, and the hope that it and elements within the PLO hold out for lasting peace in the Middle East.
  2597. My Home, My Prison
    First Published: 1984
    Mr Home, My Prison is the passionate, controversial autobiography ofa Palestinian journalist well known for her outspoken support of her people's rights. Raymonda Tawil's book makes clear in personal terms just what damage the Middle East conflict has wrought and what it means for Arabs to live under Israeli occupation. At the same time, her book is as much about the struggle for women's rights as it is about Palestinian rights.
  2598. My Lai
    Vietnam, 1968, and the Descent into Darkness

    First Published: 2017
    Jones shows how pivotal the My Lai massacre was in galvanizing opposition to the Vietnam War, playing a part nearly as significant as that of the Tet Offensive and the Cambodian bombing. For many, it undermined any pretense of American moral superiority, calling into question not only the conduct of the war but the justification for U.S. involvement.
  2599. My Life
    First Published: 1930   Published: 1970
    Trotsky's autobiography, published in 1930.
  2600. My Past is Now
    Further Memoirs of a Labour Lawyer

    This account begins with Stanton's childhood, leading to cases such as his defence of Fergus McKean, and a Cold War libel suit in BC.
  2601. My War Diary
    First Published: 1983
    In this passionate and humane diary, Dov Yermiya, a lieutenant colonel in the Israeli Defense Forces, provides eyewitness accounts of the Israeli invasion of Lebanon.
  2602. Myth of a Repressed Memory 
    False Memories and Allegations of Sexual Abuse

    First Published: 1994
    An expose of the damage and falsity of recovered-memory therapy. Good experimental evidence shows that false memories can easily be implanted.
  2603. The Myth of Male Power
    Why Men Are the Disposable Sex

    First Published: 1993
    Farrell's blunt manner breaks through the sterotypical white middle-class conventions of victim-obsessed sentimentality that has paralyzed mainstream feminism. He forces us to see our everyday world from a fresh perspective. Farrell feels the political agenda of the feminist movement has been hijacked by a quarter century of "male bashing". He calls for an end to the blame game and a new stress on on personal responsibility, social maturity and self enlightenment. He is one of the voices urging a critique and reform of current feminism in order to strengthen it for the 21st century.
  2604. Myth of Political Correctness
    The Conservative Attack of Higher Education
  2605. The Myth of Sisyphus
    First Published: 1955   Published: 1975
    Camus asks whether life has meaning, and whether suicide is a legimitate response to the absurdity of life. He says: "Although The Myth of Sisyphus poses mortal problems, it sums itself up for me as a lucid invitation to live and to create, in the very midst of the desert."
  2606. The Myth of the Good Corporate Citizen
    Democracy Under the Rule of Big Business

    First Published: 1998
    Dobbin argues that transnational corporations (TNG's) have power over every nation's government; they are not the good citizens they claim to be.
  2607. The Myth of the Good War
    Pauwels debunks the 'good war' myth by showing detailed evidence that U.S. policies were driven by its power elites and that extirpating fascism was not the principal driver of U.S. strategy in World War Two.
  2608. The Myth of the Market
    Promises and Illusions

    First Published: 1990
    Advocates expelling the market from all those spaces it has inappropriately invaded.
  2609. The Myth of Women's Masochism
    First Published: 1985   Published: 1987
  2610. Des Mythes Sportifs
    First Published: 1978
  2611. Myths, Memory & Lies
    Quebec's Intelligentsia and the Fascist Temptation

    First Published: 1998
  2612. The Myths of Liberal Zionism
    First Published: 2009
    Yitzhak Laor, one of Israel's most independent writers and prominent dissidents, demystifies the "peace camp" liberals.
  2613. Naked Imperialism
    The U.S. Pursuit of Global Dominance

    First Published: 2006
    Examines the important transformation in U.S. global policy and ideology, showing the political and economic roots of the new militarism and its consequences both in the global and local context.
  2614. The Naked Society
    First Published: 1964
    An expose of the forces which are increasingly depriving Americans of their right to privacy.
  2615. The Name Of The Chamber Was Peace
    First Published: 1988
  2616. Namibia Kit
    First Published: 1978
  2617. Naming the Enemy
    Anti-corporate social movements confront globalization

    First Published: 2001
    A wide and heterogeneous range of social movements now oppose the very fundamentals of market capitalism. Their challenge is beginning, Amory Starr shows, to amount to a sweeping critique of its purposes and practice.
  2618. Naming the Moment
    Political Analysis for Action: A Manual for Community Groups

    First Published: 1989
    A given moment - this moment - is unlike any other moment in time. Howe can we understand what it offers so that we can make the best use of it? How have people used moments in the past to push toward greater social justice?
  2619. Naming the System
    The economic boom of the 1990s created huge wealth for the bosses, but benefitted workers hardly at all. Michael D. Yates seeks to explain how this happened, and what can be done about it.
  2620. Narcoland
    The Mexican Drug Lords And Their Godfathers

    First Published: 2013
    Hernández explains how Mexico became a base for the mega-cartels of Latin America and one of the most violent places on the planet. She reveals the mind-boggling depth of corruption in Mexico's government and business elite.
  2621. Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass, An American Slave & Incidents in the Life of a Slave Girl 
    First Published: 2000
    Two first-person accounts of African-American slavery.
  2622. A Nation on Trial
    The Goldhagen Thesis and Historical Truth

    First Published: 1998
    A critical examination of Daniel Jonah Goldhagen's work, "Hitler's Willing Executioners."
  2623. Nation to Nation
    Aboriginal Sovereignty and the Future of Canada

    First Published: 1992
  2624. National Anti-Poverty Organization
    Dcouments produced by NAPO in 1977-1978.

    First Published: 1978
    Abstracts of three documents produced by the National-Anti-Poverty Organization (NAPO) in 1977-1978.
  2625. A National Crime 
    The Canadian Government and the Residential School System, 1879-1986

    First Published: 1999
    Milloy chronicles the heart-breaking realities of the Residential School. This institiution separated thousands of Native children from their families in the Canadian Government's pursuit of "aggressive civilization."
  2626. The National Directory of Magazines
    Second Edition 1989

    First Published: 1988
  2627. The National Health Program Book
    A Source Guide for Advocates

    First Published: 1994
    Facts, statistics, and myth-debunking about the Canadian health insurance system and about competing proposals for reform of the U.S. health care system. Part I covers the Economic Context of the Health Care Crisis: Rising Costs, Declining Coverage and Incomes; Part II covers the Impact of the Crisis: Care Denied and Delayed; Part III covers the Social Cost of the American System: Poor Health care Leads to Poor Health. Part IV covers Rationing in the Midst of Plenty. Part V focuses on Exploring the Alternative: Canada's National Health Program. Part VI looks at Why Our System Costs More and Delivers Less: Administrative Waste in U.S. Health Care. Part VII deals with a National Health Program for the U.S.. Part VIII covers Paying for a National Health Program. Part IX looks at President Clinton's Plan: Making Insurance Companies the Feudal Lords of American Medicine. Part X is A Force for Change: Public Opinion on Health Care Reform. Part XI is A National Health Program for the United States: A Physicians' Proposal.
  2628. The National Question 
    Selected Writings by Rosa Luxemburg

    First Published: 1976
    In her penetrating analysis of nationalism, Rosa Luxemburg argues that the formula of "the right of nations to self-determination" is essentially not a political or programmatic guide to the nationality question, but only a means of avoiding that question.
  2629. The National Question
    Marxist Theory and National Liberation

    First Published: 1989
    This major exploration of the Marxist theory of national struggle takes issue with various modern contributors, notably Hobsbawm and Nairn. Professor Blaut draws on his wide experience of the Third World to argue that Marxist theory can be a powerful weapon for liberation struggles against colonialism and neo-colonialism. He suggests ways to strengthen the theory, particularly when trying to understand minorities in Western and Third World societies.
  2630. The National Question in South Africa
    First Published: 1988
    The national question in South Africa is a complex and controversial one. Who comprises the nation? Are there not, in fact, two nations? Does South Africa constitue a special form of colonialism? What place in a future South Africa ruled by the majority Africans would there be for the other minority groups? A new generation of South African scholars and activists re-open the debate.
  2631. Nationalism, Communism and Canadian Labour
    The CIO, The Communist Party, and the Canadian Congress of Labour 1935-1956

    First Published: 1973
    A history of the Canadian Congress of Labour and of the CIO in Canada from the 1930s to the 1950s. The author raises many significant questions concerning the presence of American unions in Canada and the crucial role played by the Communist party in the history of the Canadian labour movement.
  2632. Nationalization
    A Road to Socialism?

    In this study, Dianne Bolton takes the example of Tanzania to explore whether nationalization has altered relations of production in the agricultural export sector, and improved the position of workers. She finds close continuities between colonial and post-colonial Tanzania, and similarities between the nationalized and remaining private sisal plantations.
  2633. The Nationalization of the Masses
    First Published: 1975
  2634. Native Rights in Canada
    First Published: 1972
    A report on the legal rights of the natives of Canada.
  2635. Native Sons
    First Published: 1977
  2636. Native Women
    The Doubly Denied

    First Published: 1984
  2637. Native Women: The Doubly Denied
    First Published: 1983
  2638. Natural Causes 
    Essays in Ecological Marxism

    First Published: 1998
    O'Connor provides an ecological Marxist analysis and suggests new political strategies.
  2639. Natural Disasters
    Acts of God or Acts of Man?

    The authors argue that natural disasters are not so natural. Surveying the rising damage caused around the world by floods, draught, cyclones, earthquakes and tidal waves, they conclude that these events are "disaster triggers," magnified by the three major contributors to disasters in the Third World: poverty, environmental degradation, and rapid population growth. This book offers new directions and planning for a more sustainable world community.
  2640. The Natural History of Canada
    First Published: 1988
    Written for the general reader, and well-illustrated, this book paints Canada's natural world in broad brush strokes but with a wealth of detail.
  2641. Nature Heals 
    The Psychological Essays of Paul Goodman

    First Published: 1979
    Adolescent sexuality, the nature of aggression, ethics, Freud, the psychology of artists, Reich, homosexuality -- large, important, and controversial issues like these fascinated Paul Goodman, and in these essays he writes about them as if he absolutely had to, as if nothing were more important than the subject at hand.
  2642. Nature of Economies
    First Published: 2000   Published: 2001
    Jacobs argues that since human beings exist wholly within nature as part of natural order in every respect, we should look to the processes of nature for vibrant and flexible models of economic planning.
  2643. The Nature of Stalinist Russia
    First Published: 1948
    There is an unbridgeable antagonism between the definition of Russia as a degenerated workers' state and fundamental elements of Marxism, such as, to take one example, the self-mobilisation and self-conscious action of the masses as a necessary element for the socialist revolution.
  2644. The Nazi Connection
    Eugenics, American Racism, and German National Socialism

    This book shows the eugenic/racist connections between Nazi Germany and the US. Responsibility for the holocaust extends beyond Germany.
  2645. The Nazi Seizure of Power 
    The Experience of a Single German Town

    First Published: 1965
    A study of how the Nazi takeover took place in one German town.
  2646. NDP: The Dream of Power
    First Published: 1974
    A history of Canada's New Democratic Party from its origins to 1973.
  2647. Necessary and Unneccessary Utopias
    First Published: 2000
    Reasserts the need for a bold and revolutionary imagination, one aimed at saner ways of living and organizaing society.
  2648. Necessary Illusions 
    Thought Control in Democratic Societies

    First Published: 1989   Published: 1991
    An inquiry into the nature of the media and the role of intellectuals in "a political system where the population cannot be disciplined by force, and thus must be subjected to more subtle forms of ideological control."
  2649. The necessary revolution
    Working together to create a sustainable world

    First Published: 2008   Published: 2010
    Originally published in 2008 as: The necessary revolution: how individuals and organizations are working together to create a sustainable world.
  2650. Negotiating with a Sovereign Quebec
  2651. Negroes with Guns
    First Published: 1965   Published:
    First published in 1962, Negroes with Guns is the story of a southern black community's struggle to arm itself in self-defense against the Ku Klux Klan and other racist groups.
  2652. Neighbors
    The Destruction of the Jewish Community at Jedwabne, Poland

    First Published: 2001
    An account of the humiliation, butchery, torture and burning alive of 1600 Jewish men, women and children in the Polish town of Jedwabne on July 10, 1941 by their Polish neighbours.
  2653. Neil Webster
    First Published: 1980
  2654. Neither Victims nor Executioners
    First Published: 1946
    A new edition of this 1946 classic points the way toward a new ethic of responsibility in coping with the twin threads of contemporary warfare and our moral culpability in political violence.
  2655. Nelson Mandela
    The Struggle Is My Life

    First Published: 1990
    This is an updated account of Nelson Mandela's speeches and political writings from both his days as leader of the African Congress Youth League in 1944 to his release from prison in 1990. The excerpts from his trial are riveting and revealing of the governments mind-set on apertheid. Mandela emerges as a man with patience, thoughtfulness and character. The text is enhanced with an index and new photographs.
  2656. The Neoconservative Threat to World Order
    Washington's Perilous War for Hegemony

    First Published: 2015
    Paul Craig Roberts explores the extreme dangers in Washington's imposition of vassalage on other countries and Washington's resurrection of distrust among nuclear powers, the very distrust that Reagan and Gorbachev worked to eliminate. Roberts explains how the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991 removed the only check on Washington's ability to act unilaterally.
  2657. Network Notes:
    Participatory Research in North America

    First Published: 1989
  2658. Never Again!
    The hows and whys of stopping Fascism

    First Published: 1980
    Fascism is not an elemental, irresistible force, but a movement and a system of ideas - with specific causes and specific weaknesses. This book looks and how and why fascism grows, and how and why its opponents failed in the 1930s, in Spain and Germany, at how and why they succeeded in Britian, and ht how and why we can stop fascism today.
  2659. Never Again a World Without Us
    Voices of Mayan Women in Chiapas, Mexico

    First Published: 2001
    Ortiz tells the stories of indigenous women, many of whom were involved in the Zapatista movement, all of whom were affected in some way by the movement.
  2660. Never Say Die!
    Autobiography of labour lawyer John Stanton with an account of Canadian labour history since the 1930's.
  2661. New Age Business
    Community Corporations That Work

    First Published: 1986
  2662. New Age Business: Community Corporations That Work
    First Published: 1987
  2663. The New Age: Notes of a Fringe Watcher
    First Published: 1988
    Gardner debunks pseudoscience and the paranormal.
  2664. New Age Politics: Healing Self and Society
    First Published: 1978
  2665. A New and Better Canada
    Principles and Policies of a New Canadian Political Party

    First Published: 1992   Published: 1993
    Hurtig calls for a new political party committed to sweeping political reform and plans to put Canadians back to work.
  2666. The New Anti-Liberals
    First Published: 1999
  2667. The New Atlantis
    First Published: 1626
    Tells of a "lost civilisation" that lives in perfect harmony and peace. Their society is dedicated to the accumulation of knowledge and the study of science and nature.
  2668. The New Bureaucracy 
    Waste and Folly in the Private Sector

    First Published: 1992
    Hardin shows that the private sector is a huge and wasteful bureaucracy; he looks at major corporations, the stock market, the advertising and marketing industry, consultants, money managers, think tanks, the media, etc.
  2669. The New Challenge of Direct Democracy
    First Published: 1996
    Direct democracy involves citizens in discussion and decisions about what the government is to do, rather than leaving this to officials or parliaments. It thus challenges the restrictions placed by representative democracies such as Britain and the United States on political consultation and popular participation. Why should responsible adults not take public decisions as well as making their own individual choices?
  2670. A New City Agenda
    First Published: 2004
    While Canadians have quickly recognized the importance of healthy cities in their own lives and communities, governments have lagged far behind. In A New City Agenda, journalist and former mayor, John Sewell answers the question: What would a new deal for cities look like? He articulates a new vision for Canada’s largest urban regions and the implementation of required changes in social services, public education, settlement, health, housing, policing, land use and governance.
  2671. The New Commune-ist Manifesto
    Workers of the World, It Really Is Time to Unite

    First Published: 2013
    The book starts with a question: If Karl Marx were alive today and asked to write a new edition of The Communist Manifesto, how would it be different from the original, composed 165 years ago?
  2672. The New Crusade
    America's War on Terrorism

    Examines the myths that have arisen around the war on terrorism and the ways they are used to benefit a small elite.
  2673. New Dark Age: Technology and the End of the Future
    First Published: 2018
  2674. New Day in Babylon
    The Black Power Movement and American Culture, 1965 - 1975

    First Published: 1992
  2675. A New Endeavour:
    Selected Political Essays, Letters, and Addresses

    First Published: 1988
  2676. The New English Canaan
    First Published: 1637
  2677. New Forms of Worker Organization: The Syndicalist and Autonomist Restoration of Class-Struggle Unionism
    First Published: 2014
    A book that compiles workers struggles on a global basis, examining the formation and expansion of radical unions in the Global South and Global North.
  2678. The New Games Book
    First Published: 1976
    A collection of noncompetitive, "play hard" games from the New Games Foundation. Emphasis is on fun and cooperation. Highly recommended.
  2679. A New Generation Draws the Line
    Kosovo, East Timor and the Standards of the West

    First Published: 2001   Published: 2002
    1999 saw two major international crises which illuminate the strategies of the Western powers in the new century.In East Timor the warnings of further escalation in an unfolding humanitarian disaster could not have been more apparent. Chomsky points out, the West did not need to do very much to prevent this, but East Timor is of little strategic interest to the US and its allies, so they did nothing.By comparison, the intervention in Kosovo by NATO is very different, and Chomsky argues that strategic concerns were at stake; humanitarianism was not the moving force behind the military intervention in Yugoslavia.
  2680. A New History of Leviathan
    Essays on the Rise of the American Corporate State

    First Published: 1972
  2681. The New Imperialism
    First Published: 2005
  2682. The New Jim Crow 
    Mass Incarceration in the Age of Colorblindness

    First Published: 2010
    Argues that Jim Crow and legal racial segregation have been replaced by mass race-based incarceration as a system of social control.
  2683. A New Labor Movement for a New Century
    Charts the possibilities for a more vibrant, inclusive, and democratic labor movement.
  2684. The New Left
    A Collection of Essays

    First Published: 1969
    Essays from participants in the American New Left of the 1960s.
  2685. The New Left at 40
    Legacy and Continuity

    First Published: 2007
    A collection of memoirs and commentaries.
  2686. The New Left in Canada
    First Published: 1970
    A book of essays on the 1960s New Left in Canada, by members of the New Left.
  2687. The New Left Reader
    First Published: 1969
    An anthology of writings from the 1960s New Left.
  2688. New Men/New Roles.
    First Published: 1980
  2689. The New Military Humanism
    Lessons from Kosovo

    First Published: 1999   Published: 2002
    Was the war over Kosovo really a multi-national effort waged solely for humanitarian reasons? Or was it the establishment of a new world order headed by self-proclaimed "enlightened states" with enough military might to ignore international law and world opinion? In this new book, begun after the NATO bombs started dropping in Yugoslavia and finished as the defeated Serbian forces were leaving the Kosovo province, Chomsky gives us an overview of that changing world order with "might makes right" as its foundation.
  2690. The New-Old World
    First Published: 2009
    Perry Anderson presents an analysis of Europe's development since the end of the Cold War. In his analysis, Anderson cuts through some myths about continental Europe and the European Union.
  2691. New Options for America
    First Published: 1991
  2692. The New Protectionism
    Protecting the Future Against Free Trade

    First Published: 1994
    This book analyses the powers behind the free trade argument to present an outline of what a viable and more just future could be.
  2693. The New Radicalism in America 1889-1963
    First Published: 1967
  2694. The New Radicals
    A Report with Documents

    First Published: 1966
    An analytical portrait of the young radical activists who have repudiated traditional liberalsim and who seek a new vision of American through civil rights, university reform, and anti-war and anti-poverty activities.
  2695. New Reformation
    Notes of a Neolithic Conservative

    First Published: 1969   Published: 1971
    Goodman says: "For green grass and clean rivers, children with bright eyes and good color whatever the color, people safe from being pushed around so they can be themselves -- for a few things like these, I find I am pretty ready to think away all other political economic, and technological advantages."
  2696. The New Refugees
    American Voices in Canada

    First Published: 1972
    Stories of 18 "new refugees" who came in Canada to escape the U.S. war against Vietnam.
  2697. New Roots Community Land Trust
    First Published: 1978
  2698. New Roots For Agriculture
    First Published: 1980
  2699. The New Spymasters: Inside Espionage From the Cold War to Global Terror
    First Published: 2015
    What good timing for these books on espionage, just as ISIS - fruit of the worst "intelligence" lie of recent history, the Blair-Bush excursion into Iraq - surges on and spies for Britain and the US are said to be moving from Russia and China after revelations by whistleblower Edward Snowden. The British GCHQ is caught illegally spying on human rights groups and the American NSA bugging heads of state, including French president Francois Hollande.
  2700. The New Student Left
    An Anthology

    First Published: 1966   Published: 1967
    A collection of essays by active participants in the 1960s student movement on American college campuses.
  2701. The New Untouchables
    Immigration and the New World Worker

    First Published: 1995
    This book examines migration as a response to changes in the world economy. Harris shows that despite tighter controls, increasing numbers of workers are moving, whether legally or nor, between countries. Unskilled immigrant workers play a vital role in improving standards of living in the developed world. In turn, the countries from which they have come benefit in a major way from the earnings sent back home. Arguing that few of the fears about immigration are justified, and that increased imigration tends to mean that jobs and incomes expand, this work shows why governments will have to ensure the freedom of people to come and go as they choose.
  2702. A New View of Society
    Or, Essays on the Principle of the Formation of the Human Character, and the Application of the Principle to Practice

    First Published: 1816
  2703. A New Weave
    Popular Education in Canada and Central America

    First Published: 1986
    A resource for educators working for social change in community groups, trade unions, churches, the peace movement, women's groups, international development organizations, Central American and other solidarity networks.
  2704. The New Woman: Feminism in Greenwich Village, 1910-1920
    First Published: 1972
    The experiences of feminists who lived in New York's Greenwich Village during the 1910s.
  2705. New World Coming
    The Sixties and the Shaping of Global Consciousness

    First Published: 2009
  2706. New World Relationships
    First Published: 2006
    Chomsky describes the relationships developing between China, Europe and Latin America while the US remains occupied in the Middle East, leaving the nation as the odd one out.
  2707. News and Dissent
    The Press and The Politics of Peace in Canada

    First Published: 1991
    Hackett digs deep into several issues that affect how we hear, read, and see what is reported to us, as well as who and what decide exactly what is it that we hear, read and see.
  2708. News from Nowhere 
    or An Epoch of Rest: Being Some Chapters From a Utopian Romance

    First Published: 1890   Published: 1892
    A utopian novel by William Morris which combines a vision of working class revolution with a picture of a society that is primarily agricultural and based on handicraft production.
  2709. News, Truth and Crime
    The Westray Disaster and its Aftermath

    First Published: 2005
    McMullan examines the media coverage devoted to the ten year (1992-2002) aftermath of the May 9, 1992 explosion where 26 miners died at the Westray mine.
  2710. Newsletter Design
    First Published: 1989
  2711. Newspeak in the 21st Century 
    First Published: 2009
    Revealing the lethal bias in 'balanced' reporting.
  2712. The Next American Revolution 
    Sustainable Activism for the Twenty-First Century

    First Published: 2011
    Why revolution is not only possible and necessary, but in some places already in the making.
  2713. The Next Left
    The History of a Future

    First Published: 1986   Published: 1987
    Harrington speculates and ponders on the potential rise to power of socialist governments in the Western world in the near (1990s) future.
  2714. The Next Liberation Struggle
    Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy in Southern Africa

    First Published: 2005
    An indispensable guide to understanding how the resources of that era can be used to contribute to real liberation for the region and for the continent of Africa as a whole.
  2715. The Next New Left: A History of the Future
    First Published: 2014
    The Next New Left explores the challenge of activist renewal in the age of austerity. Over the past few decades, state policy-makers and employers have engaged in a massive process of neoliberal restructuring that has undermined the basis for social and labour movements. In this book, Alan Sears seeks to understand the social environment that made activist mobilization possible -- and was largely taken for granted -- during the twentieth century.
  2716. The Next Whole Earth Catalog
    First Published: 1981
  2717. NGOs Study Kit
    First Published: 1988
  2718. Nicaragua
    Then and Now

    First Published: 1986
  2719. Nicaragua
    A Revolution Under Siege

    Latin American and U.S. scholars and journalists present an independent analysis of the first five years of the Sandinista Revolution. They show the immense problems - organizational, economic, political - faced in transforming a society distorted by decades of the Somoza dictatorship, problems made much more difficult by the U.S.A.'s continuous pressure since 1979 and the CIA's covert war of subversion.
  2720. Nicaragua
    A New Kind of Revolution

    From these forty-five interviews emerges a vivid picture of how life in Nicaragua has been transformed by the revolution. These interviews, even though some express opposition to the Sandinistas, reveal the depth of the changes that have taken place in Nicaragua, wide-spread support for revolution and almost unanimous opposition to the U.S. supported Contras. Here is the collective voice of a new kind of revolution involving not only traditional Marxists, but many others besides.
  2721. Nickel and Dimed
    On (Not) Getting By In America

    First Published: 2001
    Millions of Americans work full-time, year-round, for poverty-level wages. Barbara Ehrenreich decided to join them, inspired in part by the rhetoric surrounding welfare reform, which promised that any job equals a better life. But how can anyone survive, let alone prosper, on six to seven dollars an hour?
  2722. Nightfrost in Prague
    The End of Humane Socialism

    First Published: 1980
  2723. 9-11
    First Published: 2001
    In 9-11 Noam Chomsky dissects the root causes of the September 11th catastrophe, the historical precedents for it, and the possible outcomes as the United States responds with its "new war on terrorism." Chomsky argues for an international rule of law; existing bodies such as the U.N. and World Court must be given credence and then relied upon. React with extreme violence, he writes, and expect to escalate the cycle of violence, leading to still further atrocities such as the one that is inciting the call for revenge.
  2724. Nineteen Eighty-Four 
    First Published: 1949
    George Orwell's classic dystopian novel.
  2725. 1987 Directory of the Arts
    First Published: 1987
  2726. 1989 Directory of Women's Media
    First Published: 1989
  2727. The 1989 Canadian Guide to Profitable Ethical Investing
    1989 Guide to......

    First Published: 1987   Published: 1989
  2728. The 1989 Canadian Guide to Profitable Ethical Investing
    First Published: 1989
  2729. 1905 
    First Published: 1922   Published: 1972
    For a number of years, when the reaction was triumphant, the year 1905 appeared to us as a completed whole, as the Russian revolution.
  2730. 1919
    Red Mirage

    First Published: 1970
    An account of the rebellion and counter-rebellion that spread across Europe in 1919.
  2731. 1978 Directory of International Communities, Cooperatives, Collectives and Communes
    First Published: 1978
  2732. 1968 
    Marching in the Streets

    First Published: 1998
    1968: Marching in the Streets is a dynamic time line of the year that revolution swept the planet. With present tense prose, cartoons, and photographs, Tariq Ali and Susan Watkins chronicle a year that saw everything from the assassinations of Che Guevara, Robert F. Kennedy and Martin Luther King Jr. to KKK death threats against 70-year-old philosopher Herbert Marcuse.
  2733. Ninety-Nine Days
    The Ford Strike in Windsor, 1945

    First Published: 1995
  2734. No Bankers in Heaven
    Remembering the CCF

    First Published: 1989
    An oral history of men and women who devoted themselves to building the Co-operative Commonwealth Federation.
  2735. No Bosses Here!
    A Manual on Working Collectively and Cooperatively

    First Published: 1981
    A perceptive and practical guide to working in a collective.
  2736. The No-Bull Guide To Getting Published and making it as a writer
    Everything you need to know to break into and prosper in this exciting and lucrative field

    First Published: 1988
    A guide to making it as a freelance writer.
  2737. No Choice
    Canadian Women Tell Their Stories Of Illegal Abortion

    First Published: 1999
  2738. No Debate
    The Israel Lobby and Free Speech at Canadian Universities

    First Published: 2011
    During 2008-2009, Israel lobby organizations made concerted efforts to block a planned conference on statehood for Israel and Palestine at Toronto's York University. Thompson probes the facts and context of the case and explores the meaning of academic freedom in Canada.
  2739. No Easy Road
    Women in Canada 1920's to 1960's

    First Published: 1991
    This collection of essays by Gail Brandt, Margrit Eichler, Ruth Pierson, Alison Prentice and Veronica Strong-Boag provides a background for examining women’s paid and unpaid work as well as aspects of women’s collective activities in the past.
  2740. No Futher Retreat
    The Fight to Save Florida

    First Published: 1971
  2741. No Land! No House! No Vote! Voices from Symphony Way
    Voices from Symphony Way

    First Published: 2011
    Accounts from Symphony Way pavement dwellers, joined together in an anti-eviction campaign, living in shacks insisting that the government provide permanent housing.
  2742. No Local
    Why Small-Scale Alternatives Won't Change The World

    First Published: 2012
    Local food, local business and buying local won't change the world. Challenging market priorities will. Greg Sharzer outlines why.
  2743. No Longer Barred From Prison
    First Published: 1991
    An account of one individual's determined efforts to get inside prisons to see what is actually happening there. As her story makes clear, the penal system cannot tolerate such close scrutiny: she herself has been declared persona non grata and officially denied access to Canadian penitentiaries.
  2744. No More
    The Battle Against Human Rights Violations

    First Published: 1995
    Matas, a Winnipeg immigration lawyer and participant in the Helsinski Watch movement and Amnesty international, examines the ideological causes of human rights violations.
  2745. The No-Nonsense Guide to Animal Rights
  2746. The No-Nonsense Guide to Class, Caste & Hierarchies 
    First Published: 2002
    Concentrates mainly on the history of social hierarchy in Western civilization, and particularly the struggles of the working class.
  2747. The No-Nonsense Guide to Climate Change
  2748. The No-Nonsense Guide to Conflict and Peace
  2749. The No-Nonsense Guide to Degrowth and Sustainability
    First Published: 2013   Published: 2014
    This No-Nonsense Guide looks deeper into the idea of economic growth – to trace its history and understand why it has become so unchallengeable and powerful.
  2750. The No-Nonsense Guide to Democracy 
    First Published: 2002
    Ths book explores how democracy is constricted and deformed by economic power-brokers and a self-serving political class.
  2751. No-Nonsense Guide to Equality
    First Published: 2012
    A wide-ranging exploration of why inequality persists and what can be done about it.
  2752. The No-Nonsense Guide to Fair Trade
    First Published: 2001
    Ransom suggests that fair, environmentally-conscious trade is not only a viable alternative to unfair free trade, but that it is the way of the future.
  2753. The No-Nonsense Guide to Global Finance
    First Published: 2009
    An incisive introduction to global finance – where money comes from, the current mechanisms and the need for control and reform.
  2754. The No-Nonsense Guide to Global Media
    First Published: 2004
    Peter Steven aims to make readers realize the power and influence of dominant media but, at the same time, also understand that they are not "omnipotent" and that there are alternative forms available.
  2755. The No-Nonsense Guide to Global Surveillance
    First Published: 2011
    In the world of CCTV, email and DNA, this book shows the extent to which Big Brother is watching us all.
  2756. The No-Nonsense Guide to Global Terrorism
    First Published: 2008
    Political and moral analysis of the causes and contexts of terrorism the world over.
  2757. The No-Nonsense Guide to Green Politics
    First Published: 2010
    In the near future there will be no politics but green politics…
  2758. The No-Nonsense Guide to HIV/AIDS
    First Published: 2003
    This book gives an overview of the origins of HIV, the ways in which it spreads, the profits made by drug companies, women's special vulnerability and the positive action being taken by people and communities to fight back.
  2759. The No-Nonsense Guide to Human Rights
  2760. The No-Nonsense Guide to Indigenous Peoples 
  2761. The No-Nonsense Guide to International Development
  2762. The No-Nonsense Guide to International Migration
  2763. The No-Nonsense Guide to Islam
  2764. The No-Nonsense Guide to Religion
    First Published: 2010
    Symon Hill's No-Nonsense Guide to Religion tries to explain what religion means, how we relate to it, how it was created and how it affects us culturally, politically and spiritually today.
  2765. The No-Nonsense Guide to Science
  2766. The No-Nonsense Guide to Sexual Diversity
    An examination of the ways in which tolerance and hostility have manifested themselves throughout history, and in current attitudes toward sexual diversity.
  2767. The No-Nonsense Guide to Terrorism
    First Published: 2003
    An in-depth look at the nature of terrorism that discusses questioning terrorism, assessing it, the difference between state terrorism and group terrorism, morality and history, and war and politics.
  2768. The No-Nonsense Guide to the Arms Trade 
    First Published: 2002
    A review of the increasingly prolific global arms trade and its economic, political and social impact on exploited and vulnerable nations.
  2769. The No-Nonsense Guide to The United Nations
    First Published: 2008
    Conveys the complexity of the UN, assesses its record, and considers options for reform.
  2770. The No-Nonsense Guide to Tourism
  2771. The No-Nonsense Guide to Water
  2772. The No-Nonsense Guide to Women's Rights
  2773. The No-Nonsense Guide to World Food
    First Published: 2008
    A world tour of food—from industrialized production and consumption to community food security.
  2774. The No-Nonsense Guide to World Health
  2775. No-Nonsense Guide to World History
  2776. The No-Nonsense Guide to World Population
    First Published: 2011
    Are we heading for a population ‘explosion’? How many people can the planet sustain?
  2777. The No-Nonsense Guide to World Poverty
  2778. No Place Like Home
    A Discussion Paper about Living and Working in Ontario's Long-Term Care Facilities

    First Published: 1995
  2779. No Place to Hide: Edward Snowden, the NSA, and the U.S. Surveillance State
    First Published: 2014
    Glenn Greenwald recounts his 10-day trip to Honk Kong where he acquired the Snowden Files. Additionally, Greenwald discusses the NSA's unprecedented abuse of power, as well as the media's habitual avoidance of adversarial reporting on the government and their failure to serve the interests of the people.
  2780. No Politics But Class Politics
    First Published: 2023
  2781. No Power Greater
    A Century of Labour in British Columbia

    First Published: 1967
  2782. No Right-Of-Way
    First Published: 1992
    The author tells the story of a small group of determined agriculturalists and environmentalists who took on industry, government and the courts for the rights of farmers to protect their land and the environment.
  2783. No Right-of-Way
    How democracy came to the oil patch

    First Published: 1974
  2784. No Shortcuts
    Organizing for Power in the New Gilded Age

    First Published: 2016
    Examines case studies of successes and failures of labour and social movements in recent history, arguing for the need for mass organization and bottom-up organizing which empowers ordinary people at the community level.
  2785. No Surrender
    Writings from An Anti-Imperialist Political Prisoner
  2786. No Surrender: The Land Remains Indigenous
    First Published: 2019
    Between 1869 and 1877 the government of Canada negotiated Treaties One through Seven with the Indigenous peoples of the Great Plains. Many historians argue that the negotiations suffered from cultural misunderstandings between the treaty commissioners and Indigenous chiefs, but newly uncovered eyewitness accounts show that the Canadian government had a strategic plan to deceive over the "surrender clause" and land sharing. According to Sheldon Krasowski's research, Canada understood that the Cree, Anishnabeg, Saulteaux, Assiniboine, Siksika, Piikani, Kainaa, Stoney and Tsuu T’ina nations wanted to share the land with newcomers -- with conditions -- but were misled over governance, reserved lands, and resource sharing. Exposing the government chicanery at the heart of the negotiations, No Surrender demonstrates that the land remains Indigenous.
  2787. No Sweat
    Fashion, Free Trade, and the Rights of Garment Workers

    First Published: 1997   Published: 1999
    Surveys the chasm between the glamour of the catwalk and the squalor of the sweatshop.
  2788. No Way To Live
    Poor Women Speak Out

    First Published: 1988
  2789. No Way to Live
    B.C. Women Speak Out

    First Published: 1988
  2790. The No-Nonsense Guide to Climate Change
    The Science, The Solutions, The Way Forward

    First Published: 2011
    An accessible and friendly pocket-sized overview of climate change, combining all the basics with the latest facts and analysis.
  2791. The No-Nonsense Guide to Globalisation
  2792. Nobody's Business
    The Paradoxes of Privacy

    First Published: 1990
  2793. Non-Sexist Childraising
    First Published: 1977
  2794. Non-Alignment in the Age of Alignments
    This book makes clear the changing panorama of issues that has confronted the non-aligned states, and the diversity of viewpoints that has emerged among them. The authors have written what amounts to a history of the post-war world as experienced by Third World countries in their efforts to redefine the international political agenda.
  2795. Non-Nuclear Future for Ontario: A Sourcebook.
    First Published: 1977
    The sourcebook points out that in the near future, Ontario will have to choose between high growth energy policies and policies of conservation and maintenance of a reasonable energy level.
  2796. The Non-Nuclear Way: Creative Energy Alternatives For Canada
    First Published: 1982
    This book on nuclear energy and its alternatives places its focus on Canada.
  2797. The Non-Nuclear Way: Creative Energy Alternatives for Canada
    First Published: 1984
  2798. None is too Many
    Canada and the Jews of Europe, 1933-1948

    First Published: 1982   Published: 2012
    None Is Too Many conclusively lays to rest the comfortable notion that Canada has always been an accepting and welcoming society, detailing the country’s refusal to offer aid, let alone sanctuary, to Jews fleeing Nazi persecution between 1933 and 1948.
  2799. The Non-Nuclear Way
    Creative Energy Alternatives for Canada
  2800. NoNonsense Globalization
    First Published: 2015
    Explains and examines globalization from all angles - and explores strategies for redesigning the global economy in the common interest.
  2801. Nonviolence
    Twenty-five Lessons from the History of a Dangerous Idea

    First Published: 2006
  2802. Nonviolent Communication
    A Language of Life, 3rd Edition: Life-Changing Tools for Healthy Relationships

    First Published: 2015
    The latest edition of the communication guide that has sold more than 1,000,000 copies. An enlightening look at how peaceful communication can create compassionate connections with family, friends, and other acquaintances, this international bestseller uses stories, examples, and sample dialogues to provide solutions to communication problems both at home and in the workplace.
  2803. North Vietnam: A Documentary
    First Published: 1968
  2804. Northern Shadows
    Canadians and Central America

    First Published: 1989
  2805. Northerners